Emergence Game Thread

Be sure to read and follow the guidelines for our forums.

Jul 5, 2016 5:56 pm
After your departure from the Friendly Farmer (who remains nameless because you are all quite rude and never asked), your third day of travel continues without incident.

You've traveled for about 10 hours. Your horses seem tired and thirsty. To'ot has been cheerfully entertaining baby-duke with small vines and flowers that he uses to tickle the child and play here-and-gone. Despite his love of nature, however, he's ready to have a few hours without being peed on.

The air feels a bit more crisp, and not just because you've slowly been gaining altitude as the King's Highway winds its way up through the black hills; it seems like there might be a cold front blowing in. The small wildflower buds that seemed poised to burst into color earlier in the day now shiver in the chilled breeze, as the final rays of the sun's final rays reach like fingers through the ridges of the Rupino Range mountains on your west. Those native to East Blackwall know that the road will take you up through the hills and over the Range through the Kapea Pass.

Assuming 10-hour travel days at your current clip, it'll take you another two days to reach the base of Mount Rupino, a day to take the road up and around the peak, and a day to cross through the pass and down the other side a few miles to reach Redwall, City of the Crown.

What would you like to do?
Jul 5, 2016 6:24 pm
I say we get off the road about 100 meters and make camp. We'll want a fire since it's getting cold, and I'd like to be a fair distance off the road to keep us being easily spotted by any traveling at night.

A bow to To'ot for his baby-keeping today - a job I want little part of.
Jul 5, 2016 7:15 pm
"Sounds like a good plan Therrien! "
OOC:
I would like to quickly look around the area before the sun sets to see if there are any particular areas that would be more defensible and preferable than others to camp. IE a spot with a good lookout spot and 1 or two directions that would be hard to attack from.
Last edited July 5, 2016 7:26 pm

Rolls

Camp siting - (1d20+0)

(16) = 16

Jul 5, 2016 7:22 pm
Roll Survival or Nature
Jul 5, 2016 7:59 pm
As the group begins to discuss setting up camp for the night, Rhiv notices an area on the left side of the road where the trees thin. The group waits on the road while he scouts.

Rhiv, as you come through the thinner trees, you see a clearing about 20 ft. square. In front of you, on the west of the clearing, is a sheer rock face about 25 feet high that acts as a sort of retaining wall for the dense foliage on top of the hill. The trees to the north grow very close together. To the south of the clearing the ground slopes away with medium tree coverage.
Jul 5, 2016 8:08 pm
"Though I would prefer to be on the top of the hill, it seems the foliage is too dense. The second best option seems to be to camp here with the watchman on the top of the cliff." Rhiv takes his gear and sets off to set up camp.
Last edited July 5, 2016 8:09 pm
Jul 6, 2016 12:42 pm
As Rhiv begins to set up camp he stops for a moment to cast Divine Sense just as an extra precaution.

Rolls

Divine Sense - (1d20+2)

(17) + 2 = 19

Jul 6, 2016 1:30 pm
Rhiv takes a breath and opens his spirit to the area around him, trying to sense good and evil. Content that neither are currently within the immediate vicinity, he begins the task of setting up camp.

What do each of you do in the camp-setup-process?
OOC:
Let's do this in character. Rather than saying "To'ot does x," try talking it out with each other to determine jobs/roles.

Also, Wiz, I don't think Divine Sense needs a roll.
Jul 6, 2016 2:07 pm
Rather than talking it out with everyone, I simply say "I'll have a look around. Mind the horses." and stalk off into the quickly chilling night. Within 4 seconds my presence is undetectable to the group.

I begin making a perimeter, spiraling out about 100 yards further each time. I work quickly, however, and cover a circle roughly half-a-mile in diameter within two hours, only crossing the road sparingly, and only slightly hampered by the constant elevation change.
OOC:
I'd like to check for signs of any marauding bands, aggressive wildlife, or potential ambushes.
After two hours, I stop right at the edge of the 25 ft. precipice to begin first watch. I attempt to alert the team to my presence without being too noisy, a scene I imagine plays out something like this: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3qXM0nZq0RA

Rolls

Perception - (1d20+8)

(20) + 8 = 28

Jul 6, 2016 2:24 pm
Okay. So, Harp just wanders off, leaving everyone else to set up camp: erect tents, dig a fire pit and build a fire, feed and water the horses, dig a latrine, take care of a baby, etc.

I'll do Harp's perception roll privately while the rest of you deal with camp.

whipstache sent a note to joshuaberman
Jul 6, 2016 3:01 pm
"He would just disappear when there's real work to be done.... Typical Harp.I'll take on fire duty. As a Dragonborn smith I have a bit of a knack for it. To'ot, I'm assuming you'll keep the baby happy, and Therrien can take care of the horses. Everyone can manage their own tents and, since we're only here for the night, no need for a latrine. Pop a squat when the need takes you. Let's hope Harp brings back a rabbit or something of value!"
Jul 6, 2016 4:40 pm
Rhiv's comments ringing in my ears, rather than staying watch when nobody notices my signal, I return down slowly, and hunt for some food on the way.
OOC:
What should I roll to hunt?
Jul 6, 2016 4:46 pm
joshuaberman says:
OOC:
What should I roll to hunt?
OOC:
roll survival
Jul 6, 2016 4:54 pm
I hunt.

Rolls

Hunting - (1d20+2)

(6) + 2 = 8

Jul 6, 2016 5:02 pm
You notice a couple of rabbits who both scatter before you can even level your crossbow. At one point you spot a hawk, but it never descends enough for you to get a shot.

Finally you come across a squirrel asleep on a branch. You are actually able to get off a good shot, and hit it right in the head. As you go to examine your kill, you find that it's insides have been entirely consumed by ants. It had already been dead for some time.
Jul 6, 2016 7:06 pm
After starting the fire, pitching tent (along with the appropriate ran protection, cooking up his dinner, praying, and doing his "due diligence" at the campsite, Rhiv settles around the campfire. "To'ot, Therrian...we've been journeying for days now and I feel like I barely know you. I know the story about how the lot of you all fell in together with the Duke in the first place but why did you stick around? Is it just your adventurous spirits or something deeper that kept you going before this supposed deed fell into our hands?"
Last edited July 6, 2016 7:21 pm

Rolls

Persuasion to attempt to get to know their stories better. - (1d20+4)

(16) + 4 = 20

Jul 8, 2016 3:15 am
(Long silence)

"Only days ago, I would not have worried to respond to your question. I would have wondered at what world I was living in where a dragon-man asks a member of the Elder race why they do anything. I would have thought the world had gone mad. After traveling with you companions even this short while and seeing how well you fight, how each of you has placed himself in harms way at my benefit.... perhaps I have been the madness I saw in the world.

There are things I ... cannot say. About where I come from and why I am here. My tribe made . . . a Choice. More specifically, my father and father's fathers made a choice that our tribe would be ... separate, would abscond from the world. For generations before my existence the elves of my tribe knew nothing of the outside world. Had forgotten. And the price of that absconding and that forgetfulness was finally paid in blood. A force, an evil, unlike any I could imagine was unleashed on my once proud but foolish tribe. They are all gone. I am the last.

I awoke, as it were, to the existence of this wild world after that. I found other beings in it, and found some noble and some evil. I have found that all evil is One. All is connected. And I have made it my life's work to hunt down the evil that destroyed my tribe. By hunting brigands, and foul creatures, warlocks, I am chopping the Evil apart joint by joint until I arrive at the heart - the great evil. I ride alongside you now to kill that evil, and to punish the one who unleashed it.

You may feel the need to tell me, but I need not know why the remainder of you are here. You ride. You fight. This is enough."
Jul 8, 2016 1:15 pm
"Therrien, I am sorry for the pain you have suffered but I am happy that I have been able to fight with you as well. I agree wholeheartedly. Hate evil, and love good, and establish justice! May Adonai be gracious to your remnant."

Rhiv and Therrien chat on for a few minutes and eventually look over and realize that To'ot has fallen fast asleep. It was quite a day.

"Well I guess I may as well call it a night as well. I'd think Harp will be back soon to take up one of the watches." Rhiv does a quick walkabout and calls out softly to see whether Harp has returned.
Last edited July 8, 2016 3:25 pm

Rolls

Perception to find Harp - (1d20+0)

(19) = 19

Jul 8, 2016 4:57 pm
OOC:
No need to preemptively roll like that. I'll let you know if I want a roll.

Harp? What are you doing after your failed hunt?
Jul 8, 2016 5:32 pm
I stride briskly back into camp. "There's nothing to be had around here, but carcasses." I toss the dead squirrel onto the fire and watch the ants scatter in the flames. "No threats from man or beast, but a small party like ours makes camp across the highway to the northeast about 50 yards. I can investigate further if someone else wants to take first watch. Or I'll watch. Matters naught to me."

I glance at the sleeping To'ot and babe, wondering if he has anything in his pack to eat. Old habits die hard. I light up.
Jul 8, 2016 6:07 pm
"I for one think that only good will come from investigating this camp. Either they are friends and we gain safety in numbers or they are foes that we can dispatch. Lead on, friend. I will follow as stealthily as possible. And--as much as he may curse me later--I'll wake To'ot before we go."

I gather my weapons and set off with Harp toward the neighboring camp.

OOC: Ryan, I think pre-rolling is fun and can speed up the process. I think it might be useful to keep you from having to tell me to roll, then me eventually getting on and rolling, then you eventually getting on and assessing, etc. If you don't want to use the roll, don't need it, need me to roll against something different, or just want me to roll again feel free to ignore it and tell me what you want and i'll just redo.
Last edited July 9, 2016 1:52 pm

Rolls

Stealthy McStealtherson (just in case you want it.... :) - (1d20+0)

(17) = 17

Jul 8, 2016 10:53 pm
Therrien stays awake for 2 hours staring into the fire. He reaches out and holds his hand in the flame for just a second beyond the point of pain before pulling it back, grimacing. He then climbs a nearby tree to sleep.
Jul 11, 2016 2:12 pm
As our threesome leaves the halo of our warm, bright fire, I grimace at the murmuring babe, suckling discontentedly on To'ot's heavy forefinger. "Perhaps it's best if we leave the child. No need to alert possible brigands to our presence." I attempt to persuade To'ot to return to camp. I quickly pull him aside, whisper something out of Rhiv's earshot and then, more loudly, "Stay behind a bit. When we spot their fire I'll do a quick perimeter and circle back to you."

Rolls

Persuasion - (1d20+8)

(20) + 8 = 28

Stealth - (1d20+9)

(5) + 9 = 14

Jul 11, 2016 2:54 pm
To'ot scowls a bit. "you know," he growls in the tone of someone who has been unduly awakened, "y'all could've talked about this BEFORE you woke me up. Just thank whatever gods you worship," he looks at Rhiv, "thank Adonai that you didn't wake up the Duke." He turns and heads silently back to the camp.
OOC:
I'll reiterate, no need to roll for contested Chakraborty against other PCs. I'll call for rolls if I think you need them. If Chris were here, I'd let him choose if he wanted to come with you despite your natural 20 roll.
Jul 11, 2016 6:13 pm
OOC:
OOC: OK, just to be clear as we are still figuring out this internet approach, the three of us (leaving To'ot) are advancing toward the other camp as stealthily as possible. Now what?
Last edited July 11, 2016 6:13 pm
Jul 12, 2016 3:31 pm
Rhiv and Harp approach the camp from the southwest. You can see the four figures around the fire. The two larger figures are sitting and appear to be talking with each other, while the two smaller are lying down. You'll have to come out from behind cover to see more, based on where you are. You can also try circling around to the northeast so the fire is illuminating the front of the four figures. That might give you a good enough angle to see who/what they are without alerting them to your presence.
Jul 13, 2016 11:33 am
I whisper to Harp, "I think we should split up with you going to the northeast and me staying here as the advantage of surrounding them and putting you with the fire in between you and them. When needed I can charge them from behind. The negative is that, if there is a watchman it could put you in close combat.... The alternative is both of us sneaking through to the north and--with my clunkiness--I might make that more difficult than necessary."

While awaiting his response I close my eyes and reach out to the camp with my Divine Sense, opening my awareness for evil or good...
OOC:
DM: How close are we to the camp? By larger and smaller, what is the estimate here? Do they look armored? Can we hear what language they speak?
Last edited July 13, 2016 11:52 am
Jul 13, 2016 12:39 pm
I signal my assent with a quick nod and slip into the underbrush. Within 3 seconds Rhiv cannot detect my presence. I give the firelight a wide berth, my well-worn oiled leather as noiseless as my feet. Rip these roots! I think to myself. 'Get out of doors!' everyone says. 'The fresh air'll do ya good.' I'd give a stranger's right eye for a cramped alleyway about now...

Rolls

Stealth - (1d20+8)

(7) + 8 = 15

Jul 13, 2016 1:38 pm
Slightly distracted by my focus on the camp, I notice Harp's nod in agreement but--before I have a chance to invoke a blessing on us both--he disappears silently into the night. "Fool of a harper!", I grumble under my breath... "He could have used the help on that one...." All alone, I ready my javelin and prepare to call down the Adonai's blessing on myself as soon as I see or hear a sign from Harper.
Jul 13, 2016 1:50 pm
OOC:
You're about 30 feet away. They're conversation is in hushed tones, and, even though the fire has dwindled, there are still periodic pops preventing you from determining what language they're speaking. It's dark, and it's hard to determine contexts of the forms, but you'd guess that the two "larger" beings are the size of human/elf/orc adults. The smaller forms are lying down, so it's difficult even to determine anything beyond that they are smaller than the larger figures that are sitting and talking.

You don't sense any fiends, celestials, or undead, nor any consecrated or desecrated places nearby.
As Harp turns and slinks into the darkness, both the larger figures pull hoods up over their heads.

whipstache sent a note to joshuaberman
Jul 13, 2016 2:00 pm
I attempt to make out what they are saying, and see if the two smaller beings appear to be in any kind of danger. Honestly, though, I'm more interested to know if I'm in any danger...

Rolls

Perception - (1d20+8)

(8) + 8 = 16

Jul 13, 2016 2:11 pm
whipstache sent a note to joshuaberman
Jul 13, 2016 3:19 pm
After a brief scouting of the far side, I quickly make my way back to Rhiv. "They do not appear to be a threat, as I did not see any weapons. The little ones do not appear to be bound, either. Likely they're travelers, just making their way. Still, I'd rather not-" and before I can say "endanger ourselves by alerting them to our presence" the big oaf goes and...
Last edited July 13, 2016 3:20 pm
Jul 13, 2016 3:36 pm
Hearing that that they have no weapons and do not seem to be of foul intent, I interrupt Har[: "If they aren't a threat then I will go down and let them know they can count on us if anything untoward happens." I quickly call out: "Haloooo, friends!" in common, and stride forward into the light.
Jul 13, 2016 3:48 pm
"goddamn it" *loosens blade, loads and readies crossbow.
OOC:
Heavy crossbow is back at camp. Too hard to recon quickly with it.
Jul 13, 2016 4:05 pm
Startled, the two figures jump to their feet and spin around. The taller of the two quickly pulls out a wand, waves it at you and says, "kwara sal'." The shorter humanoid, quickly moves toward the two smaller figures on the ground. She crouches in between them and faces the Dragonborn.
OOC:
Rhiv, roll WIS save.
Jul 13, 2016 4:19 pm
Wisdom save!

Rolls

Wisdom Save - (1d20+2)

(5) + 2 = 7

Jul 13, 2016 4:23 pm
OOC:
Just so everyone is clear, I did not follow him into the firelight. I am still hidden, just watching carefully.
Jul 13, 2016 4:59 pm
Rhiv is instantly paralyzed, unable to move. The man throws back his hood revealing a wild shock of dark hair, (black maybe? Dark blue?), and swirling, slashing tattoos on his cheeks and forehead. Most significantly, two sharply pointed ears stick out beyond his electric locks. "Wingardium Leviosa. Who are you, intruder? Why have you tried to sneak up on us? Are you alone?" He peppers Rhiv with questions as the dragonborn begins to float into the air, rising to about 20 feet off the ground. Once he reaches this height, he feels the Hold Person spell release so he can respond.

As this is happening, one of the smaller figures slowly sits up and begins rubbing its eyes, it says in a small voice, "atar, mani naa goien no'?" The second larger figure moves close in and starts to whisper in its ear.

whipstache sent a note to joshuaberman
Jul 13, 2016 5:11 pm
OOC:
I would definitely recognize elvish as I have both friends (such as Harp), customers (at the smithy) and colleagues (in the Church) who are or speak Elvish.


Taken a bit aback by the suddenness of my temporal displacement, I try to calm myself and four figures by responding to his first two questions directly; describing who I am while trying to ascertain a little bit more about them and their capabilities.

"I come as a friend, not an enemy. I am the son of Arjhan and Kava, dragonborn of the Daardendrian clan, Paladin of the Order of Adonai. I am on my way to Redwall to visit the head of my order and I always desire to camp near others while in such remote areas in order to ensure combined arms against bandits and worse. I intended not to sneak up on your camp, but instead called out a greeting to provide warning once I determined that you were not goblins or their ilk."


And with my most convincing and polite voice I can muster, "Please lower me down as I am already getting a bit queezy up here! Your magic is quite effective at reminding me of my unpleasant time as a mariner!"
Last edited July 13, 2016 5:53 pm

Rolls

roll perception - (1d20+0)

(3) = 3

Roll persuasion - (1d20+4)

(13) + 4 = 17

Jul 13, 2016 6:00 pm
I chuckle softly to myself.

Rolls

Stealthy Chuckle - (1d20+8)

(18) + 8 = 26

Jul 13, 2016 6:14 pm
During your speech, you can see the elf's tense body language begin to relax. By the time you've finished your request, you're already back on the ground. He holsters his wand in his sleeve and begins to approach, hand down by his hips, palms facing you. "Master Daardendrian, I cannot apologize for protecting my family. However, I am grateful to know that you mean us no harm. We have already come under attack once on our short journey, and, I'm afraid that one cannot be too careful in the woods at night. My name is Elereth Wildhorn. This is my husband Garion, and our daughters, Miriel and Tiriel." He gives a slight bow. "I'm afraid we don't have an abundance of rations, but you are welcome to share the warmth of our fire. We have a few skins of Elven wine; I'd be happy to pour you some, but I know that not everyone enjoys the taste of our drink. Tell me, are you travelling alone?"

He gestures openly to the fire and smiles kindly.
OOC:
Point of order: You'd have likely come into contact with elves, but in this setting, they're a localized tribal culture located on the northeast part of the continent. There are elves who've left the tribes to join society at large, but they would be the least common race you'd have had the pleasure of knowing. And, likely, the ones who left the tribe did so in order to leave the tribal life behind and join civilization. They would generally prefer to use Common.

Not to say that you wouldn't recognize the language. Just pointing out that elves make up a very small portion of larger society.
Jul 13, 2016 6:35 pm
I bow deeply back. "I would expect no less of a father. Well met! I merely appreciate the temporary reminder of how much I like to keep my feet on firm ground! One companion is with me..." as I wave back to Harp that all is secure..."but the others are close by guarding our camp. I am sorry to hear of your misfortune but will gladly share in your fire and the wine if you allow me to at least attempt to return the favor." I pull out the small pack of hiking rations I carry during travel and offer them in exchange. "Tell me about what happened to you and if there is anything we can do to help."
Last edited July 13, 2016 6:44 pm
Jul 13, 2016 6:46 pm
I holster the crossbow and walk softly into the ring of light, standing to the shield-side and slightly behind Rhiv. I give a quick, but respectful bow. "Greetings. Please, tell us of your troubles, and I'll - uh - partake."
Jul 14, 2016 4:30 pm
Elereth moves to the pile of goods and pulls out a small pack and a wineskin, and comes back to the fire.

"I'll tell you our tale, but before I do, I'd love for you to share a story from the Daardendrian clan's history. Miriel here loves old stories of dragons. Onta willing, I'm convinced she'll be a bard one day." Elereth smiles lovingly at her. She's sitting between Garion's legs now, while her sister continues sleeping. "And, uh, your friend," turning to Harper, "if you have any stories, please feel free to share."

He assumes that since neither of you shared your first names, you don't want to be called by them.

He pulls four small wooden cups from the pack. "Have you ever had elven wine from a kwayuln before?" he asks as he fills the cups.
Jul 14, 2016 5:33 pm
I think it's the sight of the cups, but really it's their subtle aroma, that takes me out of mind, and I'm suddenly filled with the memory of her scent, her skin, her hair. An hour in an instant. I sense I am falling and my arm shoots out reflexively, like one slipping into a daydream of falling downstairs but catching oneself, and I grab Rhiv's arm. I let go, and recover myself, and give the curious Rhiv an approving nod. Hopefully our host did not notice. "Aye. Those seem to be well used - and well loved." And then, finally, I extend my hand to him. "Harper."
Jul 14, 2016 9:02 pm
"And I am Rhiv. I've never had the pleasure of a kwayuln but I'm excited to partake!" I take the proffered cup and waft the wine deeply, and try to identify it's essence before drinking.

"In the ancient Dragonborn Kingdom of Arkhosia, formed soon after the Emergence, strong clans arose and formed ties that yet endure among dragonborn bloodlines. Within that Kingdom, the Daardendrians knew our greatest glory and became instilled with an everlasting sense of possibility despite our now lessened and--in my place slightly rootless--current existence. The Daardenrians originated from Daarden Who-Would-Be-Shestandeliath, Vanquisher of Djerad Thymar. His grandson, Thuchir Daardendrian, in 253, assisted the mighty Warbringer Clan and their famous chief Odeyar in the Battle of the Crippled Mountain. His heroic defense of Odeyar, at the cost of his own life, earned for the clan a powerful artifact, originally stolen from the grave of a titan, called the Breath of Petron which allowed an almost godlike ability to mold and master metal. This famous gift allowed Thuchir's first daughter Zaveri to build Djerad Thymar into a renowed citadel and a center of trade and commerce. To this day most Dragonborn smiths send up a yearly incense offering to her memory as the first of our Smiths. Unfortunately, wealth attracted many of the dragons and fiends that remained following the emergence. Most of her work and the city she built--weakened by a massive earthquake that struck in 372--collapsed into ruin and desolation following the loss of the Breath of Petron, and most of its creations, in an attack by the mighty dragon Bloodbane in 375. The last 600 years have seen many ups and downs in a never ending attempt to regain some of the glories of those early days but--like all clans and races--our idolatry, pride, and greed have usually been our downfall. As Dragonborn, our weak gods abandoned us or merely exacerbated our own weaknesses and let evil grow in this land. We have been spread before the sun and the moon and all the host of heaven which we have loved and served in vain....." I slowly fade and my speech falters as the sadness of my bloodline settles on my soul.... Oh Adonai why have you let the world and my kin, your creation, fall so far astray!?

"I'm sorry for not choosing a more light-hearted tale on such a dark night.... the world needs more light to talk about...."
Last edited July 14, 2016 9:05 pm

Rolls

Trying to ascertain whether the elves are speaking truth and if anything is funny with the wine - (1d20+2)

(8) + 2 = 10

Jul 15, 2016 5:40 pm
Elereth watches Rhiv's face as he tells his tale. As Rhiv finishes, Elereth's brow furrows and he bites the inside of his lip. "But... and forgive me if this sounds insensitive, I assure you I don't intend to offend... did anyone ever try to retrieve the Breath of Petron, or exact vengeance on Bloodbane?"
Jul 15, 2016 7:14 pm
Of course many expeditions and quests were made in those early centuries after the fall of Djerad Thymar to recover the artifact rather than to avenge our loss... Dragonborn are usually more pragmatic than vengeful, but our memories are long. Unfortunately none, or at least none that I know of, were successful. Bloodbane himself has not been heard of in hundreds of years and the ruins of the city are supposedly still empty... though neither I nor any of my kin have ever been. With your ancient lineage, do you have knowledge of either the artifact or the story of which I recount? I have reason to doubt the truth of many things that were handed down as sacred fact to my forefathers....
Jul 15, 2016 8:01 pm
"I am still approaching the apex of my life-journey; compared to even my own brothers and sisters I am young. I do have some knowledge of elven dragon lore, though as you mentioned, there are many conflicting reports, even of the same incidents." Turning to Miriel, who is wide awake at this point, he smiles and says "Nectar, would you get papa's book, please?"

She runs to the pile of goods and starts digging for a satchel. She locates the handle and pulls, and three or four things tumble off the top of the pile. She smiles sheepishly as she starts to drag the bag. "Miriel?" Garion intones. "How do we treat our books?" Clearly embarrassed to have been corrected in front of strangers, she hefts the bag over her shoulder and carries it to Elereth. Elereth smiles forgivingly at her; he truly seems not to mind.

He opens the flap of the satchel revealing half a dozen tomes of various sizes. He pulls the smallest one and gently traces his finger down the spine. Holding the book up to his lips, he closes his eyes for a few small seconds and whispers something unintelligible. When he opens the small leatherbound book, there is a significant amount of text and drawings. He flips through a few pages, before settling on something. "Ah, here. I'm not sure if this is the same dragon OR the same artifact. In all likelihood, this could send you further away from any answers, but it is my best guess."

He hands you the open book, and as he does, the text seems to turn to liquid. The lines merge together, only to reform seconds later, but now in the language of the Dragonborn.

The tome tells of a dragon named Dinja Razarac, who, over half an age ago went on a rampage, annihilating anything he came across. As you keep reading, there's a small note about several artifacts tied to Dinja Razarac, one of which originally belonged to the dwarven god of smithing, and another that was created in a rare act of cooperation between Bahamut and Tiamat. There are a few details. The entry concludes by saying that Dinja Razarac eventually headed to the Drakonis Severin in the western mountains and has not been seen since. There are no dates.
Jul 15, 2016 9:08 pm
While Rhiv is reading, Elereth asks Harp, "and you, quiet one? Any tales of dragons in your family's story? The minds of the very youngest of elves are drawn to fantastic legends. They have the greatest imaginations."
Jul 18, 2016 12:50 pm
I've heard this monologue before - hell, Rhiv spells it every time there's a lull at the tavern. So my mind is elsewhere, drowning in this cup. In my mind's eye there is hair of autumn leaves. And rest. Sweet, dreamless rest. Succor, without fear. A stiff breeze catches the hair on the back of my neck, and like snow down the back of a tunic, jolts me into the present. A finger of cold touches my chest, as if I wore no clothes.

I barely heard Elereth's question, and reply rudely and brusquely "Thank you for your wine and stories. But it is late and cold, and we must make camp. Good night." I shoot Rhiv an angry, pleading glance and stalk into the woods, only the next morning while packing would I realize I still have the cup.
OOC:
I want Harp to have stolen the cup without even thinking about it. Like his habits took over and he snuck it into his cloak. Do I roll Sleight of Hand?
Jul 18, 2016 1:06 pm
OOC:
You want to do it without Elereth noticing? Or, you want to just stand up and walk off with it, forgetting it's in your hand?
Jul 18, 2016 1:18 pm
I attempt to steal the cup away secretively, without even realizing myself.

Rolls

Sleight of Hand - (1d20+7)

(9) + 7 = 16

Jul 18, 2016 1:29 pm
OOC:
Cool. Given your mental state, I'm not going to tell you if he saw or not. But, he doesn't say anything as you slink off.
Jul 18, 2016 1:50 pm
OOC:
Gotta use the little button to get the OOC tag.

Roll perception at disadvantage since you're SUPER into reading this book.
Jul 18, 2016 1:57 pm
perception!

Rolls

seeing Harp's shenanigans - (1d20+0)

(2) = 2

seeing Harp's shenanigans - (1d20+0)

(11) = 11

Jul 18, 2016 2:04 pm
OOC:
Rhiv doesn't see Harp slide the cup into the pocket of his cloak.

Now, I think we're looking for Rhiv's response to the book.
Jul 18, 2016 3:48 pm
"Elereth, I apologize for Harper, I am sure he meant no offense by his abrupt departure, but he has had a rough past and sometimes forgets his civility. I thank you greatly for this glance into the history of what must surely be the same dragon that destroyed my people. Dinja Razarac......Bloodbane...... it will be a name I will not soon forget." I pull out my small vial of dragonblood, given to me by my father before I left to sea for the first time. I spin it carefully in my fingers and try to sense the magnitude of the being from which it came... "My father told me of the greater dragons and the power of both good and evil, but until this moment it was hard to believe they were not merely figments of our collective imagination..... Can you tell me more about the Drakonis Severin? Where is this place that I have never heard of? Are dragons of any sort still known to exist in the area?"
Jul 19, 2016 6:15 pm
From the interest and energy in Rhiv's eyes I can tell he may yet be some time. Many humans and elf-kin think dragonborn are difficult to read, that their faces are cacographic. As a race one might describe them as reserved, so much so that some small-minded folk may think they feel no emotion at all but cold calculation and the rage of an energy that burns in their belly. But those who've guested at the hearth, or shared an honest conversation with a member of the ancient race know the secret: it's in the eyes. The pupils dilate almost constantly, and the color changes nearly as often. Their multiple sets of eyelids, some perfectly transparent - some more opaque, flutter in response to temperature and pressure changes, as well as emotional state. These signs bely deep-seated feeling and strong conviction.

My personal guess is their fearsome appearance makes most turn their faces before really seeing one full in the face. Still, knowing all this, Rhiv likely wears his heart on his sleeve more than most, and even those who'd never seen a dragonborn would know he was fully engrossed in this moment.

I flex my fingers and rub my wrists, and light my second cigarette of the night. I mark the growing cost of this habit since traveling further from the tabac fields of the south, my home. The cold seems unseasonably sharp, and I can't be certain if it's the wind off the mountain or something else. I sense something, a presence I've not felt sense...
Jul 20, 2016 2:15 pm
OOC:
Rhiv, can you roll a perception for me?
Jul 20, 2016 2:22 pm
Perception check

Rolls

perception - (1d20+0)

(12) = 12

Jul 20, 2016 4:04 pm
Elereth smiles graciously. "Not need," he replies. "We all wrestle our own demons." Then he shifts on his log and takes on a more excited and serious tone.

"Drakonis Severin – or 'Dragon's End' – is THE topic of discussion for many dragon scholars. No one is sure if it even exists, but there are too many references in myth and legend of dragons inexplicably traveling to a common final resting place to dismiss it. Hells, I think there's an entire section of the King's Library devoted to it. I've never been in there to see it..." He trails off a bit as he daydreams about getting to sift through stacks of tomes.

"Anyway," he snaps back to reality, "my personal favorite of the theories about Dragon's End is that it's inside a dormant volcano at the northern end of the Bhag Faldihr range out west. I think there's something about the resonant warmth of the lava tunnels underneath that draws them there for final rest."

Elereth leans back a bit and takes a big swig of wine. "But, it's just a theory." He smiles. Then, he sits upright quickly as an idea strikes him. "Hey, y'all are headed to Redwall, right? If you're interested in learning more, you should visit Barendd Holderhek at the Bahamutian temple in the Open Ward. He's a mountain dwarf sage-turned-cleric who has devoted his whole life to understanding Dragon's End. He may have a different theory. Whatever he thinks will almost certainly be better researched than my own opinions."
Jul 20, 2016 7:59 pm
Elereth, I will definitely seek the knowledge of Barendd Holderhek when we reach Redwall. Are you and your family also heading that direction? If you are maybe we could meet again at the King's library? You have been a light on my journey and have raised questions that I have never thought to ask. Though not an scholar by any means, I have great respect for those such as yourself who drink knowledge like I drink wine. Taking my first taste of the wine, having almost forgotten it while lost in the book, I smile broadly at Elereth and carefully hand him the book back. I sidetracked my original question before you had a chance to answer. Is there anything I can do to help following your mishap on the road? Unfortunately we have need of haste and cannot take a leisurely route, but can our swords be helpful during the remainder of your journey?
Jul 21, 2016 4:00 pm
"Your offer is generous and kind. However, our incident is of no consequence; we all made it through safely and that is what matters. And, Alas, we are headed down to Port Charlotte. I run a small trinket shop, Curio George's, in Redwall and am expecting a shipment of some merchandise that I need to be present to receive. But, I should be back to the King's City in a few weeks. Please come visit my shop! I'll give you the friends and family discount."

With that, Elereth stands. "Rhiv of the Daardenrians, it has been a pleasure and honor to meet you. I hope our paths cross again. But, it is time for us to rest, as we still have several days on the road ahead of us." He stands for a short moment, considering. "I regret to say that I'm not very familiar with dragonborn customs. Shall we embrace?"
Jul 21, 2016 4:50 pm
"It is rare that we receive such a request but, being from Port Charlotte, I am accustomed to the manner of hugs and--if I do say so myself--am pretty good at them!" I extend my right hand and wrap Elereth in the hand-shake hug combination. "The wine was delicious and the company memorable. Should you ever need me, please contact the Church of the Adonai wherever you are and I will do whatever I can to help. May you and your family..." I give them all a deep bow, "Farewell, and have a safe remainder to your journey to Port Charlotte! When we meet again I will give you whatever information I have gleaned about Dinja Razarac and Drakonis Severin!"

Handing back the cup, I turn and make my way back through the forest to our camp.
Jul 21, 2016 5:13 pm
Rhiv is so noisy I could shoot him in the dark, but I join his path before we hit the main road. I walk in silence on the way back.
Jul 21, 2016 7:24 pm
*Time Jump Forward about 3 days*

(Read the Session 4 Recap for an account of what happened)
http://skins13.wincustomize.com/27/10/2710270/50/1873/preview-50-1873.jpg


Rhiv, Therrien, & To'ot find themselves standing a bit in shock at such an abrupt end to a battle that seemed to be going their way. After quickly discovering a chink in the Cold Woman's magical shield, the party landed a couple attacks that dealt significant damage. Our heroes steeled themselves against her magic blade and icy spells, as she had cut off their retreat. By coordinating their efforts, they struck her with fiery swords, bolts, and javelins. With an unexpected suddenness, however, the threat was over and the enemy was gone. The Cold Woman had grabbed Harper by the throat and forearm, lifted him into the air, and walked straight through the snowy stone wall on the north side of the passage, disappearing from view.

How will our three remaining adventurers respond? Will they try to figure out a way to pursue their captive comrade? Will they travel to the city below to find help? Will they abandon Harper to his fate? Will they set up camp in this harsh environ?

Let's find out!
Jul 22, 2016 1:09 am
Therrien let's out a primal howl which is echoed in the wind. He rushes the rock wall where Harp disappeared, sword drawn. He hacks at the wall in his rage, shouting "Stand and fight, you ice bitch! Fight ME!" He is nearly incoherent in his fury, howling like the wolves he heard the night before.
Jul 22, 2016 1:27 am
Stunned by the sudden shift of tides, I too need a moment to steady my thinking. "Therrien, be calm. We will need your wits rather than your rage for the moment!" Adonai, give me the strength and wisdom to find a way to rescue Harp from this terrible beast, for we most assuredly cannot overcome her on our own! As my adrenalin slowly fades, I canter my steed to the wall into which Harper and the Cold Woman disappeared and steady my readied hammer, looking closely for any opening or crack that might have allowed her passage. After an initial assessment, I dismount and attempt to look more closely for any magical or non-magical levers, buttons or anyway to enter. If evil can enter in, Light can also find a way.....
OOC:
This is a "take 10" moment with both perception for some sort of hidden door and/if we don't find anything with that, investigation into looking for some sort of clue as to how she disappeared into the rock.
Last edited July 22, 2016 1:28 am
Jul 22, 2016 1:59 pm
OOC:
both of you (and To'ot, if he also wants to check out the area) make a WIS saving throw.
Jul 22, 2016 2:03 pm
Ask and it will be given to you; search, and you will find; knock, and the door will be opened for you.

Rolls

Searching for the door.... - (1d20+0)

(13) = 13

Jul 22, 2016 2:18 pm
Rolls Wisdom

Rolls

Wisdom - (1d20+2)

(8) + 2 = 10

Jul 22, 2016 2:54 pm
May the Spirits give me sight. The ice is everywhere, and this setting closes me off from the insight I normally feel in a forest. There is so little life in the ice, or life that is held suspended. I have never seen magic like the ice woman, and in her element here, I fear she may already have taken Harper to a place we can never access.

(Wisdom roll)

Rolls

wisdom saving throw - (1d20+2)

(15) + 2 = 17

Jul 22, 2016 4:47 pm
I stop my searching for a moment to breathe a silent prayer for Harp... the man has been through a lot and if the Cold Woman doesn't end up getting him those cigarettes he constantly inhales at an ever increasing rate most surely will.... "Lord, I lift up Harp for your intercession, drive him to his knees to plead for help from above. Give him hope by providing that little bonus he needs to the random rolls of fate as he fights the darkness within and without...."
OOC:
Just for fun :)
Last edited July 22, 2016 4:47 pm

Rolls

Pray persuasively to the Adonai to intervene for Harp - (1d20+4)

(13) + 4 = 17

Jul 22, 2016 5:30 pm
To'ot walks up to the section of wall where the Cold Woman and Harper disappeared, and extends his arms out, placing his bare palms on the snowy stone. The baby twists and whimpers, working his way around to face the rock wall, and reaches out his tiny chubby little arms toward the mountain, just like To'ot. As he reaches out with his spirit, he is able to connect with some wildlife in the area (a family of mountain goats, and an owl, and he draws on their life force. Just then, he sees a blinding flash. After recoiling and rubbing his eyes, he reopens them to see that the rock wall has taken on a translucence. About 10 feet behind the snowy stone there's a large door.

To Rhiv and Therrien, nothing appears to have changed. There's still a seemingly impenetrable mountain wall.
Jul 22, 2016 5:57 pm
And, though neither Harper nor Rhiv have any indication, Adonai hears the prayer and grants the request.
OOC:
Harp will receive advantage on his next roll AND Rhiv now has a point of inspiration. Great job!
Jul 22, 2016 7:02 pm
My throat burns with the cold as I gasp.
Quote:
The earth and moon! What is this I see?
My eyes widen and I blink, awestruck. Do my eyes betray me? I instinctively move the baby away from the wall a step. This door is surely magical, but could it be an illusion? Somehow I do not think so. Our friend and compatriot Harper is very likely behind that door. My awe turns to anger, and I start shaking at the thought of the ice woman lifting and removing Harp's thin flailing body so easily.
Quote:
My friends - unless I have lost my sanity, there is a door, deep in the ice and stone.
OOC:
Is the door open or closed? If open do I see anything beyond it?
Jul 22, 2016 7:12 pm
OOC:
The door is closed.
Jul 22, 2016 8:27 pm
To'ot, we may all lose our sanity soon enough but well done! What exactly do you see? Is it behind the ice that we can chip away or melt? Or is it made of the stone and merely hidden? Or is it purely magical? Replay those last few seconds as the woman disappeared, did she do anything or cast anything before entering the wall? Did either of you notice anything that could help us here?
Jul 22, 2016 8:34 pm
Quote:
I see nothing, though doubt you not. If there is a door there, I fear I posses not the strength to hack it open. I just put all my rage into that wall without making a mark. The Ice Witch feared fire. Perhaps her door does as well?
Jul 22, 2016 9:09 pm
Quote:
Worth a try....
I immediately begin looking around for tinder and wood to build a small fire at the base of where To'ot noted he had seen the door.
OOC:
Knowing there isn't much around I also assuming a take 10 here. What is the weather like, how much time do we have before sunset? Has the storm abated? How are our horses and the baby in terms of health? I am almost dead but no worries :)
Jul 22, 2016 9:21 pm
Stay, Rhiv. I can produce a flame. I shift the baby to my back and there appears a wildly flickering flame in my left hand. It looks weak in the wind that is blistering through the snowy tunnel, but does not go out.
OOC:
DM, with the cantrip "produce flame" can I hurl it at the spot where I saw the door? There is an attack option with this, but I am not clear if that must be in a battle against an opponent?
Jul 22, 2016 9:32 pm
Rhiv, you are hurt from your valiant place at the front of the battle. We are all eager to follow Harper as he is in grave danger. But I fear you were injured and wonder if we should attend to your condition first. If fire allows us access to the door as we hope, we may not have much time to enter. It is possible we might find ourselves pitched in another battle all too quickly. How do you feel, brave one? I place my right hand on his shoulder.
OOC:
I would like to use cure wounds spell for Rhiv
Jul 22, 2016 10:46 pm
Rhiv and Therrien, as you express belief in the fact that there is, indeed, a door, the stone wall takes on the same translucent property. You no longer believe it to be solid stone, but a highly effective illusion. In point of fact, it was such a powerful illusion spell, that your brains reacted to it to create the effects that your bodies felt, including the resistance against your weapons.

The weather has calmed slightly, though it seems the Cold Woman did not create the snow storm, only exacerbated it. The wind still whips through the pass, with slightly less ferocity than moments before. It's still snowing. The baby seems cold, but not in danger of harm. The horses are doing okay, but I wouldn't recommend leaving them up here in the open.

Fortunately, as the illusion passes, the area that the stone wall was occupying is revealed to be a sort of cave entrance area, about 10 feet square, with a roof. It would be a safe place to leave the horses, provided no one else comes along and bypasses the illusion spell.

To'ot, you still see the door. The rocks between you and the door have taken on a permanent translucence. You can all see the door, and can pass through the illusion. You can throw your flame at the door without any difficulty.

To'ot, roll your cure wounds spell. 1d8 + 2 + your Wisdom modifier.
Jul 23, 2016 3:59 am
Cure wounds roll

Rolls

Cure wounds spell - (1d8+2)

(4) + 2 = 6

Jul 23, 2016 4:03 am
OOC:
not sure I did that roll right - not sure how to add 2 + wisdom modifier (also2?) in this format. Whatever prob makes little difference.
Jul 23, 2016 10:32 am
OOC:
I think you can only add one numerical modifier, so in the future just add all your modifiers together and add them as one number. In this case it would have been 1d8+4.

Anyhow, Rhiv gains 8 hp.
Jul 23, 2016 11:00 am
Rhiv, do you feel at full strength? I believe we have healing potions if not. Even bloodied, I have no desire to meet that Woman'cicle without you fully healed. Also, you know Harp best. What WAS that thing? And what tie does she have on Harp that he brought her thusly into our midst?
Jul 23, 2016 2:59 pm
"I feel rejuvenated. Thank you, friend. Still a little worse for wear, but nothing that a long rest won't help with. At the moment however, I fear that every minute we dawdle is one less Harper has to live so I would prefer to move than rest." I take a moment and close my eyes and think back to the conversations I had with Harp over many an ale.... "Of the Cold Woman, he knew what she looked like: an elf roughly his age, with strikingly beautiful features, taller than average, but not 8 feet tall! When he was young, the Woman--along with a male companion who looked impossibly young but tired with age at the same time--killed his father in an attempt to kidnap him. He managed to escape that first encounter but always felt as if the closer The Cold Woman got to him, the colder he would get on the inside, until he would literally freeze. Almost as if he was marked. Harp wandered about for around one year, always feeling like there were cold eyes watching him. Much of this was in smaller towns and the wilderness until he realized he could hide much better in larger populations or at sea. Eventually, about six years ago, she caught up to him. He managed to escape again, but she demonstrated a little more of her power in the process. She shot streams of white lightning and managed to freeze an entire marina--crushing boats, skiffs, and damaging larger vessels. He had managed to avoid her ever since but--in these snowy environs--he must have lost a bit of his senses until it was too late... I curse my own call for us to move on, I thought she was pursuing us not waiting...." I pray I have not failed him....
Last edited July 24, 2016 10:09 pm
Jul 23, 2016 3:06 pm
I walk my horse into the revealed cave entrance and look more closely at the door.
OOC:
Is there a handle? Can I push or pull it?
Jul 24, 2016 11:04 pm
I attempt to open the door after looking for traps on the door.
Jul 25, 2016 12:41 am
I follow Rhiv and To'ot though am wary. I hold no truck with black magic. I run my sword blade through torch oil in case it needs a quick light.
Jul 25, 2016 1:00 am
Seeing Therrien's preparation, I acknowledge a good plan when I see one and I carefully coat my hammerhead with oil as well. "As fire may be the only thing this Woman'cicle--as To'ot so eloquently described her--might understand, this may at least help our cause."
Jul 25, 2016 4:06 pm
I cover the baby's head, and fear for his safety should we meet the frigid woman again. But... I can only hope that she is on the other side of that foreboding door, as Harp's life may depend on our haste. Can it be opened? The flame in my left hand still flickers, casting eerie shadows on the walls around us, but in the process show the limits of the tunnel, previously hidden by the cold woman's illusion
Jul 25, 2016 5:46 pm
As you approach the door you see it is made out of a single slab of stone, carved from the very mountain itself. On it's surface is carved an intricate relief of a dwarf in fine robes and a hood. The background of the relief contains a sun and clouds that fades into night, with stars and a moon. In the image, behind the dwarf on either side appear to be intricate inner workings of some advanced machinery, with cogs and gears and levers, weights and pulleys and cranks. As you approach, the image appears to shift slowly, as pages in an animation. The dwarf appears to bow to you and spread his arms wide. When you get within about three feet of the door, some words appear written in the sky above the dwarf figure, and the robed relief cracks a wide smile. The message reads:

"''Tis true I have both face and hands,
and move before your eye;
Yet when I go my body stands,
and when I stand, I lie"
OOC:
PUZZLE TIME!

There aren't any handles, nor any mechanism to open the door, that you can see.

The image changes based on how far away from it you are standing, so as we go about this scene, I'll need you to include your distance from the door any time you are interacting with it.

And, just to be clear, everything on the door is carved relief. There's not, like, an actual dwarf, or actual moving gears, or anything. It just appears that way. Think like the old lenticular baseball cards, if you're familiar with that sort of thing.
Jul 25, 2016 6:27 pm
Though there might be a variety of options here, I think I know it. But how do I answer? I stand directly before the door, about three feet away and speak slowly in common as i attempt to push it open: "You are a clock....."
Jul 25, 2016 6:32 pm
OOC:
roll perception
Jul 25, 2016 6:35 pm
perception

Rolls

perception - (1d20+0)

(14) = 14

Jul 25, 2016 6:47 pm
Rhiv notices as he leans in from about 3 ft. away that the shifting gears seem to form some kind of pattern, such that all the turning and shifting guides the viewer's focus to the dwarf's open hands.
Jul 25, 2016 8:12 pm
I step forward to 1 foot away and say "You are a clock."

Rolls

perception - (1d20+0)

(5) = 5

Jul 25, 2016 8:32 pm
Nothing happens
Jul 25, 2016 8:33 pm
Quote:
Mayhaps a watch? Surely seems a timepiece fits the bill.
Jul 25, 2016 8:40 pm
OOC:
okay Therrien, what do you do?
Jul 25, 2016 8:41 pm
"Maybe we should all stand at different distances from the door. I will stand at 3 feet, Therrien, you stand at 1 foot and To'ot at 4?" Saying this I step back to 3 feet away and say, "You are a clock."
OOC:
Ryan, can you do passive perception on this or should we all be rolling each "attempt"
Last edited July 25, 2016 8:42 pm

Rolls

Perception - (1d20+0)

(16) = 16

Jul 25, 2016 9:17 pm
OOC:
yeah, I will just assume that you're paying close attention and that you notice anything that happens to give you more info
Jul 25, 2016 9:22 pm
Rhiv remembers that as you were approaching, the different images that made up the animation transitioned at different distances, at intervals of about 3-4 feet.
Jul 26, 2016 12:50 am
Excellent idea. And if we have any old timepiece perhaps we show it to the door? Maybe it needs physical objects rather than words. Or perhaps it understands different languages. I'll say "a clock" in elvish.
Jul 26, 2016 1:20 pm
"Does anyone have a watch? I have heard of these amazing tools but have never seen one in person. Either way, this picture doesn't exactly have physical hands so I don't know what we would do with a physical clock unless it were a sundial of some sort. If it is not that, I think I've figured at least something out. Notice that, as we get closer to the door, the different images that made up the animation transitioned at different distances, at intervals of about 3-4 feet. Everyone walk slowly toward the door and try to see exactly what the figure is doing in each of the intervals. Really try to investigate to put these clues together.... ...Up close it does seem to focus on his hands. Maybe it has something to do with: 'Hands of time'"
OOC:
Should we do an investigation check as well? "When you look around for clues and make deductions based on those clues. you make an Intelligence (Investigation) check. Vou might deduce the location of a hidden object, discern from the appearance
of a wound what kind of weapon dealt it, or determine the weakest point in a tunnel that could cause it to
collapse. Poring through ancient scrolls in search of a hidden fragment of knowledge might also call for an Intelligence (Investigation) check."
Jul 26, 2016 1:23 pm
OOC:
Sure. Everyone roll investigation.

I don't think anyone has a clock. They would be very rare.
Jul 26, 2016 1:28 pm
OOC:
Hardy Boying.

Rolls

investigation - (1d20+0)

(15) = 15

Jul 26, 2016 2:06 pm
roll investigation

Rolls

roll investigation - (1d20+1)

(10) + 1 = 11

Jul 26, 2016 8:02 pm
Investigating

Rolls

Investigate - (1d20)

(12) = 12

Jul 27, 2016 5:22 pm
You all step back to view the door from further away. When you're just at the very entrance to the alcove, Rhiv notices that there appears to be a pocket watch in the image of the dwarf's hand. As you move closer, the pocket watch disappears from his hand. As his hands move, you notice that the circular shape of the pocket watch stays in the same spot, but as the center of a gear.
Jul 27, 2016 5:24 pm
I reach forward and turn the gear....
Jul 27, 2016 6:02 pm
The gear rotates, and you hear a loud click. The robed dwarf, still bowing, swings out of the way revealing a dark tunnel. There is fresh snow tracked into the entrance of the cavern, and a little more blows in as the heavy door swings wide.
Jul 27, 2016 6:40 pm
"Well then, time for some fun." I walk back to my horse and make sure she is appropriately tied but leave a pile of snow and feed for her. "Good-bye for now, friend. It has been a good journey so far. Your bravery in the face of evil has truly earned you the name "Versvesh Kornari".....Strong Heart.... I pray that we may ride together again." Lighting a torch and readying several other for quick access, I turn to Therrien and To'ot: "Are we ready? I say we move forward at pace. I would normally say we should try to go dark and rely on your night-vision to guide our path but with this particular monster I say we go forth with fire in hand. I'll lead, with To'ot in the middle and Therrien bringing up the rear just in case the woman has a rear ambush planned."
OOC:
I'm assuming that puzzle time was not actually a short rest. If not, Rhiv would definitely rather not take one.
Last edited July 27, 2016 6:41 pm
Jul 27, 2016 6:47 pm
OOC:
Correct, not a short rest.

How are you all on HP & spells?
Jul 27, 2016 6:53 pm
OOC:
13/18 HP, I only have my "Command" spell left.
Jul 27, 2016 7:01 pm
[quote]Hard and fast with fire leading is the way to hunt this fiend. She is bloodied. As a lad, my father [I pause and feign adusting my cloak] ... my father taught me to hunt a wounded Tuskboar hard and fast. It is the angry, hurt animal which runs right at the waiting, still spear in its fury. The bitch is bloodied. Let's put her head on a pike. /quote]
Jul 27, 2016 7:03 pm
If not done already I don't armor, and ready my sword in one hand and torch in the other (keeping them comfortably separate since the steel is doused with oil) I also wet the edges of my hand axes with oil before loosely storing them.
Jul 27, 2016 8:18 pm
And agree with marching order. Let's move forward.
Jul 28, 2016 1:08 am
You begin jogging along the uneven ground the long natural cavern corridor. More than once, your foot lands awkwardly or the ground is lower or higher than you expected causing you to stumble slightly. Periodically you pass a torch sconce, but not regularly enough to light the way well. The ceiling is high, but there are stalactites that come down low enough that you'd run into a few of them if you weren't careful. The sound of trickling, dripping water and the smell of cold, wet rock confirm you are in a cave system inside the mountain. The vague scent of singed flesh lingers, confirming that you did significant damage to the Cold Woman, and she passed this way.

After 150 yards or so, Rhiv pulls up and stops. There is a fork in the tunnel. Both passages continue to lead downward into the mountain. After a few seconds of standing at the decision point contemplating the best course of action, you hear an anguished scream, like nothing you've heard before. The cry of one truly in agony pierces your ears and your hearts, chilling your bones. Rhiv, you recognize the voice as Harp's, if only barely, as it sounds almost otherworldly.
OOC:
roll perception to see if you can tell which direction the sound comes from
Jul 28, 2016 1:18 am
Perceiving

Rolls

Perception - (1d20+2)

(1) + 2 = 3

Jul 28, 2016 2:29 am
OOC:
looking for Harps ghost which is obviously watching

Rolls

perception - (1d20+0)

(12) = 12

Jul 28, 2016 3:01 am
OOC:
Does a crit fail on perception mean I suddenly go blind? Yeeeesh.
Jul 28, 2016 11:28 am
OOC:
You're so adorable when you're impotent with rage.
Jul 28, 2016 1:41 pm
Opening my googly eyes and having a look-see

Rolls

perception - (1d20+2)

(8) + 2 = 10

Jul 28, 2016 2:05 pm
In his rage, Therrien's senses feel heightened, but he is inexperienced with the way sounds carries and bounces in underground caves. Therrien is 100% convinced the sound came from the right tunnel, and neither To'ot nor Rhiv are able to determine it's origin.
OOC:
no metagaming, y'all :)
Jul 28, 2016 2:07 pm
As we assess the sound to try to determine the direction of the sound, I also cross reference the smell of singed flesh to see if it is at all present in one direction or the other.
OOC:
would that be survival (tracking) or just what we already rolled with perception?
Jul 28, 2016 2:10 pm
OOC:
At this point the smell has become part of the overall stench of the cavern system. You can hardly tell it's there anymore, as your senses have started acclimating to this environment.
Jul 28, 2016 2:11 pm
Quote:
I heard it from the right tunnel. We go that way.
I set out to the right.
Jul 28, 2016 2:12 pm
"Well, I haven't a clue where that sound came from. And when I have no idea, I always go right so let's go. All I know is that we should not split up." I also continue down the right tunnel.
Last edited July 28, 2016 2:19 pm
Jul 28, 2016 2:26 pm
Agreed Rhiv. We are Stronger Together. I follow hesitantly.
Jul 28, 2016 2:38 pm
OOC:
Is it possible to reach out to Rawena in some way? I don't want to stop or slow our pace at all.
Jul 28, 2016 2:40 pm
The party heads to the right, ducking down a bit to avoid a few larger stalactites. The corridor winds around, first right, then left, then down some very roughly hewn steps. After another 50 yards or so, the passageway opens into a large cave, 100 feet wide. The ground levels out, and the crumbling rock is replaced by a hard stone covered in dust and debris. About 30 feet in front of you, the floor drops into darkness, and you can just make out the start of a rope bridge.

The air in this space feels a bit cooler than the corridor leading to it, and you can hear the sound of flowing water.
Jul 28, 2016 4:24 pm
I approach the rope bridge and investigate it for strength and stability. "Well, I don't know if that scream sounded as if it was this far away.... We've gone a long way already and--unless he is moving away from us--there's no way we could have heard him from here with all these twists and turns in the tunnel. Did we miss any disguised doors or tunnel offshoots? With her illusion magic we could easily have missed something... that we'll never be able to spot in this foul place...With the amount of time she's had him in her clutches he is probably already done for unless she has to have him alive for some nefarious purpose..." I fade slowly as the logical follow-on to my rambling train of thought comes to a head.... I bellow out into the inky darkness: "HARPER!!!! WE'RE COMING FOR YOU! BE STRONG!! CALL ON THE ADONAI AND HE WILL ANSWER!!!"
OOC:
Can I see where the bridge leads?
Last edited July 28, 2016 4:25 pm

Rolls

Investigation of the rope bridge - (1d20+0)

(12) = 12

Jul 28, 2016 5:04 pm
I look with my darkvision. How long is the bridge? Does it look sturdy? Enchanted? Is there anything on this side of the chasm to tie a rope to?
Jul 28, 2016 5:08 pm
About thirty feet from where Rhiv stands, a natural pillar rises out of the chasm. The bridge ends at the pillar, but you cannot see beyond it.

The bridge seems sturdy enough for one of you at a time. Rhiv might strain it more than the other two.
Jul 28, 2016 5:10 pm
Therrien can just see the start of a second rope bridge beginning at the pillar and continuing over the chasm, but nothing beyond that.

There are plenty of stalagmites and other rocks around that you could tie off to.
Jul 28, 2016 10:46 pm
I explain to the others what I see.
Quote:
I say we tie one end of the rope off to a rock on this side and the other end to me. I'll traverse the first part of the bridge and tie my end to the pillar. To'ot and the babe can traverse the bridge by fastening on to the rope with a separate loop. Rhiv follows after tying the end of the rope to himself and bringing it across while it is still fastened to the pillar. This way, each of us is protected if the rope bridge breaks. We can repeat the process for any following sections of bridge.
Jul 29, 2016 1:05 pm
I still have my doubts that he could be this far, but Therrien seems so sure.... "Well if he is this way, then your plan sounds solid. Lead on."
OOC:
Can I get a "gut feeling" / prayer on whether we are going to far in the wrong direction? If you feel it is metagaming feel free to shut it down, but I feel like this would not be out of character for Rhiv and--with the amount of time it took us to get through the door--it would be unlikely that Harp would still be in screaming distance if he was being carried away from us. "The DM mighl call for a Wisdom check when you try to accomplish tasks like the following: Get a gut feeling about what course of action lo follow"
Last edited July 29, 2016 1:19 pm

Rolls

wisdom "Gut prayer feeling" deck - (1d20+0)

(6) = 6

Jul 29, 2016 5:23 pm
OOC:
I'll allow it. Unfortunately, your roll doesn't really give you any insight into whether or not you're headed in the right direction. You just have no idea how to tell what direction anything is while you're underground, and who knows what kind of magics might cause something to sound near or far?

I'll also allow Therrien to roll another perception check to see if he thinks maybe they've gone too far from where he originally heard the scream. But, ONLY if Brian thinks Therrien would have started to doubt himself at this point.
Jul 29, 2016 5:59 pm
I will follow your lead Therrien. We should all go forward with care - she may be wounded, but still could be leading us into a trap.
Jul 29, 2016 9:40 pm
I think a seed of doubt would have grown by now.

Rolls

Perception - (1d20+2)

(15) + 2 = 17

Jul 29, 2016 10:44 pm
Therrien is no longer convinced that you're in the right track. But, you don't have any idea where the anguished cry came from, or, really, where you are in this cavern complex.

How does Therrien respond to this new loss of confidence in the direction he's been leading the group?
Jul 30, 2016 11:51 am
Therrien has an odd look in his eye - he has been a lone wolf for so much of his life, and perhaps is unused to any semblance of leadership and responsibility for others. He insists on tying off the rope on a rock formation himself, and is thorough in checking the knot's strength. It holds his weight.

He walks about halfway across the bridge before the rope starts to make an ominous creaking sound.

Rolls

Sleight of Hand - (1d20+3)

Jul 30, 2016 12:16 pm
OOC:
I'm so intrigued :)
Jul 30, 2016 2:26 pm
Despite the reputation of the elves, Therrien has never been one for the sneaky, stealthy tactics. It's not that he doesn't have the physical skill... but, even before he gave himself over to his passion, he had a hard time with the mental rigor required to stay silent for hours tracking prey. Here, his lack of focus again undermines his attempt at sleight-of-hand.

Therrien gets to the middle of the bridge and quietly unsheathes his hand ax. With a flick of his wrist, the rope railing snaps, and the bridge instantly heaves to the side, twisting sharply.

Rhiv and To'ot see the whole thing unfold, and can tell that Therrien was trying to keep his actions secret. If only he'd have remembered to put out his torch...
OOC:
roll Athletics to stay on the bridge
Jul 30, 2016 2:58 pm
"Therrien! NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!"
OOC:
Exactly like Anakin's terrible ending scream in Star Wars :)
I grab Therrien's rope and prepare to pull him up if necessary.
Jul 30, 2016 5:24 pm
OOC:
why is nobody rolling athletics?
Jul 30, 2016 5:25 pm
OOC:
it's just for Therrien. He's the only one on the bridge. I'm sure he'll post when he gets a chance.
Jul 30, 2016 5:31 pm
Reverse luck. Athletics is a skill so I'll add my dexterity and prof bonuses.

Rolls

Athletics check - (1d20+5)

(11) + 5 = 16

Jul 30, 2016 5:40 pm
Therrien is able to ride out the wave until the bridge stabilizes, and slowly and carefully returns to the group.
OOC:
at this point Therrien wouldn't know that Rhiv and To'ot saw his actions.
Jul 30, 2016 5:47 pm
Reaching out a hand and pulling Therrien off the bridge, I look him in the eye: "Glad to have you back on solid ground....... If you couldn't make it across with just yourself I can't imagine that that 8 foot behemoth carrying Harper could have managed it..... What happened out there?"
Jul 30, 2016 5:53 pm
I try to play it cool.
Quote:
I fear you are right, the bridge is too rotten for us to make it across. The rope gave little warning before just giving way. I fear we'll have to trybour luck by going around.
Jul 30, 2016 5:55 pm
I cannot meet Rhiv's stare and make myself busy straightening my kit.
Jul 30, 2016 6:19 pm
"Therrien, I would normally let you wrestle with whatever you need to until you were ready to discuss but now is no time for that. This is my friend's life on the line. We saw the axe. What happened? Why did you destroy the bridge? If you were sure he crossed this way then we must still find a way to move forward."
Last edited July 30, 2016 8:54 pm
Jul 30, 2016 6:46 pm
I straighten up, angry at myself for my clumsiness at having been seen, and so displacing my anger into my response to Rhiv.
Quote:
The why of the blade matters little after the cut, Daardenrian. (I calm a little) Yet you speak truth, and I owe it returned to you. For now I will say this - there was a creature ahead of you, so filled with hate that he would have blindly murdered you all. A dark, rage-filled thing more dangerous to you than the Ice Witch. I have closed the way to this thing now. Let us waste no more time here; we should go back the other way. If Harper's soul is forfeit through my action, I will explain and place myself at the mercy of your "righteous" judgement. And you Master To'ot . If we gain Harper for the price of a rope, then we can together consider ourselves ahead in the ledger.
Jul 30, 2016 9:04 pm
Quote:
Vengeance will always be the Adonai's not mine. We all make mistakes but--though we have only been traveling companions for a short while--trust is vital to be able to succeed against the evil we both seek to destroy. Channel that anger against the darkness..... Lead on back to the tunnel split.
Last edited July 31, 2016 2:07 am
Jul 30, 2016 9:09 pm
OOC:
let's pause here and give To'ot a chance to respond. He may not be so easily assured as Rhiv. If he is, no problem. But I don't want to breeze by this moment without his input.
Jul 31, 2016 5:06 am
I seethe after seeing my compatriot compromise our rescue. Brother Therrien, "the why of the blade" does indeed matter after the cut, if we are to fight side by side. To survive another battle we must work in concert like the fingers in a fist. If one finger is working against the rest, the fist is better with that finger cut off. . I immediately regret the threatening tone I have taken. I'm sorry, I did not mean that the way it sounded. I myself have had my life changed forever by a moment of rage that I will never forgive myself for, so I have no call to judge your anger. But remember that the sun and the moon are in balance, and we must strive for that same balance. The tides of our anger ebb and flow, but if they must not control us or we will drown. I snap out of a brief reverie. But I am wasting precious time with my babbling!
Jul 31, 2016 12:03 pm
Quote:
Agreed To'ot. this was a valuable reminder for us all. If we end up needing to cross the bridge we will find a way. For now, back to the split with haste!
I start quickly back up the tunnel.
Jul 31, 2016 1:17 pm
To'ot's words strike a chord in me. I feel, not changed, but intrigued by this his depiction of balance. It a totally foreign notion to Therrien and antithetical to the way he has lived his life. And To'ot's mention of his past...resonates.

Before he turns to run after Rhiv, Therrien grasps To'ot's left elbow with his left hand in his tribe's traditional grasp of respect.
Quote:
Your words... they were...heard. We must speak more later. I would hear you more.
I touch my ear and forehead.
Quote:
For now, to Harp.
Aug 1, 2016 1:45 pm
The three of you jog back through the tunnels, ducking stalactites. Upon reaching the split, the group takes the left path. The corridor bends around to the right, and after about 50 feet, you come to a hallway that breaks of to the right. You can either continue straight, or break to the right. From here you can only see that both tunnels lead downward, but not what they lead to.
Aug 1, 2016 2:52 pm
OOC:
Is there any difference between the corridor and the hallway in terms of the stonework? Do we see any tracks? Can we tell anything about the temperature of the two options? Are there sconces or torches; what is the lighting like?
Aug 1, 2016 3:01 pm
OOC:
geez, so many questions. :)
The corridor that continues straight ahead appears to be more of a "main hallway," if you can call it that. The hall to the right probably isn't. Wherever that leads, seems like you'd probably have to be headed there to want to go there.

You could roll investigation if you wanted to look for some tracks, as none are readily visible. The ground is mostly stones and rocks and pebbles, which don't make for great footprints.

There is a torch in a sconce right here at this break.
OOC:
make your roll, and I'll tell you more.
Aug 1, 2016 3:02 pm
Sherlocking.

Rolls

Investigate - (1d20+2)

(13) + 2 = 15

Aug 1, 2016 3:04 pm
Watsoning.

Rolls

investigation - (1d20+0)

(8) = 8

Aug 1, 2016 3:11 pm
Therrien pauses for a moment and squints his eyes down the hallway to the right. After a moment, he snuffs out the torch, and the two of you notice what he did before: there's an odd faint glow gently lighting the walls and ceiling of the hallway that branches off from the main corridor.
Aug 1, 2016 3:31 pm
"Well done. And we get to go right again.... Therrien, I suggest you lead and we'll keep a little bit back with a lit, shielded torch."
Aug 1, 2016 5:32 pm
Quote:
My choices have thus far missed the mark. But let us follow this glow all the same. Please stop me if I go astray.
Aug 1, 2016 5:53 pm
Therrien is not a natural leader, and after the mishaps of the last tunnel, he looks even more uneasy in a leadership role than usual.
Aug 1, 2016 7:06 pm
Narration:You proceed quickly through the tunnel, and the air begins to smell like an old campfire after a rain. You soon come upon a sort of doorway. Through the doorway you see a room. In the room there is a body. A living body on hands and knees, tense with rage like a caged dog. Blood spatters the jacketed forearm of his sword hand, but his scabbard is empty. There is sweat dripping off his face, or so it appears. The air in the room is nervous, and potential, like a smoking man sitting on a keg of lamp oil.

The far side of the room has another door, like the one you now enter. The faint light from it throws the arched figure into sharp relief. Around that far doorway, on the charred and blackened floor, is strewn the ashen remains of some furnishings, among them books, rugs, and what looks like a desk blasted to smithereens. At your feet the remains of a nice lunch are spilled all over the floor. You recall the man in the center of the room similarly flipping a table on a roadside just yesterday, although it feels much longer ago.


Without getting up from my hands and knees, I turn my head to the left to face the group. You can see my eyes are wet, and shot with angry blood. "I should have killed killed the bitch when I had the chance." My voice is a torn rag.
Last edited August 1, 2016 7:36 pm
Aug 1, 2016 7:36 pm
OOC:
Before I proceed with Rhiv Rushes In, is there anything separating us or is he just in the room with an open doorway at the end of a tunnel?
Aug 1, 2016 7:55 pm
OOC:
Only the remains of a nice lunch, including spilled wine, some crusts of bread, grapes and other fruits, and some nice savory meets. Nothing else is in the room, except for a moose skin blanket off to the side.
Last edited August 1, 2016 8:08 pm
Aug 1, 2016 8:16 pm
"Harp! Thanks to Adonai, you're alive!" I rush into the room and seek to heal him with a healing touch. "Where is the woman?!"
OOC:
I am assuming there will be something that keeps me out of the room, but who knows.... Lay on Hands I used previously for 8 HP on Harp if I remember correctly (I have a healing pool equal to your paladin level x 5) so I heal him for 2 HP if needed.
Last edited August 1, 2016 8:31 pm
Aug 1, 2016 8:29 pm
I am immediately on my feet and wrench myself away from Rhiv. I bark back at him. "Do not touch me! It is unwise to be around me right now; I finally have clarity enough to know that much." There is foam in the corners of my mouth and a pained expression on my face. "Besides... I am uninjured. At least in no way you can heal." I spit out the last word, set my teeth, and do everything but emit a low growl.
Aug 1, 2016 9:17 pm
I breathe a sigh. Partially of relief at having found Harp alive after my hijinks with the rope bridge, and partially of exasperation at having now found him seemingly unwell.
Quote:
We haven't walked through a cliff wall just to leave you here. Where, incidentally, is the bitch? Did you dispose of her alone? If so, an impressive notch in your blade.
I twirl both hand axes restlessly and start to stalk (hunt) slowly along the side of the hall toward the other door.
Aug 2, 2016 3:31 am
I kneel down on one knee and look searchingly at Harp from across the room. He appears raw with pain although not all physical. He seems like a coiled spring. Brother Harper... let us help to carry the load that weighs on you now... in what way can we assist you? Is the woman still here? I glance over at the items showing through the other door, and absently shift the whimpering baby to the front and stroke its head.
Aug 2, 2016 4:03 am
In spite of my fury I feel as if I'm thinking clearly, almost like a veil has been pulled from my eyes. I realize my posture and attitude towards these men who have searched dutifully for me is of no help. And of no consequence. They are not the ones with whom I am angry. Wait - who am I angry at, exactly? I close my eyes for 10 seconds, and take a deep, intentional breath to calm myself.
OOC:
The animal rage and tension you all feel in the room is now visibly calmed. Harp appears in control of himself at a normal level, if not quite in exactly the same way as before the incident at the pass.
The blood leaves my vision, but I am still angry. It is just simmering under the surface now. Maybe I'm saving it. Maybe it's saving me.

"You will find no witch here, Therrien. She is departed, mayhaps for good." and, after a brief pause "She is fey. And will not be tracked by the likes of us." Normally after a line like that I'd sheathe my blade, slamming the hilt into the scabbard as a punctuator. My sword hand twitches nervously with nothing to do.
Aug 2, 2016 11:28 am
Seeing the twitching hand and knowing the connection he feels with his weapon, I hand him my two hand-axes. After a momentary hesitation I follow them with my pouch with my pipe and what is left from my small bag of leaf. "Take a moment and gather yourself. Tell us what happened." Almost spitting her name I turn to To'ot: "Rawena--though I'm sure she listens to everything we say anyway--should probably be here for this. In the end we might need the witch to find the bitch..."
Last edited August 2, 2016 11:32 am
Aug 2, 2016 1:20 pm
I accept the axes as a gesture, albeit an odd one, and the effect is surprisingly soothing. One side-effect of leaf is the "heavy hands" feeling, and holding these weapons mimics it, creating a placebo relaxation. At the thought my mind goes to the last remaining cigarette in my pocket. Not now. Now isn't the time.

But the clarity remains. "She is here already." and then, as the flame of anger wanes from a boil to a simmer, I begin to pace deliberately. Keeping my body moving is the only way I can re-live the last horrendous hour. Without looking anywhere but the floor in front of my feet, I recount the events since the pass.
OOC:
At this time, everyone go read the Harper Split-Party Thread. It has been made available to all of you. Assume there are interruptions and stuff during the telling of the story, mostly from Therrien, but I make the telling brisk. The finer details that you will read in the thread Harp likely would have glossed over, or skipped entirely, in his re-telling. This is the most Harper has spoken continuously since you've known him, and it should be somewhat surprising.

Also: Is everybody just carrying around hand axes now?
By the end of the telling, my pacing has slowed to a tired walk, and I feel weary. The cumulative effects of a series of magical enchantments, possession, pitched battle, years of emotional baggage, and extreme rage have left me exhausted, and the food and nicotine are working their way in my system. After a few moments of silence, I drop the axes loudly on the floor "I have to shit." I exit through the ashy doorway, taking a remaining scrap of paper, and walk a dozen or so yards away until I find a small alcove in the pathway. The stool is loose and watery, which somehow stokes my anger. I attempt to control it, and stalk back into the room.
Aug 2, 2016 2:55 pm
"Rip me...." I turn all that I have just learned over in my head. It does make a lot of sense but why the debilitating mark? Why not find a way to communicate the truth before this time? And what could possibly keep her from helping us with this larger puzzle related to Thalnoth.... I pick up the axes and quickly cross into the other room and do a brief check for items of interest or value before returning to the party. Upon Harper's return to the room I open the conversation with a hesitant: "Sorry for calling your grandmother a bitch............. What did you mean about Rowena being here already?" Speaking to the air I say loudly: "Rowena, what do you know of this situation and this Horn of Dorothir? What can this wom... Illarastra...mean about 'rewards in the mountains?' Speak."
OOC:
I love this story. What a turn! If i remember correctly, I for one don't know about Rowena's deal with Harp. And yes, I collect random weapons... :)
Last edited August 2, 2016 3:54 pm

Rolls

Looking for interesting stuff in the other room. - (1d20+0)

(13) = 13

Aug 3, 2016 8:50 pm
Rowena manifests herself in the middle of the room, coming from out of Harp's body. "Gentlemen." She turns to Harper, "Mr. Harper, I bore witness to your recent experiences, and offer myself to help you in whatever decision you make in relation to Illarastra. And, know, that had you entered a dangerous combat situation, I would have done what I could to help." Then turning to the whole group, "Dragonborne friend, I have heard of the Horn of Dorothir. That being said, in my life, my magics were not learned from study of books and tomes. I only really know the name, and that it is a powerful artifact. Not that my opinion should weigh heavily in your decision-making process, but I have no doubt that you could get more information about it at the Royal Library. As for rewards in this mountain? I have no idea what that could mean."
Aug 4, 2016 12:09 am
Taken aback, I sharply inhale my breath. Stumbling over my words, I aggressively challenge her: "I am not your friend, witch. Why and how were you inside of him? How long have you been in him? What kind possession are you attempting?" Turning to Harper I ask him, "Did you allow this or did she force herself on you while you were frozen?"
Aug 4, 2016 2:01 am
Rowena transforms her appearance into a hideous visage; her hair and hands aflame and her eyes turn black as the inky depths of the sea, drinking in light. "If you are not my friend, then you are my foe, and that is not something you are prepared to handle, lizard."

She scales back the terror, but doesn't drop the presentation. "Your companion can speak for himself, but be careful even of the questions you ask. I have no intent to harm you, but that does not have to be so."

Rowena bursts into green flames and disappears in a cloud of spectral smoke.
Aug 4, 2016 12:40 pm
"Nothing sinister occurred. I won't pretend to know how, but while I was... eh, "frozen" she offered to help. In the moment I had no other option, and she somehow possessed me, but I retained agency of my actions. She did me no harm. In the heat of the moment I believed I might have owed her my life - whatever it's worth." I take a pause, still spent, and feel my hands and feet growing heavy with weariness. "What Illarastra meant by "rewards" for going down a certain path I have no idea. Maybe I'll find out." Another pause."Maybe not."

I take a pull on a wineskin left on the floor.

"I am going to sleep. Go through the ashen doorway to find the pass, and from there to Redwall." It seems as if I have something else to say, but don't. I remove my weapon belt, lay the moose blanket on the cold floor, wrap myself in my coat and lie down in a corner. I curl up with my back to you, as one freezing at night without a blanket. And you hear the sound of grinding teeth.
Aug 4, 2016 3:44 pm
"I fear you not Rowena, but I am glad that in your anger you have revealed the inside of your whitewashed tomb......." I mutter under my breathe. "I think sleep is wise. It has been a long day and we will be able to think more clearly with a long-rest. I will go check on the horses and can take the first watch if we don't mind taking a longer than normal stop to enable all of us to recuperate."Walking out to the entry where our horses were kept I check to see what the weather and situation are like and ensure everything remains secure.
OOC:
Rowena is such a racist.....
Aug 4, 2016 3:46 pm
Therrien is somewhat existentially shaken by recent events. He has long lived his life by a very black-and-white code, and has found no reason for balance or restraint in his actions toward that which he perceives as evil. And he has always perceived anything Fey or associated with dark magic as unquestionably evil. First, his (literal) loss of balance on the rope bridge and To'ot's subsequent heartfelt speech about the need for balance in action and thought caused some cognitive dissonance, and now finding out that the ice woman was not evil but .... complicated (and that their attack had nearly killed a seeming ally and Harp's kin) has left him a bit unmoored from his prior paradigm of living. Perhaps that is why he does a un-Therrien-like thing now.

He takes off his cloak and lays it over Harp. Not un-gently.
Quote:
Let us light a small fire if the draft can keep the smoke from choking us. We can decide after a rest which direction to go. Here, we can rest out of the storm, and if we decide to go deeper into the mountain, we'll need our strength. I will take first watch.
Aug 4, 2016 3:53 pm
Yogurt says:
OOC:
Rowena is such a racist.....
OOC:
you started it.
Aug 4, 2016 4:11 pm
whipstache says:
Yogurt says:
OOC:
Rowena is such a racist.....
OOC:
you started it.
OOC:
Haha, i just said I wasn't her friend :)

Also: In this world, Fey creatures are simply from the other realm (like dryads, and faeries, and naiads) some are good and some are evil and some are neutral, correct?
Last edited August 4, 2016 4:12 pm
Aug 4, 2016 4:25 pm
Yogurt says:
In this world, Fey creatures are simply from the other realm (like dryads, and faeries, and naiads) some are good and some are evil and some are neutral, correct?[/ooc]
OOC:
Correct. The Fey plane exists parallel with the Prime plane (what you would know as existence). Some creatures from the Fey plane have the ability shift back and forth between the planes. But, in terms of alignment, there are creatures of all types.
Aug 4, 2016 8:37 pm
With the horses taken care of and no apparent issues needing attention, I return to the party and help with the camp necessities. Once everything is taken care of I lay out my bedding and sleep with my back to the wall opposite of Harper. I take second watch and have difficulty falling to sleep. Turning with worry about the state of my friend. I had spent many conversations over the course of the last year about forgiveness, freedom, and the greater power of Love and goodness. On his best days he generally offered snide wisecracks promising to kneel the moment the Adonai sat down and drank an ale with him. On his worst, the idea of forgiving the murderer of his father would light a burning anger in his eye that even gave me chills and generally redirected the conversation outright. His grief, fear, and anger had been the fuel that drove him forward; his harp the sacred ring that held promise of redemption and vengeance. The sudden loss of one and the disruption of the other in such a short period of extreme circumstances had so rocked his world that I felt like he was a now a stranger; both to me, and more importantly, to himself. I---we---will need to be very careful with our words and actions over the next important days.... And this fey woman with such awesome power, what could she have in store for him? And what had Rowena done to him to free--at least seemingly--him from the mark? Though Illarastra's motives are inscrutable, they have the ring of truth... The witch, on the other hand, clearly has evil plans in motion under he sickly sweet demeanor.....
Last edited August 4, 2016 8:45 pm
Aug 6, 2016 12:26 am
I sleep fitfully, and tense. When I awake I won't feel as rested as I should, even though I don't wake all night. It's almost as if I... leveled up or something?
Aug 6, 2016 1:16 am
joshuaberman says:
I sleep fitfully, and tense. When I awake I won't feel as rested as I should, even though I don't wake all night. It's almost as if I... leveled up or something?
OOC:
Therrien notices during his watch that Harper is seemingly lifting weights and swordfighting the air in his sleep. As the night goes on his fitful slashes become ever more dextrous until they almost blur. He then lies still........ :)
Aug 7, 2016 4:18 pm
I have a dream-filled sleep before taking my watch. The first dream is always the same, about Lulu - the dream is a dig in an old wound that I feel less and less. She cries out as I am beaten, then fight back and land a blow to Gareth's mouth and his teeth loosen. She begs us all to stop, but I know that we will not.
That dream fades into one of a large stone beginning to roll down a mountain. Slowly at first, then picking up speed as it bounces off outcroppings and other rocks. The spinning of the stone carries so much power, as it seems to whip off or break through anything in its way. But only if it can hold together. If the rapid descent breaks it apart, the pebbles will lose all the power they had together.

My concern for my friends continues to grow even after Harper was found found safe. friends? I have rarely felt a part of a group before. Harper seems to be turning inward - he seemed to suggest that we continue to Redwall... without him? For some the quest for balance must be alone. But we have bigger stakes than one man here, and if we split we may fail in our mission... Therrien unmoored, but there are hidden depths with that one - I sense there is more to him that he imagines.

After the watch I meditate while the baby looks curiously around the room.
Aug 8, 2016 1:42 pm
Though I sleep a little later than expected as the loss of the sun makes tracking time slightly more difficult.... Slowly rubbing my eyes I recollect the previous day's activities, praying quietly in thankfulness for still being alive. What now? On to Redwall or into the mountains? "How are we all doing? As disconcerting as yesterday's encounter was it was pretty invigorating as well. We stared down death without flinching. As intrigued as I am by what could be further up in the mountains, we are quickly losing time on our primary mission and I am afraid we must quickly on to Redwall. Thoughts?"
Last edited August 8, 2016 1:42 pm
Aug 8, 2016 1:50 pm
I wake. Red rims my eyelids, but I feel reasonably energized. And hungry. I graze at the stale bits left strewn about the floor, and take a final swig from the wineskin to clear my mouth of the stale taste. Hrm - the others didn't leave for Redwall in the night. I suspected as much from Rhiv, but the other two... curious. I note it, but it disappears into the cauldron of anger simmering in my soul. I put on my weapon belt and check my remaining gear. Only two bolts, and my knives - damn. But I am lethal yet.

As the others stir I announce unceremoniously "I know not what the cold woman meant when she spoke of 'something you've never seen before,', but every word had the ring of truth to it. I am in a mood for the dangerous path. If I am to find death one day, let it come swiftly. Besides, the Lord Infant can wait a few more hours, and I'm certain this party would be up for what is most rewarding. What say ye?" Where Rhiv appeals to their sense of duty, I subconsciously seek to stir their sense of wonder and adventure.
Aug 8, 2016 2:55 pm
After my watch, I fall into the deepest sleep I have known in many years. In my dream, I re-live my watch from the previous night when I heard the howling wolves. In my dream, their voices are beautiful - a song calling to me and lighting a fire in my chest. I howl back. Suddenly, they are all around me. I can see their eyes reflect the fire as they circle, an innumerable pack, a horde. I can hear their thoughts. Outsider. Lone. Packless one. Join. Or die I know I cannot join them - I go alone. I pull my sword to drive them away. A wolf glides toward me like smoke and my sword ignites in flame. I cannot hold it, and it falls to the snow, melting into the earth. The Smoke Wolf fades back to the circling pack Reckless Steel-tooth. Raging one. Join. Or die. Your pack is here. Around you. I pull my axes from their sheathes, and in my hands find bladeless sticks. My arrow quiver sits empty. The Smoke Wolf approaches. Choose, Raging One. Open your hand to the pack, or bare your throat to me in battle

My sense of self fades. I am not Therrien, but a part of a whole. I sense... a pattern. Like a glimpse of a painting through fog. I can tell there is a picture, but not discern what it is. I open my right hand in front of me.

The Smoke Wolf glides toward me. Fear incarnate. Suddenly, he lunges forward and bites into my hand, tearing flesh as his canine punctures my palm. The pain is unreal, and I fell my Self leaking from the wound into the earth. For pack and pride I bite you. Lead when you must. Follow when you must. Arise now and find your pack surround you.

I awaken with a primal howl. I see Harp, To'ot, and Rhiv around me, looking at me oddly. I sit up, trying to act as if everything is ok. My hand aches and is closed around something. I open it to find a circular scar in the palm, like a healed puncture wound. And the canine tooth of a wolf. I quickly pocket the tooth and stand to hear Harp and Rhiv's discussion.
Aug 8, 2016 2:58 pm
Quote:
I am with Harp. Let us seek the danger.
Aug 8, 2016 3:30 pm
Brother Rhiv, your words are perfectly reasonable, and my mind would agree. We need to stay on task and not bother with OwlBears and the like if they do not stand in the way of our mission... and yet something tells me we should venture into the mountain. From my recollection of Brother Harper's account, Illarastra knew something of the urgency of our quest, She even offered some pieces of advice. Knowing our situation, I do not think she would have suggested going into the mountain for nothing. I suspect that the "rewards" could aid us in some way with our ultimate journey. If these rewards be merely money or treasure, well then I will regret my choice, for riches help no man achieve balance, and riches and power can abandon the greatest of men in an instant... I look down at the former Duke, who pees on himself as he chews on the handle of my whip. But despite the risks I feel we should go into the mountain.
Aug 8, 2016 4:48 pm
With that, I nod to the party and look Rhiv in the eye for a half-a-second. I turn into the hallway, chewing the last shreds of dried venison to smithereens like tabac leaf, with my crossbow loaded and ready. I keep a sharp eye out for traps, hidden passageways, or secret doors.

Rolls

Keeping a sharp eye out - Perception - (1d20+4)

(18) + 4 = 22

Aug 8, 2016 5:20 pm
After Harp abruptly leaves the room, I turn and address To'ot and Therrien quietly. "To'ot, you speak well and I am convinced. My hammer will remain with you. I am glad to be surrounded by the dedicated and fearless. I am slowly learning more about you both as the days pass, but I sense that our coming together was not luck's blind dice. We are all here for a reason and--as To'ot so eloquently put, we need to be like a fist to be able to succeed in these dark times. As I am sure you can see Harp has been set adrift by the most recent encounter. As far as I know he seeks and acknowledges no god or higher power and has been driven almost entirely over the last 7 years by the wolves of fear and the idol of vengeance. Now both have been ripped away. I pray that this unmooring will actually lead to his freedom rather than his undoing . He is an incredible force that merely needs to be pointed in the right direction to do a lot of good...or at least balance evil....... He will need all of our support through the next period and I pray that you will help me provide it." I quickly grab my gear and leave the room following after Harp.
Last edited August 8, 2016 5:44 pm

Rolls

perception to avoid stubbing my toes - (1d20+0)

(9) = 9

Aug 8, 2016 5:51 pm
OOC:
which door are you leaving through?
Aug 8, 2016 5:57 pm
OOC:
The door that goes downward into the mountain, that Illastara left through, the one that she says would lead to all that awesome stuff.
Aug 9, 2016 12:22 am
You exit your temporary quarters and the tunnel immediately turns left and continues downward, a bit more steeply than before. Before long, the decline turns into stairs and the natural caverns begin to give way to something exceedingly more manufactured. The torch sconces are more frequent, and as you descend, the musty dust smell transforms into a delicious and fragrant scent of cooking. You reach the bottom of the stairs and the path continues forward another 50 feet, where you can see a space opens up on the left hand side. Further down the corridor you can just make out the outline of a door, and another opening of some kind on the right hand side.
OOC:
I'm assuming Harp will arrive ahead of the rest of the group?
Aug 9, 2016 11:12 am
OOC:
I thought I replied to this already. I guess the internet didn't like it.
Signaling to the others to stay behind the threshold, I attempt to sneak into our first entrance on the left, dancing between the firelight. My dagger and crossbow are at the ready. I keep my eyes peeled for anything of interest...

Rolls

Stealth - (1d20+5)

(15) + 5 = 20

Perception - (1d20+4)

(18) + 4 = 22

Aug 9, 2016 1:19 pm
The party hugs the wall as Harp passes through the doorway and crosses into the space to the left of the corridor...

You enter a room, an honest-to-gods room. With your back to the hallway, you are at the left side of the room. As you look to your right, you see at the far end a hearth. The fire has been recently extinguished, but the pot hanging above the coals is still giving off that wonderful smell of potato and onion. The smoke from the embers rises through the space and exits through an opening in the ceiling. In the middle of the room down by the hearth is a work space, with lots of paper and ink. Against the back wall is a small pantry with mostly dried goods, a few fresh vegetables, and some salted fish, as well as a cupboard with a few wooden bowls, plates, and cups. Closer to you against the wall adjoining the corridor is a desk with some random bits of metal, wood, cloth, and a few notes scribbled in dwarvish.

But the thing that grabs your attention is in the middle of the space, only about ten feet away from you. Standing before you is a display case made entirely out of ice. The top of the case is crystal clear and can easily be removed; even though it's ice, it could be glass were it not cold to the touch.


Inside the display case is your sabre with a newly carved inscription and a note.

The inscription reads

sídh emel, claris dol, legin ranc, polod e' nos

which translates roughly to "peaceful heart, clear head, swift arm, strength in family." On the reverse of the blade is the crest that your father carved, stamped, or branded onto his harps, and an inscription of the sword's new name: Ecuilageth, "in life and death."

You remove the lid. The blade is frigid to the touch, and has taken on a blue hue. The note, written in the most beautiful script you've ever seen, reads:
Quote:
"Clark Harper, may this blade guide you until we meet again. I love you.

I'm not the only one. It appears you have a new family. May they be your strength when I cannot.

-Illarastra"
https://dl.dropboxusercontent.com/u/23420524/Undermountain%20Room.png
Aug 9, 2016 3:15 pm
There is no one else in the room, so I stand straight and examine the blade closely. The weight of it seems improved, and the balance could be no more perfect. It is the same sword, but somehow a new, superior one. The grip feels improved in my gloved hand, and holding it seems to calm me. There is a brief moment of peace, and I feel a cool breeze across my face. Like salt spray.

A loud crack in the fireplace of a crumbling log shakes me back to the present. I slam the blade into my scabbard, attempting to imply nothing to the party, but letting them assume what they like. I inspect the papers on the table and the rest of the room as well as I can while moving quickly, and motioning to the party that there is no danger in here, but to keep an eye on the corridor.

Rolls

Investigation - (1d20+1)

(15) + 1 = 16

Aug 9, 2016 3:37 pm
I enter the room: "So she kindly left your sword in here? I guess she's still watching out for you." Seeing Harp examining the table, I cross to the other side and search of the pantry.

Rolls

Searching for stuff - (1d20+0)

(7) = 7

Aug 9, 2016 6:14 pm
I peer down the hallway beyond the door. The smell of cooking... that probably means someone, or something is either here or nearby. I enter the room and inspect the hearth.
Aug 9, 2016 6:16 pm
OOC:
Oops didn't do perception roll.

Rolls

roll perception - (1d20+2)

(19) + 2 = 21

Aug 9, 2016 7:58 pm
You determine that Illarastra is not the owner of this space, rather it seems she was simply using it to make the food for Harp (which she did make by hand, and does indeed smell delicious). According to the notes, and confirmed by the fragments, it appears this area was used as a sort of staging ground to venture out into the wilderness of the mountain tops and forage to collect interesting ingredients and specific metal ores.

Whether or not she had permission to use the space is indeterminate.

You find a basket with a few more animal pelts, and some cold weather gear that would fit a smaller humanoid, dwarf or halfling, likely. Other than that, there doesn't appear to be anything directly of interest.
Aug 9, 2016 8:12 pm
"Nothing more to see here it seems... Harp, was the sword the reward she spoke of or do we wish to proceed further? I am ready for anything."
Aug 9, 2016 8:54 pm
In spite of attempting to appear nonchalant, my hand keeps drifting toward the hilt. The calming effect of the cool metal is indescribable. It's almost.... magical?

I tighten my hand away from it and make a fist. I whisper quietly, and harshly, almost disciplining Rhiv with my voice for speaking so loudly in a place where we may still be discovered. "There is nothing more here of interest. The cold woman seemed to speak of danger, and it's danger I will have. Provision yourselves if need be." I eat as much protein as I can consume in 3 minutes, fill my jacket pockets with any thin and light dried goods that will keep well and provide energy (as my pack and all provisions went over the side of the mountain), and stride back towards the corridor.

Without checking to see if anyone follows, I keep my dagger in hand and move towards the opening on the right-side, peering around the corner and attempting to remain in shadow if I can.

Rolls

Stuff My Face - (1d20+1)

(11) + 1 = 12

Stealth - (1d20+5)

(16) + 5 = 21

Aug 10, 2016 12:11 am
I eat as well. I slip after Harp, keeping cover on the hallway while he looks in the room. I eye the walls suspiciously. After seeing the cliff wall turn into a door in front of my eyes, I find myself not trusting my first visual impression in this place.
Aug 10, 2016 1:27 am
In a smooth swipe I clear the table of all the remaining food directly into my pouch and follow Harp and Therrien, torch lit.
Last edited August 10, 2016 1:31 am
Aug 10, 2016 4:59 pm
I exit behind Rhiv, keeping the occasional eye back down the hall from where we came while following the echoing footsteps in front of me. We are following Harper's intuition at this point, but I sense he is tapped into something larger and we are on the right path. Nevertheless I whisper the hope that we will all again stand under the moon and sun and open air soon.
Aug 10, 2016 6:28 pm
Harper slowly steps into an open space, about 30 feet wide and 60 feet long that leads to a large brass door with four large columns rising from the smooth stone floor. To the right of the door on the wall, there is a lever, about the length of a human forearm. Further to the right of the opening is a large half-circular area, around the circumference of which rises a staircase to a level above.

The ceiling in this foyer is much higher than elsewhere in the caverns. You get the impression that this is the beginning of something very specifically and intentionally crafted. The walls seem to be perfectly smooth, and mathematically perfect in angle and proportion. It is very clean.
OOC:
perception rolls, please
Aug 10, 2016 6:31 pm
OOC:
Looking around...

Rolls

perception - (1d20+0)

(15) = 15

Aug 10, 2016 6:37 pm
I perceive.

Rolls

Perception - (1d20+4)

(9) + 4 = 13

Aug 10, 2016 6:44 pm
taking a gander

Rolls

perception - (1d20+2)

(2) + 2 = 4

Aug 10, 2016 7:10 pm
Looking

Rolls

Perception - (1d20+2)

(10) + 2 = 12

Aug 10, 2016 7:14 pm
Rhiv hears a *click* from somewhere on the level above.
Aug 10, 2016 7:47 pm
"Friends, did you hear that?" I whisper quietly. There was the sound of a click somewhere above us....I smell a trap.... I'll advance toward the stairs and if anything is there it will focus on me first. I raise my torch high and advance around the edge of the room to the staircase."
Last edited August 10, 2016 7:55 pm
Aug 10, 2016 7:58 pm
As Rhiv announces to the group the possibility of a trap, you all hear clinking and whirring, wood and metal moving with and against each other. You look toward the stairs to see something impossible: a human-sized machine, like a walking suit of armor with an engine inside instead of a person. It faces the four of you and raises its fist, which quickly reshapes itself with clicks and clanks into a longsword, its other arm flattening into a large shield.
OOC:
ROLL INITIATIVE!
Aug 10, 2016 8:04 pm
Resisting the calming effects of the sword, and focusing on my fury, I draw two knives for throwing, and take aim with the crossbow reflexively.

Rolls

Initiative - (1d20+5)

(9) + 5 = 14

Aug 10, 2016 8:04 pm
Initiate

Rolls

Initiative - (1d20)

(18) = 18

Aug 10, 2016 8:08 pm
OOC:
FIGHT!!!!!!

Rolls

Initiative! - (1d20+0)

(9) = 9

Aug 10, 2016 8:17 pm
//Combat Sequence Initiated//

Rolls

Initiative - (1d20+1)

(2) + 1 = 3

Aug 10, 2016 8:20 pm
OOC:
Why didn't you post that as the robot?
Aug 10, 2016 8:21 pm
OOC:
joshuaberman says:
[ooc]Why didn't you post that as the robot?
Because it would have been in dwarvish.... [/ooc]
Aug 10, 2016 8:44 pm
OOC:
I didn't make an NPC for him like you have to do in order to post as.

Plus, he can't speak.
Aug 10, 2016 10:17 pm
I ready my shield and hammer and cast bless on myself, Therrien and Harp.
Aug 10, 2016 10:58 pm
OOC:
What does bless do again?
Aug 11, 2016 1:35 am
whipstache says:
OOC:
What does bless do again?
"You bless up to three creatures of your choice within range. Whenever a target makes an attack roll or a saving throw before the spell ends, the target can roll a d4 and add the number rolled to the attack roll or saving throw."
Aug 11, 2016 1:36 am
As soon as the assailant enters our field of vision, I attempt to flank it, hoping that my large flame-wielding friend will draw its attention. I stow the crossbow and draw another dagger, readying my strike...
Last edited August 11, 2016 1:37 am

Rolls

Stealth - (1d20+5)

(15) + 5 = 20

Aug 11, 2016 2:14 am
OOC:
for clarity, it's still on the stairs. Anyone trying to use a melee attack at this point will have to ascend the stairs, say, 15 ft. (Which would be about 10 vertical feet.)

Also, Harp, I think you were already hidden, so I'll role that he hasn't seen you yet.
Aug 11, 2016 2:22 am
OOC:
Can I get up the stairs and behind it without it noticing? Or at least, without it engaging me because it's focused on the larger group?>
Aug 11, 2016 2:30 am
OOC:
you'd have to make a successful Athletics check. You'd basically be jump/running up a 12-foot-high section of wall and pulling yourself up to standing on the staircase right behind him.
Aug 11, 2016 2:31 am
OOC:
unless you can think of another way. But going by him on the stairs is a no go.
Aug 11, 2016 2:33 am
I feel fury flow into me like water. Even after all my recent pondering of "balance," I find none here, and I charge the fiend with my longsword with sound like howling laughter. I am filled with the joyful rage of battle.
OOC:
So: I'll enter rage. Make a reckless attack (advantage on melee attacks), and charge the baddie. With the Wolf Totem warrior upgrade, y'all have advantage on melee weapon attacks on an enemy within 5 feet of me.

Rolls

Attack - (2d20)

(1912) = 31

Aug 11, 2016 2:34 am
OOC:
Each attack roll should be +4
Aug 11, 2016 2:41 am
I key my own anger off of Therrien's rage, letting go of any peace I've found, and attempt to circumvent the creature
OOC:
acrobatics check
, jumping onto its back and stabbing with daggers in-hand...
OOC:
None of those rolls below look the way they should. Add up the d4s and the d20s to get the results. So both daggers resolve to 14.
Last edited August 11, 2016 2:44 am

Rolls

Acrobatics Check - (1d20+5)

(11) + 5 = 16

Dagger 1 (advantage) - (1d20+1, 1d4+5)

1d20+1 : (5) + 1 = 6

1d4+5 : (4) + 5 = 9

Dagger 1 (advantage) - (1d20+1, 1d4+5)

1d20+1 : (5) + 1 = 6

1d4+5 : (3) + 5 = 8

Dagger 2 (advantage) - (1d20+1, 1d4+5)

1d20+1 : (8) + 1 = 9

1d4+5 : (1) + 5 = 6

Dagger 2 (advantage) - (1d20+1, 1d4+5)

1d20+1 : (1) + 1 = 2

1d4+5 : (3) + 5 = 8

Aug 11, 2016 5:16 am
The mechanized abomination makes my skin crawl... My hands tighten around my quarterstaff and whip. Need to hold it together... I feel I am being swept up in the rage we are all feeling... like the four of us are becoming more linked... snap out of it - the thing has drawn its weapons. I cannot entangle the thing or use fire for fear of harming my comrades. Poison spray will have no effect. I run to the left of the doorway and stand poised with staff, close to Rhiv but out of sight from stairwell. The thing is a grotesque imitation of living things, all movement with no life force, just whirring metal. My anger grows.
Aug 11, 2016 1:32 pm
OOC:
Alright, correct me if I'm wrong.

Therrien's attack = 23
Harp's two attacks = 14, 14

Chris, I don't know if you leveled up To'ot, but you get some more HP and now have access to level 2 spells with two level 2 spell slots and four level 1 spell slots total.
Therrien charges up the rounded stairs and meets the construct head on. Not one for deft maneuvers in battle, Therrien crashes straight through its defenses, slashing across the mechanism's chest plate. Starting off the battle by scoring such a massive hit would normally steady his companions, but eyes widen across the room as it is clear that his sword, though it connected solidly, did no damage at all.

Simultaneously, while the man-sized machine is failing to defend Therrien's attack, Harper silently scales the wall, mounting the stairs behind it without being detected. Jumping up, he successfully sneak attacks his opponent, thrusting two daggers into the small gap between the shoulder plate and what would be considered its head. Almost taking no notice, the internal gadgetry continues to whir, and spinning gears eject the daggers, apparently causing no damage.

Emotionless, the clockwork android squats, braces its shield and attempts to shove Therrien away.
OOC:
Therrien, make a STR or DEX saving throw (your choice). If your roll ties or beats the construct's, you avoid the shove. If not, you'll be pushed down the stairs, landing prone, and taking 1d4 damage.
Almost in the same motion, the machine emits a high-pitched squeal as its torso quickly spins around, slashing at whatever just attacked it from behind. Fortunately, since it didn't see Harp prior to the attack, it didn't know what it was swinging at and failed to aim higher up the stairs. Harper is able to react quickly, jumping straight up over the blade, which sparks off the stone wall.

Rolls

Shove Therrien - (1d20+2)

(13) + 2 = 15

Longsword attack on Harp - (1d20+5)

(5) + 5 = 10

Aug 11, 2016 3:47 pm
Quote:
"To'ot! This thing has some sort of shield to weapons! Flame it!
Last edited August 11, 2016 3:53 pm
Aug 11, 2016 4:30 pm
Although he is near to me, Rhiv's words echo distantly in my ears as I have already begun to evoke the moonbeam spell. My fingers are now loose on my staff, holding it horizontally at chin level. I step out in view of the creature, looking straight at it. I begin to quake, and my eyes turn completely white and cast a faint glow.

I direct the moonbeam at the metal creature.
OOC:
DM, I assume this spell is usable even if the robot guy is in the stairwell, with covering over his head. It seems to me like it would still work and I could aim/pass through the moonbeam at him. But of course I defer to your judgment.
Aug 11, 2016 4:37 pm
OOC:
It's a magical moonbeam, I think. I don't think you need open access to the sky or moon to cast.
The construct sees the moonbeam beginning to form, and lifts its shield over head just in time to prevent taking the full force of its damage, but is still negatively affected by the radiant flames.

Rolls

Constitution save - (1d20+2)

(10) + 2 = 12

Moonbeam damage - (1d10)

(1) = 1

Aug 11, 2016 4:54 pm
I try a backflip, attempting to let the machine's momentum forward on the shove allow it to slip and fall down the stairs.
OOC:
During rage, I have advantage on the saving throw, and athletics is a skill, so the modifier should be +3 (dex) +2 (proficiency) I think

Rolls

Dexterity - (2d20+5)

(719) + 5 = 31

Aug 11, 2016 4:55 pm
OOC:
I can't get this right. Each roll should have a plus 5. So should be a 12 and a 24.
Aug 11, 2016 5:01 pm
OOC:
you just have to do multiple rolls if you're doing advantage. It's always going to add your 2d20s together and then add your modifier if you do it the way you are now.
Therrien's reflexes are razor sharp in his anger; this is certainly NOT a rage of the blinding sort. The machine lunges at Therrien with the shield, but Therrien plants his foot on the shield and does a graceful backflip, staying in the air long enough to avoid the sword as it comes around towards Harp. He lands on the same step he was on before.
OOC:
Rhiv and Harp, up next
Aug 11, 2016 5:11 pm
The sparks off the stone singe the hem of my jacket, and now I'm super-pissed. I let the anger overtake me. I pull the two remaining bolts out of my jacket, and jump onto the clockwork abomination, legs wrapping around the torso, and attempt to stab the bolts into the neck gap, in some attempt to stop the incessant whirring and clicking by jamming the works.
OOC:
Oh, add these "Bless" numbers into the mix...
Last edited August 11, 2016 5:39 pm

Rolls

Jump - Acrobatics (probably disadvantage) - (1d20+5)

(10) + 5 = 15

Jump - Acrobatics (probably disadvantage) - (1d20+5)

(15) + 5 = 20

Bolt Stab #1! (improvised weapon, no bonus) - (1d20)

(16) = 16

Bolt Stab #2! (improvised weapon, no bonus) - (1d20)

(10) = 10

Bless Jump - (1d4)

(2) = 2

Bolt #1 - (1d4)

(2) = 2

Bolt #2 - (1d4)

(1) = 1

Aug 11, 2016 5:18 pm
Quote:
Jihai wer ioth ibafarshan di Adonai!
Blood rushing in my veins, I rush up the steps three at a time to the left side of Therrien. I call down the divine smite of the Adonai as I target the machine's head with my warhammer.
Last edited August 11, 2016 5:55 pm

Rolls

Warhammer strike - (1d20+2)

(9) + 2 = 11

Warhammer strike advantage - (1d20+2)

(6) + 2 = 8

Warhammer strike (Bless roll) - (1d4)

(1) = 1

Warhammer strike advantage (Bless roll) - (1d4)

(4) = 4

Bless Roll - (1d4)

(3) = 3

Warhammer - (1d20+8)

(19) + 8 = 27

Warhammer advantage - (1d20+8)

(19) + 8 = 27

Aug 11, 2016 6:04 pm
OOC:
We haven't addressed the core question: why is Rhiv taking a swing at a head while I am locked into the neck right below that head?
Aug 11, 2016 6:05 pm
Harper leaps onto the thing's back and stabs two crossbow bolts into the neck cavity. The wooden bolts are chewed up by spinning gears and shot back out flying up to the ceiling.

Therrien takes a step back as the dragonborne rushes up beside him, shouting and swinging his warhammer overhead. Rhiv brings the hammer down with a clang. As it connects with the metal dome atop the construct's shoulders, a flash of brilliant white light bursts forth in a circle. While the hammer itself didn't seem to cause any damage at all, the burning radiance sears the metal and wood of the machine.

Harp, now standing behind the android, closes his eyes as the mighty hammer comes down on it, and the ring of divine essence passes just by his face, blowing his hair back.

Rolls

Divine Smite damage - (2d8)

(64) = 10

Aug 11, 2016 6:06 pm
OOC:
So... I'm blind?
Aug 11, 2016 6:13 pm
joshuaberman says:
OOC:
We haven't addressed the core question: why is Rhiv taking a swing at a head while I am locked into the neck right below that head?
OOC:
Haha, good point. Because I had already submitted my original attack before I read yours. And Rhiv didn't expect you to jump on his head :)
Aug 11, 2016 6:15 pm
The clockwork construct makes some calculations and determines that To'ot should be the next target. It hops down of the stairs, landing with a gentleness that belies its massive weight and strides over to the half-orc and swings at his head, following that up with a thrust towards the torso.

Rolls

Attack 1 - (1d20+5)

(6) + 5 = 11

Attack 2 - (1d20+5)

(4) + 5 = 9

Aug 11, 2016 6:28 pm
OOC:
Opportunity Attack!
I feel a pulse of light in the air. My tense muscles are simultaneous relaxed and strengthened, and my lungs fill with breath. As the creature turns from me, I feel my whole body move in singular purpose, although I do not feel fully in control - it is like a reflex. I draw the frozen blade gods, that feels good and strike horizontally across the neck with the full strength of my body, as it is below me a couple steps.
Last edited August 11, 2016 6:29 pm

Rolls

Ecuilageth Slash! (bless) - (1d4)

(2) = 2

Ecuilageth Slash! - (1d20+5)

(11) + 5 = 16

Aug 11, 2016 6:46 pm
OOC:
Opportunity divine smite part deux!

Rolls

"Bless" - (1d4)

(1) = 1

Warhammer strike - (1d20+6)

(3) + 6 = 9

Warhammer strike advantage - (1d20+6)

(19) + 6 = 25

Aug 11, 2016 6:51 pm
The strike is a hit, and the usual vibrations that one would expect from striking a sword against metal and wood are nowhere to be felt. It's as if the blade went through the foe entirely...

Rolls

Ecuilageth Damage (including 1 point of ice damage) - (1d8+4)

(2) + 4 = 6

Sneak Attack Damage - (1d6)

(3) = 3

Aug 12, 2016 12:03 am
Divine smite damage

Rolls

I fell into a burning ring of fire - (2d10)

(24) = 6

Aug 12, 2016 2:33 am
Though the fire of Adonai, and To'ot's magical moonlight noticeably caused some some damage, seeing the result of Harper's sword's surprising crackle of crystalline energy finally brought me to my senses. This monster was like the elemental Rynfir described that roamed the underdark in the caverns south of Dirtrim; impervious to any traditional physical damage, immune to fear... only a magic--or a divine sacred weapon--could effectively destroy it. I dash quickly to the right of the construct to position myself between it and To'ot, while chanting loudly in Draconic:
Quote:
Kwi Adonai, glom wer jhank di dout katima mrith ioth vers! Oh Adonai, fill the hammer of your servant with holy power!
OOC:
Sacred weapon: As an action, you can imbue one weapon that you are holding with positive energy, using your Channel Divinity. For 1 minute, you add your Charisma modifier to attack rolls made with that weapon (with a minimum bonus of +1).The weapon also emits bright light in a 20-foot radius and dim light 20 feet beyond that. 1f the weapon is not already magical, it becomes magical for the duration. You can end this effect on your turn as part of any other action. 1f you are no longer holding or carrying this weapon, or if you fall unconscious, this effect ends.

Also, regarding my movement, I am trying to move in such a way that it does not engender an opportunity attack but puts me in between them.
Last edited August 12, 2016 2:34 am
Aug 12, 2016 12:12 pm
In one, smooth motion, I continue the strike from the head down to the legs, attempting to cripple it.

I am on that violently shifting deck, stomach roiling, gale pounding my naked body. The irons scrape my ankles near to bone as I practice forms shouted through the storm. Falling leaf. Heron in the cattails. Twisting the wind. Blood from my hands is on the splintering bokken. And my body is beyond aching now. There is no body. It is only pain. Pain, beaten by the wind and sea like a blacksmiths hammer beats steel out of iron. Until there is only black.

Unfolding the fan.
Last edited August 12, 2016 12:15 pm

Rolls

Bless - (1d4)

(3) = 3

Ecuilageth Leg Slash - (1d20+8)

(14) + 8 = 22

Aug 12, 2016 1:00 pm
OOC:
Rhiv, do you want to move anywhere on your turn?
Aug 12, 2016 1:17 pm
OOC:
whipstache says:
OOC:
Rhiv, do you want to move anywhere on your turn?
Yeah between the machine and To'ot.
Aug 12, 2016 1:41 pm
OOC:
Oh yeah, that's right. Now waiting for To'ot and Therrien's turn.
Aug 12, 2016 1:46 pm
whipstache says:
OOC:
Oh yeah, that's right. Now waiting for To'ot and Therrien's turn.
Is it bloodied/battered? :)
Aug 12, 2016 2:25 pm
The blade meets no resistance on its path through the air. It's like I'm practicing forms again, with only the wind as my sparring partner.

Rolls

Ecuilageth Damage (including 1 point of ice damage) - (1d8+4)

(8) + 4 = 12

Sneak Attack Damage - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Aug 12, 2016 3:25 pm
OOC:
bloodied is certainly the wrong word, but yes. It is looking worse for wear. A few of its plates have cracked, and there's a big chunk of wood missing from its left thigh, exposing impossibly intricate inner-workings.

Also, nice max damage roll there, Harp!
Aug 12, 2016 3:54 pm
I pull the baby bjorn to press the child tight on my back as I incant the flame spell. "Duck Rhiv!" A flame flickers in my right hand, and grows as I spin around and hurl the flame over the crouching Rhiv toward the mechanical monster.

produce flame spell
Aug 12, 2016 3:58 pm
OOC:
To'ot, make a ranged spell attack. 1d20+WIS modifier. If you beat 14, roll 1d8 damage.
Aug 12, 2016 4:06 pm
produce flame spell attack

Rolls

produce flame - (1d20+2)

(12) + 2 = 14

Aug 12, 2016 4:07 pm
OOC:
So that was unsuccessful since not more than 14?
Aug 12, 2016 4:24 pm
OOC:
Sorry, I should've been more clear. Meeting the AC is a successful hit. I'll roll damage.

Rolls

Fire fire fire 🔥 - (1d8)

(8) = 8

Aug 14, 2016 2:39 am
Therrien has no magic and has figured the machine's weakness after seeing his compatriots do damage. He is furious that he has not been able to hurt the bot. He sees the metal heated from To'ot's attack and aims his longsword swing there.

Rolls

Attack - (1d20+5)

(14) + 5 = 19

Attack advantage - (1d20+5)

(16) + 5 = 21

Bless - (1d4)

(2) = 2

Aug 14, 2016 4:14 pm
The baby is now screaming in terror right in To'ot's ear with the clashing of swords and explosions all around it.

The machine, calculating that it is outmatched, changes its strategy to try to disable what it deems its attacker most likely able to be nullified. Spinning its torso again, it quickly slashes at Harper twice, in a single fluid motion.

Harper's most recent attack was greatly successful, but he neglected to account for the android's inhuman flexibility and is caught off guard when the upper half of the machine spins while the bottom half stays planted. Harp receives two long slashes across his left arm and right rib cage for his misstep.

Rolls

Attack 1 (v. Harp) - (1d20+5)

(11) + 5 = 16

Attack 2 (v. Harp) - (1d20+5)

(14) + 5 = 19

damage 1 - (1d8+3)

(2) + 3 = 5

damage 2 - (1d8+3)

(2) + 3 = 5

Aug 14, 2016 4:24 pm
Seeing the machine's successful strike against Harp I focus my attack on its hinged pelvis, that looks like it might be a weak spot in the contraption. Bringing my newly magic hammer across in a sweeping motion that reminds me of playing 'bat and ball' with my brothers, I seek to knock it off its course.
OOC:
sorry, add 2 more to each for my charisma modifier :)
Last edited August 14, 2016 4:27 pm

Rolls

Bless Roll - (1d4)

(4) = 4

Sacred warhammer - (1d20+9)

(10) + 9 = 19

Sacred Warhammer advantage - (1d20+9)

(9) + 9 = 18

Aug 14, 2016 4:29 pm
OOC:
gods almighty, +11?!?

Y'all crazy. Roll damage.
Aug 14, 2016 4:51 pm
OOC:
also, describe your killing blow. 😊
Aug 14, 2016 7:11 pm
OOC:
Buffed out! I hope I actually do enough damage to kill it...
Breathing deeply I feel the blessing of my Lord coursing through my muscles as if He was literally guiding my hand and impelling my hammer. The hammer's flashing head connects just below the mechanical vertebrae and--almost as if it was preceded by a shockwave--it shatter outward into pieces... each arcing forth tracing lines of radiant fire as the scattered across the room. The thing's body-engine completes a graceful pirouette and crashes downward onto it's crumpling legs. Everything is still.
OOC:
Do i also add my strength modifier (+3) to the damage? if so then 13.
Last edited August 14, 2016 7:17 pm

Rolls

damage - (1d8+2)

(8) + 2 = 10

Aug 14, 2016 7:59 pm
OOC:
either way, it's dead. 😁

Now, everyone give me a DEX saving throw. 😬
Aug 14, 2016 8:17 pm
Dex

Rolls

Dex Saving throw - (1d20+0)

(9) = 9

Bess - (1d4)

(3) = 3

Aug 14, 2016 10:16 pm
I think rage gives me advtg on saving throws.

Rolls

Dexterity - (1d20+5)

(14) + 5 = 19

Dex advtg - (1d20+5)

(7) + 5 = 12

Aug 15, 2016 3:06 am
Dex
OOC:
Bummer.
Last edited August 15, 2016 3:07 am

Rolls

Bless - (1d4)

(2) = 2

Dex Saving - (1d20+7)

(1) + 7 = 8

Aug 15, 2016 2:31 pm
Dexterity saving

Rolls

dexterity saving roll - (1d20+0)

(14) = 14

Aug 15, 2016 3:11 pm
Harp approaches the remains of the bot, inspecting the intricate inner workings. There's one little gear that's still spinning, and he reaches down to touch it when it emits a high pitch screech then explodes.

To'ot has a surprising amount of insight into a thing that appears in all ways inorganic, and is able to spin behind a pillar just in time, taking a bit of flaming shrapnel in the forearm, while Therrien hits the ground just as half a cog goes flying over his head, landing on the back of his calf and carving out a deep gash.

Rhiv figures out what is happening just a bit too late to get his shield in front of the blast and takes four pieces of shrapnel to the chest and one to the ribs.
OOC:
Harp will take max damage (12), Rhiv takes 9, To'ot and Therrien take 4 each.

Rolls

Robot goes boom - (2d6)

(63) = 9

Aug 15, 2016 7:15 pm
OOC:
I'm unconscious at -2 damage.
Aug 15, 2016 8:53 pm
I grimace in pain and anger as the shards sear into my chest...... "For woe's sake... there's always something. If I get my hand on the maker of that welcome present he'll meet my hammer first.'' As the dust of the shrapnel settles and I staunch the bleeding in my chest I survey the scene and my comrades. To'ot and Therrien, though sightly shell-shocked, are little worse for the wear. Harp however, is sprawled on the floor, unmoving, with blood soaking his garments in many areas. "Harp! .... Harp!!" I yell as I quickly run to his aid. No response. Laying my hands upon his heart I pray to the Adonai: "Oh Adonai, my God, I called to you for help, and you healed me. I call upon you now to heal this brokenhearted man. Pour out your power here and now to bind his wounds and be a salve to his soul." The glow and warmth that emanates from my hands slowly spreads into and through Harp's body and his breathing regains a steady pace.
OOC:
Heal Harp 15 points
Aug 15, 2016 10:29 pm
OOC:
just so I don't teach you to assume anything, we're officially out of combat!
Aug 15, 2016 11:03 pm
Once Harper awakens I immediately pulls the lever on the wall.
Aug 16, 2016 3:43 pm
My arm stings after the fiery projectile catches it, but lessens to a dull ache. I cannot hear anything for a ringing in my ear that lasts a few minutes as the dust settles. I close my eyes tight and try to find my center. Moon and Stars help us all But I cannot stand the darkness while the cursed ringing continues in my ears, so I blink my eyes open, and see Harp. He is lying in his own blood, felled by the the metal abomination, and I think the worst. Brother Rhiv stumbles to his friend, though he too is bleeding. The brave dragonborn prays for his comrade and his efforts bring back Hard from the brink. Harper has been on the brink too much recently - how long can one take this punishment? Rhiv's words of prayer strike me - "heal this broken hearted man". He seeks to heal more than the physical pain that seems follows Brother Harper.

I quietly approach Rhiv from behind, and as he is deep in prayer to his higher power, I lay my hands on his back and side, and evoke the cure wounds spell.
OOC:
cure wounds for Rhiv to restore hit points

Rolls

cure wounds spell - (1d8+2)

(2) + 2 = 4

Aug 16, 2016 3:51 pm
OOC:
I want to post next, but have to take care of some stuff real quick. Give me today!
Aug 16, 2016 4:07 pm
I see Harper awaken. As Rhiv stands and moves toward the lever, my attention turns to the smoking metal monstrosity on the ground beside us. I am consumed with fury over the unnatural pile of wires and bolts. I drag it over to the side of the room, throw the heap against a wall, and start bashing at the pile with my quarterstaff. This thing that never lived or breathed the air can do nothing by cause pain and destruction. I only come to my senses when the baby screams his displeasure from my back.

I curse myself for losing my balance. Shifting the baby to the front I sing a song my mother sang to me:
"Who grows the four-leaf clovers in June?
Who dims the daylight? Who lights the moon?
Four little field mice who live in the sky.
Four little field mice....like you and I.
One is the Springmouse who turns on the showers.
Then comes the Summer who paints in the flowers.
The Fallmouse is next with walnuts and wheat.
And Winter is last...with cold little feet.
Aren't we lucky the seasons are four?
Think of a year with one less...or one more!"
OOC:
With apologies to Leo Leonni, stolen from his book "Frederick"
Last edited August 16, 2016 4:17 pm
Aug 16, 2016 4:08 pm
OOC:
Oops sorry Josh I did not see your request to post before I posted.
Aug 16, 2016 6:43 pm
I am balancing myself on the slippery, rolling deck. Cat dances on the wall. The irons scrape my ankles. Moon on the water.The forms come faster and faster, as the rain increases. Parting the silk.The wind whips my hair into my eyes. Two hares leaping.There's blood on it, and I get a noseful of the powerful, sickly-sweet smell. Rain in the high wind. I wretch.

The rain is denser now than I've ever seen, but it's somehow quieting. The rain turns to a hum. The drops meld together into a solid. I'm inhaling the water, but I cannot breath it. The deck is no longer under my feet. It is black, and there are no stars. I scream, but there is no sound.

A flash of red, and searing pain.

I take my first, ragged breath, like a newborn. My dagger is in my hand, the blade against Rhiv's neck before I even see his face. He looks worried, then scared. Then sad. My breath slowly steadies, but my nostrils remain flared, and my eyes rimmed with red. I pull the dagger back. He slowly stands, and walks away. Laying on my back I notice that there is no sound of his movement, only a faint hum. After a few seconds that hum is punctuated, with dull thuds, then sharp thuds, then sharp clangs. And a baby cries. I turn my head to the direction and see To'ot dropping to his knees, cradling the crying babe. Winter is last... with cold little feet...
Last edited August 16, 2016 6:44 pm
Aug 17, 2016 2:18 pm
There's dust hanging in he air, and fog in your brains as you shake off the percussive force of the explosion. The room is perfectly still and silent, save a wailing baby who has flecks of blood on his forehead, probably not his own, but it's hard to say for sure. After a brief healing session, Rhiv, without saying a word walks over to the door an pulls the lever. Immediately gears and cables launch into motion, and there's an uncomfortable grating sound as the door, which appears to be a solid slab of some unfamiliar metal, rises into the rock above.

You find yourself in a hexagonal room, and directly across from you is a sight like you've never seen. An entire wall of gears, pipes, pistons, and pulleys; floor to ceiling.

http://www.tenstickers.co.uk/wall-stickers/img/preview/gears-photography-wall-sticker-280.png

The room is about 30 feet tall and 60 feet in diameter from corner to corner. Except the wall of gears, the other five walls appear perfectly smooth, carved directly from the mountain. As you turn to take in the room, you see above the door you entered a large clock, probably five feet in diameter, with all the inner workings exposed.

Around the room, there are five hexagonal pedestals and a blank space where a sixth one would be if they were symmetrical. They are positioned to equal to the corners of the hexagon, but are 15 feet from the walls (meaning the pedestals are about 30 feet from each other, measuring across. From the door, clockwise around the room, their heights are 3ft, missing, 3ft, 3ft, 6ft, 3ft. In the very center of the room is a hexagon in a circle, about ten feet wide, with a single dwarven word in the middle.

The floor is impossibly clean, and shines like waxed marble. You can see your reflections in it, as several small magical lights on the ceiling light the room.

https://dl.dropboxusercontent.com/u/23420524/hex%20room%20map.jpg
Aug 18, 2016 5:19 pm
Quote:
Well this is a bit of a puzzle...... Would it make sense for us to take a short break here while we try to figure out what is next?
I walk over to the spot were the 6th column would be and stand on the spot and assess the room carefully. From there I walk up to the 6 foot pedestal and investigate it carefully looking for any differences between it and the other pedestals. Is it two different 3 foot pedestals? Can I move it?
OOC:
I don't know if anyone other than harp benefits from a short rest but as this is a mental puzzle as long as we take at east an hour doing nothing more strenuous than resting, reading, thinking, sleeping, tending to wounds etc. it would make sense to count it as a rest if it takes us a while to figure it out.

Rolls

investigation - (1d20+0)

(4) = 4

Aug 18, 2016 8:02 pm
As Rhiv touches the 6 foot pillar, six holes open, one in each wall, about 3 feet in diameter. Six robotic spiders in synchronization jump deftly to the ground and sit completely still. You can hear their gears humming.
Aug 19, 2016 1:21 am
OOC:
If I attacked right now would I have surprise advantage on any of them?
Aug 19, 2016 1:27 am
OOC:
I'm not sure how you would know that. You have no indication that they are aware of you, and also no indication that they are oblivious to your presence.
Aug 19, 2016 3:10 am
OOC:
I am assuming the rest of the group is still crowded around the door.
I back quickly toward the door.
Aug 19, 2016 4:15 am
OOC:
Well, let's find out.


Still somewhat shaken by being unconscious, and not being entirely sure how I feel about the magic used to heal me, the only thing that feels comfortable is anger. I simply can't reduce it, I can't force it down anymore. And I don't want to. The best I can hope for is to wield it.

As I slip next to Rhiv, I would like to utter something of thanks, but all that comes out is "Try not to blind me this time." I fake a smirk to hide a wince, but my eyes are still rimmed with red. I throw two daggers, one at the second-nearest spider, and another at the third-nearest. Even if the non-magical attack does no damage, my hope is that the clang of a hit will distract the nearest spider enough to allow a surprise strike, as I close the distance between us at a rapid pace, drawing my dully glowing blade...
OOC:
How long do the effects of "bless" last?

Rolls

Dagger #1 - (1d20+5)

(20) + 5 = 25

Dagger #2 - (1d20+5)

(6) + 5 = 11

Aug 19, 2016 2:03 pm
OOC:
I can't look it up at the moment, but I'm pretty sure Bless lasts for a minute. So it would no longer be active.
Also, re: Wismer's point, attacking/entering combat resets the timer on a short rest.
Harp swiftly draws and throws two daggers at two adjacent mechanical spiders. The first is a solid hit, right on what might be considered the single large eye on the front, and clangs of the bot's metal outer shell, while the second hits the ground in front of the "creature" and skitters off, coming to treat against the wall. The other spiders either didn't notice the attack or don't seem to care.

Something odd begins to happen to the first arachno-droid. Even though the strike appeared to do no damage, the sound it produces behind to change, as though something is out of alignment. Rather than the perfect humm from before, the sound is now wobbling, and there's a sad grating sound.

All of a sudden, a voice comes from the droid. In a low gravel, the voice says, "taveir cylindrumm fjhornir", and again. There appears to be some kind of recording that is now stuck in a loop.

Almost responding to its own command, the malfunctioning bot strides forward to the six foot tall pillar, and hops on top. The pedestal starts sinking into the floor. As it does, a pedestal begins rising out of the floor where the empty space was.

Once all the pillars are the exact same height, the spider leaps of, but before it goes the ground it explodes, little years and springs flying all around the room.

There's now a small half-carcass of a mechanical spiders that's been shredded to pieces lying on the floor next to the pillar.
OOC:
best I could come up with for a nat 20 against a creature with immunity. *shrugs*
Aug 19, 2016 3:33 pm
"i'll try... I wouldn't want you to miss seeing my beautiful face... You just keep focused on blinding these buggers if they do anything aggressive."
OOC:
are any of the other spiders doing anything? Did we confirm if to'ot speaks dwarvish? Did anything happen when the pillars changed?
Aug 19, 2016 4:18 pm
OOC:
To'ot does not speak dwarvish. The other spiders are still just sitting... waiting. Nothing else happened with the pillars.
Aug 19, 2016 5:44 pm
The transformation of the room slowed my sprint to a run. The automatons certainly appear to be non-aggressive, but I'm not in the frame of mind to perceive them as anything other than objects for wrath. They are stand-ins, but for whom I'm not sure. This is unlucky for them, or their creator, but their metallic-and-unintelligible (to me) language only solidifies the spiders as "other," and their kin just about killed me (or my own damn foolishness), so I feel morally justified. But even if I didn't...

All these thoughts travel through my subconscious in an instant, and I'm standing next to another mechanical abomination. And I'm back on that deck.

Unfolding the fan.

Rolls

Ecuilageth Slash! - (1d20+5)

(14) + 5 = 19

Aug 19, 2016 6:35 pm
OOC:
hit! Roll damage.
Aug 19, 2016 7:31 pm
As the blade is drawn through the spider's husk, I attempt to learn from my mistakes and sidestep with the backwards momentum of the blade, keeping my gaze on my prey, but removing myself roughly 10 feet, and begin to circle around it, retaining my perimeter, but putting my back against the wall while eyeing the location of the other monsters.

Rolls

Damage - (1d8+4)

(2) + 4 = 6

Sneak Attack - (1d6)

(2) = 2

Aug 19, 2016 11:52 pm
Harp's sabre glides through the unknown metal like soft butter, and he dances away as the small machine explodes in a small ball of fire and large puff of smoke.

The other spiders continue whirring softly, remaining still.
Aug 20, 2016 12:53 am
A few seconds after the explosion has finally died down, the baby finally stops wailing and has quieted to sniffles.
Aug 20, 2016 3:01 am
"Hold Harp, I don't know if destroying these things is necessary...They may even be necessary to help open whatever lays before us here... taveir cylindrumm fjhornir
"
I say to one of the remaining bots as I attempted to pick it up.
Last edited August 20, 2016 3:02 am
Aug 20, 2016 10:05 am
You hear the legs lock into place as you pick the droid off the floor, just as a child tenses their body as you pick them up.

It weighs about 40 lbs.
Aug 21, 2016 1:04 am
"Necessary." I spit the word, the bare blade is quivering. "You did see one of these nearly kill me, right? It seems your 'generous spirit' extends even to these perverted machinations." I'm hoping to wound him now. It won't work, and I know I make no sense, but I cannot help myself. I walk to the next spider, and forget my forms. I drive the blade downward with both hands on the perfectly still bot, hoping to bury it in the stone floor.

Rolls

Stab - (1d20+5)

(4) + 5 = 9

Damage - (1d8+4)

(8) + 4 = 12

Sneak Attack - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Aug 21, 2016 1:12 am
OOC:
I meant to tell you this before, but since the spiders seem to be making no attempt to defend themselves, you should just roll damage. No need to make an attack roll.
Aug 21, 2016 1:38 am
Ignoring Harp's barbed delivery, I put the bot on the nearest column and respond calmly: "the one attacked us, the 6 did not. They are not yet a threat and might be part of the key to move forward. Dont let your anger make you foolish."
Aug 21, 2016 2:02 pm
OOC:
For clarity, I've made a little updated map, and will continue to update it as the scene changes. I've labeled the pedestals A through F, and color coded the arachnobots red through purple, following the rainbow. The orange bot's mangled corpse is at the foot of the pillar it lowered. Harp has taken out two others. Rhiv is currently holding the purple spider.

I haven't included any heights for the pedestals as I did previously because they are currently all at 3 feet tall.
https://dl.dropboxusercontent.com/u/23420524/hex%20room%20map%20labeled.png
Aug 21, 2016 4:02 pm
OOC:
just a note that I put it on column f
Last edited August 21, 2016 5:45 pm
Aug 21, 2016 5:59 pm
Therrien has followed Harp's lead in the attack, and has rushed to one of the spiders (green) across the room. However, he hears Rhiv's words, and echoing in his mind still are To'ot's words speaking of balance and wisdom. He also remembers his recent failure with the robot, and thinks that perhaps raging force is not always the only way to victory. He takes a breath. And sheathes his sword. He stares at his hand a second, almost surprised at his action. He is having an odd couple of days.

He studies the robot, trying to see if there are any symbols on it to indicate its purpose. He sees Rhiv's action, and thinks - "ah, that makes sense."
Quote:
Be still a moment Clark Harper. The witch who looked a fiend is our ally, and perhaps the spiders which look as enemies are this puzzle's key. Perhaps we need your faculties and not your forms for this.
I say the spider's phrase, and pick it up, placing it on column D.
Aug 21, 2016 6:35 pm
The spiders don't respond to the verbal phrase; they are still, for lack of a better word, asleep. However, when Rhiv places the spider on column F, the column to his right (column E) begins to rise. Once column F reaches the floor, they both stop moving.

Similarly, column D stinks under the weight of the robotic arachnid, while column A rises to six feet tall.
OOC:
perception roll please
Aug 21, 2016 6:36 pm
Perceiving.

Rolls

Perception - (1d20+5)

(13) + 5 = 18

Aug 21, 2016 6:42 pm
Percept

Rolls

Perception - (1d20+2)

(16) + 2 = 18

Aug 21, 2016 7:04 pm
Perceiving

Rolls

perception - (1d20+0)

(18) = 18

Aug 21, 2016 7:14 pm
OOC:
Chris, do not blow this.
Aug 21, 2016 10:39 pm
OOC:
This is true suspense. Pre-roll, the odds of all 4 of us getting specifically 18 would be 0.00000625 or 1 in 160,000. Of course, now it's down to 1 in 20...
Aug 22, 2016 12:49 am
Perception

Rolls

Roll perception - (1d20+2)

(3) + 2 = 5

Aug 22, 2016 12:56 am
To'ot's ears are still ringing, either from the multiple explosions of the baby's cries of terror. The other three of you hear (or maybe "feel" is more accurate) the gentle rumblings of moving mechanics under the floor, then there is a soft *click*. Unfortunately, you can't tell if it's in response to the first movement, the second movement, or both. But, you get the sense that at least one of these four pillars is where it is supposed to be right now.
Aug 22, 2016 10:27 am
Quote:
It's a pattern lock. Did you hear it? One of us has a right guess. But which one? We'll have to work together on this or we'll never get it right. Rhiv, you had the measure of it from the start. What is our next move in this game?
Aug 22, 2016 3:16 pm
I did indeed. I think the only thing to do is narrow it down between these two and then move to the next. Only adjust one at a time moving forward. I pick up the column f spider and try to listen for any changes.
OOC:
Can the perception also be passive like with the door so we each don't have to roll each time?

Rolls

perception - Rhiv - (1d20+0)

(10) = 10

perception - Therrien - (1d20+2)

(11) + 2 = 13

Perception - Harp - (1d20+5)

(18) + 5 = 23

perception - Toot - (1d20+2)

(15) + 2 = 17

Aug 22, 2016 3:26 pm
Rhiv picks the spider up off the floor. Nothing happens.
OOC:
Yeah, I was just having you all roll once to see if you heard anything at all. Now that you're listening for it, the difficulty goes down to the point where you can hear it fine. In this case, though, nothing moves, so no sounds.
Aug 22, 2016 3:39 pm
https://dl.dropboxusercontent.com/u/23420524/hex%20room%20map%20labeled%20UPDATE%201.png

What has happened so far:
Column E sank while Column B rose
Column D sank while Column A rose
Column F sank while Column E rose
OOC:
If we were at the table, I'd make you guys keep track of this. But, I'm feeling a bit generous. :P
Aug 22, 2016 4:25 pm
I put the purple spider on E.
Aug 23, 2016 12:37 am
As the pedestal stinks into the ground under the weight of the spider, the pillar directly across the circle (B) begins to rise. They both stop when the spider reaches the floor.

Column B = 9ft tall
Column E = 0ft tall
Aug 23, 2016 12:41 pm
OOC:
Just to be clear: you're using "pedestal" and "pillar" interchangeably, correct? But none of the 7 columns are supporting the weight of the room.
Aug 23, 2016 12:43 pm
joshuaberman says:
OOC:
Just to be clear: you're using "pedestal" and "pillar" interchangeably, correct? But none of the 7 columns are supporting the weight of the room.
OOC:
Correct. None of them reach the ceiling.
Aug 23, 2016 2:46 pm
"Rip me...."

I take the robot off E and put it on B.
Aug 23, 2016 5:14 pm
You pick the arachnobot up from the floor and walk across the room. Stretching to your full height, with your arms outstretched, you place it on the pillar that just rose to 9ft tall.

As you're facing the circle, the column just to your left (C) begins to rise.
Aug 23, 2016 5:26 pm
"Sorry this is taking me so long friends... at least we will know how each of the parts move now. We just need to figure out which columns connect with D and F." I put the robot on Column C.
OOC:
As a recap:

Column ? sank while Column D rose
Column ? sank while Column F rose

Column B sank while Column C rose
Column D sank while Column A rose
Column E sank while Column B rose
Column F sank while Column E rose

Correct:
Either A or E or both at 6 foot.
Last edited August 23, 2016 5:29 pm
Aug 23, 2016 5:33 pm
OOC:
Do you let it go all the way to the floor before you move the spider?
Aug 23, 2016 5:45 pm
whipstache says:
OOC:
Do you let it go all the way to the floor before you move the spider?
Yes.
Aug 23, 2016 6:50 pm
Rhiv picks the android up from the ground, and then realizes that Column C has now risen to a height of about 12 feet, and he can't reach the top.
Aug 23, 2016 6:52 pm
OOC:
What a loser.
Last edited August 23, 2016 6:53 pm
Aug 23, 2016 7:54 pm
I jump and "gracefully" try to place the robot on top of the 12 foot pillar.
Last edited August 23, 2016 7:55 pm

Rolls

jumping (athletics) - (1d20+5)

(1) + 5 = 6

Aug 24, 2016 12:16 am
Rhiv does this. Embarrassed and a little miffed that he seems to be doing all the work himself, he stands back up, only to realize that he's rolled his ankle in the process of falling.
OOC:
Rhiv takes 2 damage and his movement speed is halved until he heals or takes a short or long rest (not counting this one)

Rolls

Rejected! - (1d4)

(2) = 2

Aug 24, 2016 3:15 am
whipstache says:
Rhiv does this. Embarrassed and a little miffed that he seems to be doing all the work himself, he stands back up, only to realize that he's rolled his ankle in the process.
OOC:
Rhiv takes 2 damage and his movement speed is halved until he heals or takes a short or long rest (not counting this one)
Thats hilarious. :)

I hobble angrily to column a and put the spider on top of it. "Now one of you figure out what to do next!" I grumble.
Aug 24, 2016 12:05 pm
The spiderbot on top of column A causes it to begin to sink, while column D rises to a height of 6 ft.
OOC:
updated pedestal heights. I've removed the bots from the image because we've (currently) put the violent destruction of them aside. There are three left (green, blue, and purple from previously).
https://dl.dropboxusercontent.com/u/23420524/hex%20room%20map%20labeled%20UPDATE%202.png
Aug 24, 2016 12:49 pm
I am tense, and pacing. My eyes still rimmed with red, I'm no help to anyone at the moment.
Aug 24, 2016 1:23 pm
joshuaberman says:
I am tense, and pacing. My eyes still rimmed with red, I'm no help to anyone at the moment.
OOC:
What a loser. :)
Last edited August 24, 2016 1:23 pm
Aug 24, 2016 7:35 pm
I suddenly notice Rhiv falling to the ground. His sudden movement breaks me out of a reverie. I shake my head, realizing I had unknowingly drifted into an meditation state. I sense it was protective, as I feel supremely uncomfortable in the current antiseptic surroundings, and my heart aches at our remoteness from any semblance of the natural world. The further we progress into this crafted part of the mountain, the more it seems like a cage that we are willing walking into and may never escape. The room seems to be getting smaller and tighter, although I realize on some level that my mind is playing tricks. I curse myself for voting to go on and not leave the mountain. "Ah well... the die is cast..."
"Brother Rhiv, rest a while. You have brought us far in this puzzle. If I remember correctly the only column we have not put a spider-shaped machine on is C? Should we try this? It might be possible for either Therrien or Harper to stand on my shoulders and reach the spider to that column? "
OOC:
I am 6'8" if that helps the calculation.
OOC:
Also, how high is the ceiling? Is there anything visible up there? I am assuming this is a mechanical device/lock that will cause something to happen if we have the columns in the correct conformation. But I want to look up and inspect, trying to see if there is anything indicating another way through this, such as needing to stand on the column as it rises to reach the ceiling, or something like that.
Aug 24, 2016 7:38 pm
OOC:
There's nothing of interest on the ceiling, save the same circle hexagon design that's on the floor, but without the printed word.
Aug 24, 2016 8:48 pm
To'ot, thank you. I'm fine. No worries... We know that c will just make f rise. We know how to raise every column, we just need to decide what heights each should be. As each can be 0,3,6,9,or 12 feet there are too many options for us to simply muddle through the different combinations. We can slowly each column at each height and listen for the click we heard earlier. We might as well start with c. As you and I have the height necessary, just stand on my knee and you can almost certainly reach it. I kneel down and offer my non-related knee for him to step on and the spider for his use.
Last edited August 24, 2016 8:51 pm
Aug 24, 2016 9:10 pm
I hand the baby to Therrien, indicating how to support the baby's head. The baby lets out a louder burp than one would think possible, then smiles at the elf and yanks playfully at his ear. I smile, in spite of myself. I take the hunk of synthetic metal shaped somewhat like a spider, step on Rhiv's knee, and attempt to place it on column C.
Aug 26, 2016 5:14 pm
To'ot places the spider on top of the pedestal and it starts to sink. As he's stepping down from Rhiv's boost, the two of you hear a soft click, when the pillar is at about 9 feet tall. Rhiv jumps up and snatches the spider bot from the top of the column, but it continues to sink to a height of six feet. Just a bit too late, it seems.

Column F rises six feet in the process.
Aug 26, 2016 6:03 pm
"Excellent. 9 feet it is." I say, wincing from trying to jump up too quickly. I gingerly take the spider and put it on column F, to raise it to lower it all the way down (and thus hopefully raising column E to 6 feet) and listen for the click.
OOC:

As a recap:

Column A sank while Column D rose
Column B sank while Column C rose
Column C sank while Column F rose
Column D sank while Column A rose
Column E sank while Column B rose
Column F sank while Column E rose

Correct:
Either A or E or both at 6 foot.
C at 9; F at 3
Last edited August 26, 2016 6:09 pm
Aug 26, 2016 7:16 pm
When column F is halfway to the ground, you hear another soft click.
OOC:
give me a recap of the current heights of all the columns, as you have it.
Sep 11, 2016 8:08 pm
Column Cor. Current?
a Column A sank while Column D rose 6? 0
b Column B sank while Column C rose 0
c Column C sank while Column F rose 9 6
d Column D sank while Column A rose 6
e Column E sank while Column B rose 6? 0
f Column F sank while Column E rose 6 6
Last edited September 12, 2016 3:19 pm
Sep 23, 2016 7:00 pm
The first time Rowena "took the reins," so to speak, it was quick. Like my breath was sucked out in half-a-second, and then forced back down my lungs just as quickly. Afterwards the only visceral indication of my haunting was a bit of resistance from my muscles, and something akin to a darkened tunneling at the edge of my vision. But I got the impression that I didn't go too far down that tunnel, I only ever stood at its mouth, with the craggy edges peeking into my periphery. But now... now I am deep in the tunnel.

I look to the north, and I see out of my own eyes. I am in a cavern, or a cave, or a cellar? Some kind of darkened room - a room with barrels. This place was purpose-built. But the image is small, and moves with a haze around the edges like waking from a dream. All sounds are muffled like a man screaming underwater. Water...

I turn to the west and loose my balance for a brief instant, but catch it and feel iron scrape my bare ankles, one hundred yards away. There is a blue gale down this tunnel, but nearly black. I see the wooden practice sword, slick with blood and saltwater, flash in front of my "eyes." Moon on the water. The rain whips my head to the left. To the south.

This tunnel is warm. And red. But a soft, hazy, natural red. And her hair is glowing in the firelight. And she smiles. The scratches are unexpected, but safe. I loose control. "Please stay," I hear myself. But she is gone, and my gaze turns to the cold outside.

The cold. It is cold to the east. And white. So white that it's blinding, or it would be if I were close to the mouth of the tunnel. But even still I feel it pierce me, and I cannot move. Her eyes are watching me, and they are unsoftened. They have no love in them. Daggers of ice cut my skin and muscle and guts. But it is a dream.

This is all a dream. With this thought, my anger lessens. Rowena... queen of dreams. It lessens more still. And I am feeling free of it. I speak to myself in my own mind She has brought only dreams to me... nothing of substance. Nothing - real! This cannot hold - it cannot stand. I am raving to myself, I feel the spit on my lips as the realization dawns... I must escape this mountain. This dream-prison, and Rowena keeps me here! Maybe she is in the cold woman's thrall... When I escape from this mountain of lies then I will learn the truth of my father and avenge his death. I will recover my harp, and face down the cold woman, and I will put her in the ground. But first... I turn towards the north, and race through the tunnel to the opening. My bare feet hit the stone ground with shearing pain, but I barely feel it.

As I approach the mouth of it, I turn back over my shoulder to the south, but she is gone. Only a lock of red remains, and I feel the hairs against my fingertips. But that hair is now dust, and I am lying on my back in the cellar. Groans of elf and orc and dragonborne around me, and a disapproving spectre above.

"Begone, you foul witch. I know your deceits now... and whom you serve true."
Sep 30, 2016 1:41 am
Distant singing hits my ears... just a single tone? Maybe just a ringing in my ear... it becomes halting, louder until the shriek is next to my ear.
The baby... I am crushing the baby in my hand...
My hand is squeezing itself shut so firmly my knuckles burn, and blood trickles from my palm. I also feel the crumbling matter in my hand, pieces being forced through my fingers. My eyes have not quite adjusted. I unclench my fist, expecting to see a pulverized, bloody piece of the baby's arm.. or leg... or head. I squint and see the blood in my hand and hear the wail in my ear. My stomach turns over and my heart pounds, threatening to break out of my body.
The blood is my own, and small craters bleed in my palm, partially obscured by dirt. The dirt from the forest I had picked up in the circle in the dwarf's lair. I take what remains and put it back into my pouch; it is clumping together with my blood.
I turn to see the baby - angry, but whole. I roll into a kneel, and violently vomit on the floor every last thing in my gut.
Are we in a wine cellar?
I reach up to my head and touch the diadem. Rowena floats above us.
Oct 3, 2016 1:00 am
The automaton's steel fist crashed easily through my shield and into my helmet, and the darkness quickly closed in. I was again sinking into the murky water, streaming downward away from the light of life. Anticipating the crush of lungs I immediately begin thrashing mightily against the weight of my armor and weaponry as I struggle to rise to the surface... but this time there is no resistance, no pain, no fear. He is with me.

"Open your eyes, my son. Behold the Fear and the Adonai of Hosts." His voice rang clear with the power of authority, but carried with it a familiar echo, as if it was my father's voice coming home from a long absence. I realized that the darkness was of my own causing, and opened my eyes. As I looked, the Adonai was in his throne before me. His clothing was as white as snow; the hair of his head was white like wool. His throne looked as if it was entirely made of rubies, all flaming with fire, with a river of fire flowing forth from it. This fire had encircled and wreathed me in its flame but I was not burnt.

"The darkness you fight is from an ancient evil that seeks to overturn all the is Holy. I have marked you for a purpose. Vengeance is Mine, but I have chosen to use you to repay a particular debt. Obey my commands, and spread my glory and my fear to this world through your hammer and your word. Kindle the Light. Shelter the Light. Spread the Light." My vision was abruptly turned to see my companions carrying my unconscious body to the center of the room, the mighty steel beast charging after them. My vision slows on the eyes of each of my companions: Therrien, angrily fighting and grappling against the power he hates but does not understand; To'ot, with tender connection to the goodness of creation, but not yet direction or real hope in his fight to defend it; and Harper, the empty shell of a tormented man. Adrift with his anger of vengeance no longer holding him close to shore. The voice of my Lord rose forth again: "These are the companions I have provided. Be a glorious beacon for all who live in despair. Let the light of your joy and courage shine forth in all your deeds. Aid others, protect the weak, and punish those who threaten them. Where there is good, beauty, love, and laughter in the world, stand against the wickedness that would swallow it. Never fear to act."

I watch as we are transported away in the blink of an eye and the room and the vision around me fades away again. It is dark, but it is no longer the darkness of the depths, but that of a life. The rush of pain sears into my mind as I return to my senses and gasp for air. Where am I?
Last edited April 3, 2017 2:22 am
Oct 20, 2016 1:02 pm
Rhiv gasps to life as To'ot with closed eyes places his hand on the dragonborn's forehead and mutters an incantation under his breath. The four of you squint as your eyes adjust to the change in light from the magically illuminated undermountain hall to this: a dark, damp storage area, packed with barrels and crates. The four of you are lying on the floor at the back of the narrow but long room; a wall behind you, and several large wooden containers in front of you and to your right, and a faint circle drawn in chalk, impossibly symmetrical, surrounds you. Your vision of the room is blocked as the boxes and crates are stacked 8-feet high. Peeking around and through the stores, you can see a faintly silhouetted closed door at the top of a small flight of stairs at the other end of the room. It smells of must, mud, and dried meats.

Rhiv's eyes open just in time to see the final wisps of Rowena, as she silently vanishes from view.

Therrien pushes himself off his stomach, still hot with rage. He's in control enough not to start randomly smashing barrels, but remains unconcerned with silence and stealth. He takes a moment while on his hands and knees to gather his bearings, then stands up and marches out of the chalk circle and from behind the cargo barrier. Seeing no one, and nothing of particular interest, he continues to the door, swings it open wide, and steps through into the fading light of the setting sun.
Oct 20, 2016 3:32 pm
As Rowena dissipates, a knife of light slices through my field of vision. Dust motes dance in the beam as I quickly rise to an elbow, and then feet. I squint into the spectral light as it reddens. Realization dawns with the sunset, and I doubt my fresh purpose. My hand finds the grip of my blade. It is cold, and I fall to my knees.

"no" my voice sounds small in the muffled room. Hopeless. And alone.
Oct 20, 2016 7:48 pm
As I struggle to rise on my own, I take To'ot's proffered arm and pull myself into seated position just in time to see Harper moan and collapse to his knees: "Harp! What is wrong!? Are you hurt? Did the Witch injure you? Where did she flee?" As my rapid fire questions go either unheard or unheeded I take a moment to breathe and assess the situation. Harp looks battered and bruised but neither he nor To'ot look to be grievously injured in anyway. The cellar, or whatever space we are in, is small and cramped but seems to hold no immediate threats. Therrien, standing just outside the door seems to not be reacting to anything of danger.

Satisfied by our current safety, I surreptitiously form a triangle over my heart and turn to Harp and once again speak a silent prayer for him. "O mighty Adonai, break the power that this evil witch has on him and inspire him! Give this poor man a vision of your power and help me convince him to use his sword for good!" Rising to my feet I limp over to him and kneel down on one knee across from him: "Friend, though I am unsure how much I have missed since losing consciousness during the fight, I saw a vision of you helping save my life instead of fleeing versus that powerful beast.... I expected to die in that room allowing you three time to escape, but instead you saved me. In my vision my Lord commanded me to serve you in a common mission." I look earnestly into his eyes trying to read him, trying to connect. "I cannot read your heart, but I know you bettxer than most and know you are not yourself.......I feel that you are in a cellar of your own, struggling in the dark.... Use your incredible talents for good. You have run enough. Stand with me against the wickedness that would swallow you."
Last edited October 25, 2016 4:41 pm

Rolls

Assessing the room - (1d20)

(8) = 8

Oct 23, 2016 8:35 pm
The light is red and fading on my face. And to Rhiv there appears to be a glazed look in my eyes. He waits for a response, but there is none, until the sun passes below the horizon. "She is gone." I say, gaze unbroken. And a half-moment later "My father is gone... my mother is gone." With this I turn my head to Rhiv. He does not see the eyes of a sad man, but a dead one. "And there is no god who loves."
Oct 25, 2016 4:37 pm
I have never seen a man so beaten.

"Harp, you have not seen love because you--like me--are a narcissistic fool whose eyes have too long been focused on yourself. You live as if you owe nothing and expect nothing to anything. That your whole destiny is in your hands. This not only hides your friends that stand before you but also the divine that looms above. In the end you will be confined entirely within the darkening solititude of your own heart.

To love or hate is to connect deeply with something outside of yourself. Think back to the moments you have felt alive! Genuine life happens in the vivid colors of defiance and forgiveness, reverence and rebellion, fighting and friendship, sacrifice and creation: the real stuff. The witches cannot take that from you unless they take your life or your soul. And you still have both.

You are not merely some fractional part of some quite trivial matter... You are part of something incredibly important and we need you now. And you just might need us."


I stand and limp gingerly out of the door. Not looking back.
Last edited October 25, 2016 4:39 pm
Oct 26, 2016 8:02 pm
As Rhiv crosses the threshold of the door out of the storage cellar, he finds himself standing next to Therrien, who seems to have lost the shimmering aura of rage that reminds you of the heatwaves coming off the desert sand in the heat of the day.

You both are standing in a small alley, wide enough for one cart, and just barely. To your right the cobblestone alley dead ends. To your left, maybe 100 feet down, the alley reaches a road that, while not heavily trafficked, clearly belongs to a city that has put significant resources into its transportation infrastructure.

As you look towards the road, two guards walk by. One is bearing the insignia of King Alexander, a golden lion on purple. The other wears the mark of the city of Redwall.

Beyond the guards, you see the last of the sun setting behind rows of green tree-covered mountains painting the sky in glorious oranges and purples, and casting your shadows the full length of the alley behind you. The air smells of fires being started in hearths, and you hear the generic din of city coming from beyond the alley's entrance.
Oct 27, 2016 12:04 am
OOC:
I am assuming we are inside the city? Are there any marks on the building of the cellar we just vacated? Are there any other doors in the alley?
After a quick glance, unless I see something out of the ordinary I signal to Therrien and walk out on the road behind the two guards. I am not trying to be sneaky or suspicious but would like to hear their discussion.
OOC:
Also, would we need papers or anything to have entered the city?
Last edited October 27, 2016 12:06 am
Oct 27, 2016 5:20 pm
I stumble out of the cellar and am momentarily dazzled by the sunset. I look up at the sky for the first time in what seems like ages. The moment I step into the open air, I sense my strength is returning. The disconnect I felt in the dwarf's lair drove me to lose the balance I seek - when facing both the 1st and 2nd automatons I felt rage like I had not in years... at times without good reason. Why, after the first robot was dispatched, and posed no threat to my self or companions, did I feel the need to destroy it's component parts? And why did it feel... liberating... natural? The thought is frightening. I have been inside too long. But still...

I glance back at Harper to make sure he is still in view, and then quicken my step to catch Therrien's arm as he starts up the alley behind Rhiv.

Brother Therrien, a moment if you will. When you go into a rage, you seem to be able to... direct it, focus it. Even while I preach balance to you and others, I have been losing control and falling into the shrew's rage at times. I wonder at how you are able to keep it from consuming you, and to use it for your ends. I worry for my sanity, as every time it happens, it feels more and more right. When I defend those dear to me I feel like the red-eyed goshawk, defending her nest - bloodthirsty, merciless. But when it fades I am left with a guilt, a despair. I am sorry my friend, to waylay our mission with my troubled heart. I only raise this with you to unburden myself. If at any time you have wisdom to share on this topic, please speak with me.

I look forward at Rhiv and sense his purpose. I can help conceal us.
Oct 27, 2016 5:25 pm
I whisper Brother Rhiv, wait. as he reachesd the edge of the street.

I cast Pass With Trace spell.
OOC:
Not sure if I need a roll for this? in case I do, here goes...

Rolls

pass without trace - (1d20+2)

(6) + 2 = 8

Oct 27, 2016 6:30 pm
You don't see any marks on the door to the cellar that you just exited. There are two other cellar doors in the alley, both on the opposite side of the street from the door you just exited, one towards the dead end and one towards the street. Both seem nondescript.

You can't see the city walls from here, but, based on what you know about the city of Redwall (namely, that the buildings outside the city walls are sporadic and aren't kept up as well as those inside), you are pretty certain you're inside the city.

The guards don't seem to be speaking to each other. It looks like they are on a routine patrol. You feel confident you could follow at a safe distance without drawing any attention to yourself, if you really wanted to.
OOC:
For Pass Without Trace to have an impact on someone detecting you, you have to be trying to hide by using cover. You can certainly do this, but I would need a stealth roll. It will still prevent anyone who comes after from seeing that anyone was there, though.
Oct 27, 2016 7:14 pm
Upon hearing To'ot, and seeing his momentary pause for concentration I hesitate on the edge of the street, and wait for Therrien and To'ot to join me. A veil of energy radiates from To'ot's outstretched hand and seems to drape around each of us; even as they approach they seem to fade from both view and hearing.

"Well done, friend. Make sure to give Harp this cover as well. Hopefully he will use it... Though potentially this is a result of our recent encounters clouding my thoughts, I feel like it will be best to keep as low a profile as possible in this city until we can truly determine who our enemies and friends are. I propose we visit the Church of the Adonai and use that as a base of operations to rest and recuperate before we venture into the next step of our mission."
Last edited October 27, 2016 8:12 pm
Oct 27, 2016 7:57 pm
Trying to be stealthy:

Rolls

stealth - (1d20+0)

(20) = 20

Oct 28, 2016 3:11 am
I see the party exit through the door, but I perceive it on the level of a beetle crawling across the floor. An implication of what this could mean doesn't register. After some moments of feeling unable to move, I manage to rise to my feet, which I barely feel. My body is running on autopilot, and I feel nothing. I wonder where it is taking me, but I don't have the emotional energy to care all that much.

My feet take me left out of the door, and then left again at the main street. Whether the rest of the party sees me I do not know. They are just people now. Future marks, even. I feel old habits kicking in. My legs let me move with the stream of the crowd, adrift in the current without causing a ripple. The waning light triggers a sensory awareness, even though it's my reflexes doing the work while my higher functions are adrift. Only a skilled rogue or very sharp eye would find it easy to track me in this press. The city is where I live.

Every city is the same, really. Once you know your way around a city, you can find your way around all others. They key is not to follow signs or sidewalks: it's to follow people. And people are the same. The trouble occurs when you meet someone truly different. They disrupt the city's flow. If you get enough truly different people in a city, then that makes a culture. Which makes everybody the same again. It's the sameness that makes a city safe. It's the differences that make it dangerous.

But this city is no different than the others, not as far as I can tell. My senses tell me if I were looking for anything in this city I could find it before dusk was through: a piece of knowledge, a mark, a true friend, a desperate man. A companion. But tonight I need none of those things. My senses and lower functions are the only things keeping me standing. And that simply won't do.

I ride the current to a quiet district, under the spectre of towers against the blue-black sky, onto a private street, and into a dimly lit tavern. This feels like a place with trustworthy barkeeps who over-serve. And my instincts about this are rarely wrong. It takes less than two hours and my senses begin failing. Black creeps into my vision, and I succumb to the void.
Oct 28, 2016 5:55 pm
Even as I speak to my companions I see Harp stumble numbly out of the cellar behind us, seemingly oblivious to our presence. He meanders within feet of us with the same dead look in his eye. If I hadn't seen the Witch leave him I would wage my life that he was out of his own control. But I did. Whatever has happened to him, it is of his own internalization...not that of the fiend.

As much as I would like to have been able to guide the party to the Church as a safe resting place, we can't afford to let an out of control Harp wander into the fog of Redwall... for his sake our ours. "To'ot...Therrien... Change of plans. We need to follow him. There's a high likelihood that the bars and the blows will be in the near future of our esteemed companion. No good will come of that while he is like this. He, or more likely several others, will probably end up dead or in the hands of those." I motion to the fast retreating forms of the two guards. "If we get separated, please meet me at the Church of the Adonai. Mention my name and they will treat you well. I am not well known, but it will be enough for a bed and shelter for the night at a minimum."
Last edited October 28, 2016 5:59 pm

Rolls

Following the zombie. - (1d20)

(2) = 2

Doing it stealthily - (1d20)

(9) = 9

Oct 28, 2016 7:16 pm
I follow Harper, trying to keep out of his sight

Rolls

follow - (1d20+0)

(19) = 19

Nov 1, 2016 5:59 pm
You all follow To'ot, who is following Harper. Therrien and Rhiv are astonished at how comfortable To'ot seems to be in the city... maybe there's something about civilization that really suits him, even beyond what he knows. Several times the two of you would not have been able to track him had he not come back and guided you along.

The group deftly tracks behind Harper. As you journey, the sun sets, and the oranges and purples of the sunset give way to the deep blues of night, and the stars begin to twinkle. Looking up the mountain, you see another section of Redwall, behind a sturdy city wall. Passing guild halls, merchants, and single-family homes, you arrive at an inn & tavern in a section of the city with a very middle class feel. It's probable been 10 minutes since Harper arrived here. What would you like to do?
OOC:
Rhiv, normally, you would have needed papers to enter the city, yes. But, as emissaries of the Duke, the papers aren't necessary.
Nov 1, 2016 8:28 pm
As we arrive at the dimly lit tavern To'ot tracked Harper to, I assess the outside of the building. I carefully look into the window, seeing Harp already at the bar, his nose buried in a bottle of Redwallian whiskey. Pulling my two companions aside from the trafficked entry, I lean toward them quietly: "To'ot, well done, friend! If I didn't know better I would have thought you had been born with cobblestones beneath your feet. As the sun is setting I advise that we rest here tonight, we can almost certainly get into the building without Harp noticing. I will take the first shift and stay in the common room for the first 4 hours... Therrien, can you come check on the situation after that time? My objective is to just to ensure nothing goes too poorly or that he leaves unnecessarily while in this state."
OOC:
Is there a way we can see to "check-in" at the tavern without making our presence too obvious to Harp?

Rolls

Perception - (1d20)

(9) = 9

Nov 1, 2016 8:44 pm
OOC:
Yeah, I'd say that if you wait a little while, he'll be too drunk to notice or care.
Nov 1, 2016 9:20 pm
"I suggest we just take twenty minutes outside and then make our way into the tavern and get rooms upstairs. It makes no difference to me but I suggest we just take a group room."

After waiting we get a room in the tavern and Rhiv stays downstairs in a separate part of the bar where I can hear what is going and see the entrance on but I'm out of sight of Harp. I pull my hood down low and signal the tavernmaid to order a beer to nurse while waiting.

Rolls

Staying out of sight - (1d20+10)

(12) + 10 = 22

Nov 2, 2016 4:24 pm
OOC:
I'm going to rule that the spells duration (1 hour) ends before you are able to begin your watch over Harp in the tavern area. (Also, since it's emanating from To'ot, it's likely that he's more than 30 feet from you at this point.)

But, 12 is good enough for Harp not to see you, as he's passed out. It's not good enough for the other patrons not to notice you, though.
Nov 2, 2016 5:24 pm
I cannot sleep, so I leave the dozing Therrien in our room, and join Rhiv on his watch in a dimly lit corner of the tavern. I bring the baby with me, but conceal it with my robes so as to keep us as relatively unmemorable as possible to onlookers. The young Duke is sleeping soundly, and I am encouraged to see that the consistent hum of activity in the saloon does nothing to rouse him.

I see Brother Harper slumped over at the bar, apparently passed out. He occasionally twitches, perhaps just natural reflexes, or maybe he is swept up in a tumultuous dream. I silently survey the rest of the room next to Rhiv.

You mentioned my comfort in the city... few people know that I was raised in a city, not so large as this, but the same at its essence. But that was in a different time for me. I stare wistfully forward and sip my ale. Brother Rhiv, should we wait out Harper's unconscious state, or bring him to the room? Potential danger could arise in this public place, but I fear that disturbing his slumber may set him off as well. We need him as I feel he will play a large part in our chances in the days to come.
I agree with your initial assessment that the Church of Adonai could aid us in our next step. Also I would like to seek the City Library or knowledge repository to see if any information can be gleaned regarding the Horn of Dorothir.
Nov 2, 2016 9:25 pm
"I would never have known. I apologize that I never asked about your history during our long trip. Where are you from and what shifted you from a city-dweller to a man of the earth? In terms of Harp I agree with you wholeheartedly. I do not know what is right here but we will almost certainly not be able to move him without his approval unless he is magically, more than just alcoholically influenced. I have seen the man drink many dwarves under tables and still be able to balance a sword on his finger. Do you have any options there? Otherwise, in this place I think if we pay his tab and watch we will be able to avert any issues. In terms of next steps I absolutely agree that the Library is a first priority once rested."
OOC:
I want to assess the depth of Harp's slumber. I'm assuming this would be Wisdom/insight check? Also, weren't we supposed to meet with someone from the Duke's retinue to get us access to the library? i can't rightly remember.

Rolls

insight into the depth of Harp's slumber. - (1d20+2)

(12) + 2 = 14

Nov 3, 2016 7:42 pm
The bar has quieted significantly this late in the evening. Seeing his solidly inebriated state, I quietly arrange with the barkeep to cover Harp's tab and add on a solid tip. To'ot and I lean in and each lean a shoulder under Harp and try to walk him upstairs without waking him.

Rolls

Strength - (1d20+5)

(13) + 5 = 18

Nov 3, 2016 7:48 pm
Rhiv immediately grabs one of the four bunks and is soundly asleep within minutes of getting Harp into the room.
Nov 7, 2016 8:51 pm
The night passes without incident. When do you wake up? What do you do?
Nov 7, 2016 9:51 pm
OOC:
as early as possible with a full rest.


As the merest tint of light etches across the horizon, Rhiv enters the room, bearing a large canister of tea and some cold cuts. "Morning, friends. Ready for the library?"
Nov 7, 2016 10:02 pm
Thank you Brother; I usually awake at the first light, but you have beaten me to the punch. Let's eat and be on our way. And how is everyone feeling this morning? I smile and wink at Harper.
Nov 7, 2016 10:53 pm
I roll to the near edge of the bed, and vomit on the floor. I wipe my mouth with the back of my sleeve slowly, and turn back towards the wall. I stare at the rough plaster, and feel nothing.

I know I should be hungry, from habit or a faint gnawing at the pit of my stomach, but it doesn't register. Nothing registers. Not even the implications of finding myself in this bed. I might just as well have woken up anywhere. I may just as well have not woken at all.
Nov 8, 2016 4:40 pm
Seeing Harp's glazed eyes, anger wells up in my heart. Anger at Harp, anger at Rowena and the foul touch she seems to have placed on his soul, anger at his mysterious grandmother and the pain she--knowingly or not--inflicted upon him. If I see an enemy I know how best to strike him, if I see someone under attack I can shield them... I see a dead man walking with no visible wounds. I am truly at a loss. Again, I pause and rub the resh symbol on my breastplate. "Lord help him..."

Putting the tea and items on the end table I take a cup, pour a small amount of whiskey into it, and extend it to Harp while putting a gentle hand on his shoulder: "My grandfather always says a hot-toddy was the only true way to start a morning regardless of how the night was...." I lean over and pick up his pack and drop it on the bed next to him. "We are heading to the library to research the curse and the artifacts your.... grandmother... mentioned. We would love to have your help but I understand if you need time to just do.... whatever you need to do. We will return here in the evening."
Last edited November 8, 2016 4:40 pm
Nov 8, 2016 5:33 pm
As you lean in towards Harp, the overwhelming stench of the vomit causes you to grimace. Then, you realize that it's not just the vomit. None have you have had a proper bath since the Duke's mansion.
Nov 8, 2016 9:46 pm
As the silence extends well beyond everyone's comfort, I wait an additional minute just to make sure he felt it. If he was feeling anything at the moment. I set the cup down at Harp's feet. "Be well, friend. If you need to leave here before we return, you will be able to leave us a message at the Church of the Adonai." I spin on my heel and grab my pack from under my bunk. "To'ot, Therrien, I need to clean up before we go. As unwelcome as my kind often are in such elevated establishments such as the Royal Library, it would likely behove me to at least show up blood free. I plan to head to the Church first to quickly pay my regards and see if they have any information that might help. Then to the library."
OOC:
I assume we take 20 minutes to clean up and eat and then I will be leaving for the Church.
Nov 9, 2016 7:10 pm
Having managed our best to bucket shower and clean the weeks of dirt and crusted blood off our gear and bodies, we pack up and head to the Church of the Adonai looking tolerably presentable. I stop by the tavernkeep and give him enough gold to cover our room for the night and ask him to feel free to water down the drinks for Harp should he decide to spend another evening in the cups.
OOC:
I assumed everyone but Harp is coming but feel free to clarify if not.
Nov 9, 2016 8:56 pm
OOC:
Yup, we're coming along with you.
Nov 12, 2016 1:04 am
Rhiv, Therrien, and To'ot leave the inn. The city looks different in the whispered light shortly after dawn. Last night, the whole thing looked like it was on fire, ignited by the golden setting sun. In the morning light, though, the city seems a bit gray and cold, as it huddles under the shadow of the mountain peak above. The three of you exit the inn and are struck by a sight you didn't notice last night: the inn is situated about two blocks from the outer wall of the city, and very close to a large watchtower, easily 150 feet tall and 50 feet wide. It is one of Redwall's distinguishing features, a large, proud, protruding tusk sticking up from the lower jaw of the city. In the distance, a blacksmith hammer gong echoes. You all note the name of the inn as you leave: The Gassy Gnoll. Rhiv questions why every single bar, tavern, and inn uses the same naming convention. We could all save time and just name every single one The Adjective Noun, he thinks.

Rhiv knows that the Adonaic temple is in the Wache Ward, which is the second tier of the three-tiered city, butting up against the mountain itself. You don't know where within the Second Ward the temple is, but you can clearly see which direction to head to reach the wall that protects the Wache Ward from the Open Ward that you're currently in, as it stands 60 or 80 feet tall. From your vantage point looking towards the mountain, you can see one octagonal tower directly ahead of you, and another off the the left a bit more. The one to the left looks a bit different, a bit shorter and wider, and you surmise that might be one of the places to cross into the middle tier of the city.

As you walk you pass by a market with some stalls selling fish, mushrooms, jewelry, and other goods, and a couple of halfling jugglers trying to entertain people for some spare coins. As you get closer to the gate, you notice the streets become a bit more congested and the din of the city grows a bit louder. After about 45 minutes walking, you turn a corner to face the gate, and immediately notice a line several dozen people long, apparently waiting to pass through the gate into the Wache Ward. There are several city guards at the base of the gate tower interacting with whoever is currently being processed, and two other guards slowly pacing up and down the line.

It's currently about 8am. What would you like to do?
OOC:
How are the three of you positioned? To'ot, what's the situation with baby duke?
Nov 12, 2016 2:42 am
OOC:
Rhiv would be leading at least until they get to the church. Going with the comment earlier, we have the justification to be in the city, correct?


Seeing the line of waiting people, we get in line and watch the speed of the line and how the guards are treating the people. Do they show papers? Are they paying money or are the guards asking for money? Are they searching people's items or asking questions of them?
Nov 12, 2016 4:00 pm
Well, you wouldn't know if you're authorized to be in the city or not. Neither the Duke nor Sebastian really have you very detailed instructions, and none of you have been here before to know how things work.

The guards do seem to be asking questions, checking documents, and looking through belongings. You don't see anyone exchanging money.
Nov 12, 2016 4:36 pm
In line in front of you is a diminutive dwarf, not only short by Dwarven standards, but less stout. Most shocking of all (at least to any of you who know Dwarven culture) his beard is cropped short, just a few inches of pitch black hair extend from his upper lip and chin, and he is dressed in what is likely his finest clothes including a round gray hat with a small brim, even though they are worn and a bit dingy.

He has with him a large bundle of papers, and a leather bag that occasionally clinks as whatever metal bits inside connect with each other. He seems to favor one leg.
OOC:
roll perception?
Nov 13, 2016 1:13 am
Flashing my most winning smile, I speak to the dwarf: "Friend, I am new to the city and this is my first time visiting this entry point. Are these checks normal procedure or are they looking for something in particular?"
Last edited November 15, 2016 9:35 pm

Rolls

perception - (1d20)

(9) = 9

Persuasion - (1d20+4)

(19) + 4 = 23

Nov 13, 2016 2:24 am
Dwarves tend to be a bit insular and distrustful as a people, some even going so far as to refuse public conversation with non-dwarf strangers. The Dragonborn, though, have always seemed to be an exception. Maybe because of the hardiness the two races share, the dwarves seem to trust Dragonborn more than any other race, at least when it comes to unfamiliar encounters.

This particular dwarf jumps a bit at being addressed. He turns and sees Rhiv, looks at the symbol of Adonai on his armor, and visibly relaxes. "Well'n. Welcome t' Redwall," the small dwarf offers in a gruff tone that belies his small stature. "An' aye, these gates're always a pain t' traverse. 'T's all part'a how they keep us where th' think we belong. But't don' cost nothin' but time, so long's yer papers're in order." He pauses and makes a point of looking behind Rhiv towards Therrien & To'ot. "Kind'f'a funny crew ye are, if y'don' mind m'saying. Where're ye from?"

At this point, he's fully turned around and engaged you all in conversation. He periodically checks behind him to see if the line has moved.
Nov 14, 2016 4:20 pm
The sight of the dwarf seems to awaken me from a waking slumber. Despite my night's sleep, I had been stumbling through the world with near-unseeing eyes, deaf ears. The events of the last 24 hours have been... disconcerting. I have been bested (and worse, completely ineffectual!) in battle now twice by devices beyond my former reckoning.

My first response on noticing the dwarf is, of course, anger. The last dwarf I was near damn-near killed us all. But I see To'ot, and his talk of balance rings in my ears. I force the anger down. I feel I am starting to sharpen my rage to an edge. To learn to wield it as a blade instead of a hammer.

I look at us. We are an odd bunch.

"I suppose we do appear an odd group. The telling of where we're from would take longer than even this interminable line will take to traverse. But it appears we all are going to the same place - beyond the gates. Might you help us ensure we have these "papers" you speak of? In return, I'll keep our ears full of a tale of my people while we wait to pass the time."
Nov 14, 2016 4:48 pm
To pass the time in line, I tell the tale of Elsildra, a tale well known in my (former) tribe. In the tale, it is ages ago before the parting of the Sea from the Elves. In those days, the Sea and Elven folk formed an easy coterie. The Sea allowed the Elven folk to walk as easily on its surface as a man might walk on land, and the Elven folk sang of the Sea's beauty in strains so elegiac that all who heard them wept and their tears refilled the Sea daily. During the day of her coming of age, an Elven maiden spent a day and night walking the surface of the Sea, singing to it of its own beauty. But Elsildra was an elf of uncommon beauty, and on seeing her walking its surface, the Sea knew it must have her. She sank beneath the waves. Her betrothed, Geldren was, as tradition dictated, sitting on the beach and meditating on the horizon when he saw his love sink. He raced to the waters edge drawing his sword. He could hear Elsildra's song still, though muted in the water. He struck he water again and again, cursing the Sea for a jealous and debauched god. His sword slashed opened wounds in the Sea, and thus were waves first made on the previously becalmed surface, which has never been still since. The Sea struck back, but Geldren was unrelenting and the battle lasted 7 days and 7 nights. Finally, the Sea brought up Elsildra. She sang still as the water moved through her lungs. She had barnacles in her hair, and starfish on her hands. She recognized Geldren not, but clambered urgently to try to again get below the water's surface, singing her watery song all the while. The Sea told Geldren that, she was his no longer. The Sea was sad but unrepentant, saying that Geldren's wounds could not be forgotten or healed. Never again would an Elf walk upon the waves unfettered - they would require a layer of the Land to barter safe passage across the Sea (thus were boats presaged). And when the Sea felt its price was due, the edges of Geldren's own inflicted wounds would rise up and claim that price. And thus all the great songs of the Sea were lost. And it has become the jealous and debauched god that Geldren named it. But on the rare becalmed night, one may still hear Elsildra's song if one has the courage to lower your head below the surface the Sea, and breathe deeply."
Nov 15, 2016 8:09 pm
As Therrien's tale begins, the dwarf begins looking through papers and belongings that Rhiv produces. It only takes a few moments, though, before they are both caught up in the sad story and forget the task at hand. As Therrien's story winds up, the dwarf pulls a handkerchief out of his satchel and wipes the corners of his eyes.

After a few moments of silence toeing the dirt, the dwarf clears his throat, and without comment returns his attention to Rhiv's pile. He rummages through, collecting a few things in his hand as he goes. When he's convinced he has exhausted all possible options, he sighs, wrinkles his nose, and scratches his forehead. "I have t' be honest, 'm not too sure what's goin' on. Seems yo'n dunna 'ave papers enou' t' even be in th' city. Th' contract 'ere seems true, an' you'd wanna be headin' t' th' top shelf t' see the magistrate t' verify. But, I dunna see how yo'n 're gonna get thro' th' gate 'ere. Did yo'n leave yer idents at th' inn?"
Nov 15, 2016 9:16 pm
Scratching my head I really can't believe I didn't think about the difficulties teleporting into Redwall would present us. The fact that we had never really thought about how to get into the city in the first place had never occurred to any of us. As the dwarf pored over my identification and the documents I had handed him, I fingered the Duke's ring in my satchel. Though it might end up being the key to getting access to the various parts of the city, I am nervous about opening the door to bigger questions about who we were, how we ended up in the city without any identification, and--most importantly, how did we end up with the Duke's ring without a recognizable Duke.... This may be harder than expected. "Well, I'm honestly not sure how we got in either then. We came late last night in a bit of a blur, probably right around the time the gates were closing and no one took a second glance at the paperwork or ask for our idents. Maybe it was an oversight and they .... What would we have needed to get in normally, anyway? This damn bureaucracy of King Alexander... always trying to reach into everything they can get their fingers on and control..." I fade away in apparent frustration, but watching to see the Dwarf's reaction to my anti-Alexander opening. "Apologies for the out of turn words, but it's been a long-journey to get here and we are merely trying to reach the Church of the Adonai. How do non-citizens, like the traders of the dwarven Kingdom, get access to the city? If we are stymied by some paperwork than we will need to find some way to get at least a message across to the Magistrate... The Duke will almost certainly be quite disappointed with us for not managing to find a way through over this hurdle...."
Nov 15, 2016 11:50 pm
"'Tisn't s'prisin'. Th' Outer guards 'in't worth cud; th'll let an'thin' in. They, nor anyone, care t'much abou' th' goin's on 'n Lower. Gettin's out'll be a mite hard'r, a'reck'n.' Exit check're handl'd by Royals, an' they mean t' keep here an'one tha' canno' prove they've a right t' be elsewhere. 'T's how they populate th' mines w' pickers an' th' cav'rns w' fishers."

For a moment, the dwarf with the short black beard seems lost in a memory, or a story maybe. He rejoins the present, and continues.

"Th' dwarves 'at come from under 'ave 'eir own idents, diff'r'nt from Blackwall, s'as t' tell which dwarves b'long t' where. But, if yo'n need t' talk t' som'ne 'bout papers, each rin' has a sec'r'tary t' manage leg'l matters. Th' office 'n Lower 's 'cross from th' inn'r wall, maybe 'alf a mile 'ere." He points off to the southeast, close to the direction you came from. "But, b'warn'd. T'won' come easy."

The small dwarf glances over his shoulder to see the person before him finishing up with the guards.

"'M up." He gestures over his shoulder with his thumb, while picking up his pack. "Name's Tholin. Y'ever need a lockm'n, look m' up 't th' Springs 'n' Pickin'."

He turns toward the gate, before turning back around.

"An' good luck!" With that he walks forward and begins his exchange with the law enforcement.
Nov 16, 2016 4:00 pm
Tholin, well met and thanks! I say as he turns back to the guards.

Turning to To'ot and Therrien, I nod my head for them to follow and I start walking toward where Tholin had pointed. Turning a corner out of sight and earshot of the gate I stop. "Well ain't this a pretty peach. Seems we have some options: 1. bluff our way through with the paper work we seem to have. 2. Get legitimate paperwork from this secretary. 3. Get less than legitimate paperwork... I would think a 'lockman' might have some connections we could leverage... 4. Try to scale the wall at night. 5. Try to find some other less reputable way around or through, or under. There are always ways...some are just shittier than others.... Thoughts?"
Nov 16, 2016 5:39 pm
OOC:
Rhiv, Therrien, To'ot, make a perception check
Nov 16, 2016 6:22 pm
Perception

Rolls

Perception - (1d20)

(20) = 20

Nov 16, 2016 7:46 pm
perception check

Rolls

perception - (1d20+2)

(20) + 2 = 22

Nov 16, 2016 7:48 pm
Perceive

Rolls

Perception - (1d20+3)

(12) + 3 = 15

Nov 16, 2016 9:02 pm
As you're huddled together, Rhiv describing some potential options, the three of you look up to see a young human male with almond skin and short brown hair turn the corner onto the street you're occupying, about three blocks away. He's dressed a bit nicer than most of the people you've seen in the Lower Ward, wearing thick black wool pants, a plain green long sleeve shirt laced at the neck, and brown leather boots that are either new or recently repaired. He carries a decent overcoat slung over his right forearm, and as he walks towards you, he is looking down at a piece of paper in his hand.

After a few paces, he looks up and, noticing the three of you, halts mid-step in his tracks. For a brief moment, he seems confused. Then, as his mental processes conclude and provide the missing information, recognition flashes across his face, followed immediately by horror. He turns on his heels and sprints away from you, back around the corner from which he had emerged.

Just before his image disappears behind the building, Rhiv and To'ot notice a small logo stitched into the inside collar of the coat he is wearing. The logo is of a red left hand, fingers outstretched, missing a pinky finger.
Nov 16, 2016 11:05 pm
OOC:
Question: would casting "Pass without a trace" spell be appropriate here? I am not clear from the description whether it allows you to follow someone without being detected, or just allows you to escape without being tracked. It's not really an invisibility spell, so it may or may not help against someone who suspects he is being followed. But I guess it couldn't hurt. What the heck... I'm going to cast it.


That symbol of the red hand! I know we have seen it - is it the crown? The wizard? Either way we must be after him!

I pull my hood over my head and stretch it fully over my face. My companions see a bright glow emanating from underneath the hood, and at the same time our surroundings seem to become a little dimmer, as if we are walking under the thinnest of muslin wraps. I have cast Pass without a trace spell.

Friends, we are now under cover of shadow, and maybe able to follow the young man. He appears to know who we are and that may put us into grave danger. I feel we must see who and where he will report to. I run after him.
Nov 17, 2016 3:50 am
The moment i get into line of sight i yell "Kneel!" with the power of Adonai.
OOC:
Spell command
.
Last edited November 17, 2016 3:51 am
Nov 17, 2016 2:46 pm
The three of you begin chasing after the young man, but he's got a good head start. After a roughly 15-second sprint, you turn the corner behind which the young human disappeared. Rhiv shouts "Kneel!" only to realize he's looking at the market y'all passed on your way to the gate, about 150 feet away, and now even more crowded than before.
OOC:
I'll give Rhiv one Perception roll to see if he can spot the young human. DC 20. (If you fail, you won't have used the spell slot.)

As for Pass Without Trace, based on the text, there are three effects: 1) +10 on stealth checks, 2) can't be tracked except by magical means, 3) leave no tracks or other evidence. There are a number of different scenarios where this might be useful, but running and stealth checks are at odds with each other (if you're "being stealthy," you can only move at half speed). So, by casting the spell in this situation, no one will be able to follow your tracks, and there will be no evidence of your presence on this street. But, everyone will be able to see you normally unless you slow down and try to hide.

Nov 17, 2016 2:48 pm
perception roll

Rolls

Perception - (1d20)

(16) = 16

Nov 17, 2016 2:50 pm
Rhiv's eyes dart back and forth, focusing on the crowd of people moving about the market, but the mass is just too large and fluid to locate the target.
Nov 17, 2016 3:38 pm
As I turn the corner and desperately fail to identify the man in the milling crowd my command escapes my lips without the power of the divine........... "Blast......."

Turning to To'ot and Therrien, "Did you see the red, pinky-less hand on his collar? He must be part of those brigands from the road... Seems like there are a few more players involved in this mystery than we may have thought. How would he have known who we were though, and why would he make his presence known so quickly by fleeing? So many questions... Regardless, I think we need to leave here quickly in case he has watchers... I propose we head to the secretary." Seeing the nods of assent from the others, I start again in the direction the dwarf pointed, using the cover of To'ot's spell to stay as low-profile as possible.
OOC:
If there are no issues, then Rhiv starts that direction. If there are I can edit. Just trying to keep things moving. Rhiv would ask for directions if we ended up getting lost.

Rolls

being sneaky. - (1d20+10)

(1) + 10 = 11

Nov 21, 2016 7:31 pm
Following an extensive war with the bureaucracy, and Rhiv's total bean spillage to the church of Adonai; To'ot, Therrien, and Rhiv make their way to the Royal Library. The baby Duke is left in the hesitant hands of the High Priest Fasgruce and Harper continues to drink himself into a stupor in the lower ward. The three heroes were able to get some vague information about the "Left for Red" red pinky-less hand group, supposedly named after Red Sandstone, a human legendary folk hero. Our sources seemed quite surprised by hearing that they were involved in violence. Maybe they were not the violent bandits the group thought they were--but maybe they are far worse... The three sent a note to Harp giving him the information that an escort from the Church can get him into the second tier if he sends a courier requesting the support.
Last edited November 23, 2016 3:05 am
Nov 22, 2016 12:59 am
Therrien turns to To'ot as they walk into the library -

Surely this place is one more fit for worship than the church we just left. Are all books ever written here? There cannot be more than these....
Nov 22, 2016 3:32 am
http://images.mentalfloss.com/sites/default/files/styles/insert_main_wide_image/public/trinity-college-ireland.jpg
https://marac2014baltimore.files.wordpress.com/2014/08/peabody-library-2-1.jpg
OOC:
Guys remember you can send a "note" to another player if you want to say something only they can here.
At the entrance to the library I stand slightly agape at the immensity of the library, letting Therrien and To'ot wander a bit ahead. The entire library of Port Charlotte's Adonai seminary could fit on a single one of these immense bookshelves. I'm not sure if any of us are exactly in our element in here, but reading was definitely not my strength... There was definitely a reason Adonai called for my sword and not my intellect. Catching my breath I readjust my satchel and hurry to catch up with the others. "Therrien... To'ot... Should we split up and meet back here in one hour? With the immensity of this place we may need to divide our attention to even make a dent."
OOC:
Is there some sort of catalog system or would our options really be random browsing or asking the library attendants?
Last edited November 22, 2016 8:57 pm

Rolls

perception - (1d20)

(14) = 14

Nov 22, 2016 2:23 pm
OOC:
a couple more pictures, for inspiration and context.
http://static.boredpanda.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/amazing-libraries-20__880.jpg

http://static.boredpanda.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/amazing-libraries-15__880.jpg

You don't see any sort of catalog. You get the impression that people who are allowed to access the items held in this library are not the kinds of people who would spend time or energy collecting volumes for themselves.
Nov 22, 2016 4:43 pm
I find the nearest attendant and ask for help finding books related to Drakonis Severin.
Nov 22, 2016 7:38 pm
I am dazzled by the size and order of the place. After trudging through the bureaucracy of the city for the last 24 hours, with its seemingly arbitrary or unethical roadblocks to free movement from one area to another, this was the flip side of a city with massive resources. As a boy in my hometown I spent many hours in our little library, I would never have wanted to leave.

Brother Therrien, if all the books in the world are not here, I don't know if it matters - a man could spend his life here and not begin to scratch the surface. This is a place where one needs some solitude. As Rhiv suggested, let us go independently and find whatever a mere three pairs of eyes can find in a place such as this.

I wander to the nearest librarian desk and request... silently under my breath... that I am looking for books or materials on the Horn of Dorothir.
Nov 23, 2016 3:06 am
Yogurt sent a note to bahoust
Yogurt sent a note to chrisdaly
Last edited November 23, 2016 3:08 am
Nov 23, 2016 3:29 pm
What are the stakes of the tournament? Are we fighting for the glory of your church only? Or is there another prize? Are these other churches evil? Is it combat to the death? When is this tournament - will it delay our departure or our greater mission?

Through these questions, Therrien is adjusting and handling his weapons. It's clear he's itching for a fight. But he's never fought just for fighting's sake or for 'honor.'
Nov 27, 2016 5:05 pm
chrisdaly says:
Brother Therrien, if all the books in the world are not here, I don't know if it matters - a man could spend his life here and not begin to scratch the surface. This is a place where one needs some solitude. As Rhiv suggested, let us go independently and find whatever a mere three pairs of eyes can find in a place such as this.

I wander to the nearest librarian desk and request... silently under my breath... that I am looking for books or materials on the Horn of Dorothir.
Therrien and To'ot head off to the left, and approach a human male in his thirties who has all the indicators of nobility. He's tall, 6'4 maybe, but seems taller because of how erect he stands. His glossy black hair is parted on the side and pulled back into a pristine short ponytail. His red velvet jacket is trimmed with gold piping and embroidery, and he smells... just wonderful. He sees the two of you approaching and a dour look spreads across his face.

"Speak up, son. No one can understand you if you mumble like an imbecile. Do the two of you have permission to utilize the Royal Library of Alexander the Just, or are you lost?"
Yogurt says:
I find the nearest attendant and ask for help finding books related to Drakonis Severin.
After taking in as much of the experience as he can at the moment, Rhiv scans the entry hall for someone helpful. Off the the right he notices a female dragonborn (silver dragon ancestry) adorned in robes of a simple purple cloth inscribed with runes that could be either religious or arcane in nature. She smiles.

"Ah, yes. The mythical resting place of our ancestors. I'm glad to engage a fellow student of our lore. My name is Biri of tribe Yarjerit. Come, I'll show you the way. She turns and begins to walk, then stops and turns as she remembers something. "One thing before we embark: I've not assisted you before. Might I see some indication of your authority to access the library's contents? Protocol. I'm sure you understand." She smiles again and folds her hands in front of her.
Nov 27, 2016 8:06 pm
"The pleasure is mine! I am pleased to meet you Biri. I am Rhiv of trib Daardendrian. It is my first time in the library, as my two companions and I are here on business for Duke Einrich." I nod toward To'ot and Therrien on the other side of the room and carefully hand her the signant ring for her inspection. "As it is our first, and potentially first of many--seeing the vastness of these archives--visit, I would love a brief walk-through of necessary protocol so that we are able to appropriately obey all the rules. We would hate to accidentally show a lack of decorum and not be able to get the Duke the information he has requested... or ruin a chance for more time with scholars such as yourself!" I smile warmly and await response.
Last edited November 29, 2016 6:49 pm

Rolls

persuasion - (1d20+4)

(3) + 4 = 7

Nov 28, 2016 7:55 pm
OOC:
Umm... what is that picture of, Wismer? Also, LOL on your roll.
Nov 29, 2016 5:52 pm
OOC:
I was thinking more like this.
http://orig00.deviantart.net/b6c5/f/2012/277/f/1/commission__kii_nam_by_valkiriaix-d5gs29g.jpg

Biri replies, "Well, Duke Milliner does not chooses his emissaries lightly. And to entrust you with his signet! You must be a worthy representative." She pauses as she considers your comment while examining the ring. She gently rubs the tip of her finger around its inside circumference, and holds it up to the light. Returning the ring, she continues, "Rather than prattle away our short lives on the discussion of decorum, let's instead venture inward toward new knowledge and understanding of our forebears. Once we're finished, I'll guide you to the library administration offices at the palace. There you can examine protocol to your hearts content with those who know much more about such things than I. What say you?"
Nov 29, 2016 6:25 pm
Accepting the return of the ring, I rejoin that: "It has been an honor to serve, and a pleasure to be able to do so by learning!" Again nodding toward my companions who stand nearby with another attendant I add: "I want to make sure my companions are also able to receive the help they need for the second half of the Duke's information request related to an item called the Horn of Dorothir. Could we briefly swing by and chat with your colleague before we venture into the stacks?"
Last edited November 29, 2016 6:25 pm
Nov 29, 2016 6:38 pm
"Of course. Let us walk together."
OOC:
so, the foyer area is probably 100 feet wide, and you're on opposite sides. It'll take you a little bit to get over there.

To'ot, Therrien, any response to your library clerk?
Nov 29, 2016 7:35 pm
I am taken aback by the library attendant's brusqueness, mostly because I had enjoyed a brief feeling of escape from the suffocating bureaucracy and red tape that we have slogged through since arriving in this city. But here I find myself jolted back into more bureaucratic entanglements.
I keep my head down but raise my voice to a normal speaking level. My good man, we are tasked with researching the Horn of Dorothir for Duke Einrich. We are here at his request and pleasure.
Nov 29, 2016 8:08 pm
The young man scoffs, and an angry look slowly overtakes his face, arching his eyebrows, then widening his eyes, then wrinkling his nose, and finally turning down the corners of his tightly pressed lips. Yet, his tone remains even and calm.

"I have little respect for the Duke, precisely because he would send a slimy green-skin on his behalf. Fortunately for the sanctity of this library, unless you can verify your claim, I will assume that your presence in this place is an error that will shortly be remedied. We will make sure that you return to the filth of the Lower Ward where you belong. Maybe you'll get lucky find work in the mines." He raises his hand and lets out a two-tone whistle, first low, then high. You begin hear the sound of guards in leather armor approaching from somewhere around the corner in response to his call.

He turns to Therrien, "Although your people's ways are not my own, I have no scorn for your kind, elf. Today, you simply have the misfortune of having poorly chosen your companion. You would do well to remember that, despite what this creature's mother might have told him, nothing good ever came from an orc. I hope, for your sake an ours, you consider more carefully your company in the future."

As he finishes his lashing, Rhiv and Biri arrive, as do four well-fitted guards.
Nov 29, 2016 8:30 pm
Seeing the guards, and having heard the clerk's response and seen his obviously disdainful face, I carefully interpose myself between the clerk and To'ot. "Hail, sir. What is the matter here? Is there some sort of emergency for which the guards are required? I am the carrier of our authorization from the Duke. My two colleagues are here under the auspices of both the Duke and the Church of the Adonai." Again, I carefully pull out the signet ring but do not hand it to the man. "As this is our first time visiting we, of course, want to obey all necessary protocol and would hate to waste any of your valuable time with unnecessary disruptions."
Nov 29, 2016 11:48 pm
As Rhiv speaks, I hear nothing as the rage begins to roil inside of me. My right hand tightens around the knife under my cloak, and I see myself slicing through his pursed lips, and choking out his last breath as I wrap my whip around his neck. I am losing all sense of balance and I should be terrified, yet I feel... exultant. My mind flies back to years ago in my hometown when I was insulted in this way by a highborn.
Almost imperceptibly I crouch to pounce at the young man's neck, when at the last moment I feel Therrien's hand on my arm. I look at his eyes, and I do not see shock or judgment, but rather complete understanding of what is surging inside of me. Our eyes lock and I am brought back. I almost stumble from my crouch, and catch myself. I continue crouching down, but in a bow.
I mutter through clenched teeth: Pardons Sir, I am just the humble assistant to my Master Therrien who stands before you. I am bound to assist him in any way I can. Please forgive my rudeness.
My dagger is still clenched firmly in my hand. I don't know what I will do when he speaks again.
Nov 30, 2016 3:17 am
I relax my grip on my hand axe. My shock at seeing my rage mirrored in the steady To'ot's eyes only slightly surpassed by his response to the vile man.

Sir, you see you assume too much. As the Dragonborn proves to you, we come on official business from the Duke. Were our search to be rebuffed, and the story reach the Duke that YOU were the reason why, well... we could scarcely be responsible for any official diplomatic censure that might result to yourself or these fine guards. We simply seek to complete our official task.

I remember To'ot's bravery in battle and words of wisdom after my folly on the rope bridge. My rage flares at seeing his downcast eyes.

Now good sir, a word about my...servant

I put my arm around the librarians shoulder and turn us away from the guards. Sotto voce to the librarian -

And the Half-Orc is my brother. Insult him again, and I'll cut your tongue out and amuse myself to use it as a bookmark. Tell your guards to go away, or tell no man anything ever again.
Nov 30, 2016 3:29 am
OOC:
love it. Roll Intimidation.
Nov 30, 2016 4:46 am
Intimidate

Rolls

Intimidation - (1d20)

(19) = 19

Nov 30, 2016 2:12 pm
The man, who had leaned over to hear Therrien's words, straightens. His hands clinch into fists and he swallows hard. Then after a few brief moments, he turns to say something. "I w--" he stops a when he sees the look in Therrien's eyes. His jaw tightens. His air of superiority is gone, replaced with both injury and resolve. He gathers himself and responds loud enough for the small crowd to hear. There is an almost imperceptible quiver in his voice. "Therrien, elf, emissary of Duke Einrich Milliner, brother of the half-orc, you have made an enemy today. One day you will regret your words said here to me today."
Nov 30, 2016 2:44 pm
Looking at the clerk with furrowed brow I loudly and abruptly interject: "Well! This conversation has been unnecessarily unpleasant. Let's keep work at work, and play outside." Again stepping in between the clerk and my friends, I guide them in the direction that Biri had initially started in. "Biri, would you kindly lead on?"
Last edited November 30, 2016 2:45 pm
Nov 30, 2016 3:29 pm
Biri, also feeling somewhat uncomfortable at the part of the exchange she witnessed, turned and gestured for the group to follow. She led them back across the foyer. Reaching the far corner, she turned left around a massive pillar holding up the second floor, so wide the four of you couldn't reach around it while holding hands. As you circle the main floor, you continue to look up towards the scores and scores of books, art, and other pieces of culture and learning. The monetary value contained within this library might as well be infinite. While most of the books are somewhat ordinary (as ordinary as a book can be), many of the individual volumes could be sold for 100 gold pieces or more.

You reach the side of the room opposite the main entrance, and Biri leads you through a set of massive doors cut from bluewood and intricately carved and inlaid with silver. The doors are flanked by golden statues of noble lions with large milky purple jade gemstones for eyes. As she opens the doors, you realize the library is much larger than you even first imagined. In fact, it's more of a complex.

You enter a large circular room with seven more doors evenly spaced, like the points of a compass. In the middle of the marble floor is a large directory of sorts, with lists of categories and floral pointers indicating which door to use.

Wizardry and Artefacts, the History and Study Thereof - southwest
Music, A Collection of Songs from Every Culture - west
History & Politics of the Nations of Blackwall - northwest
Religion, Spirituality, and the Divine - North
Myths & Legends of the Various Peoples of Arazi - northeast

Without looking at the floor, Biri crosses the room toward the door to the northeast. She flips a small lever to the right of the door, and you hear machinery start whirring. After about 20 seconds, you see a bright light glow from the cracks around the door, that quickly recedes. Biri turns the handle and opens the door to a small room, about 6 feet square. She steps into the room with beautiful paisley fabric on the walls and a floor of the same bluewood, but otherwise bare.

"First time in the lift box, yes? I'd suggest holding the hand rail." Biri smiles coyly.
OOC:
I'd assume the sound of the gears and such would put you on edge, but I'll let you make that decision.
Nov 30, 2016 5:07 pm
Having only our recent experience in the mountain with something similar, I follow her into the room and grip the hand rail with an attempted air of confidence. "These are becoming slightly more popular outside of Redwall, but this one is definitely the biggest I have ever encountered. Biri, sorry for the unfortunate incident in the lobby. We were hoping to be able to divide forces and do the research on both the horn and Drakonis Severin at the same time. Will that be possible?"
Nov 30, 2016 8:58 pm
She smiles at your response, then responds to your question, "Well, it's uncommon for people to utilize the library unattended..." She thinks for a moment. "Let me call another attendant here to the Transition. Once they arrive, they will be able to take your companions to the section on Artefacts. Unless you'd rather I went with your friends?"

Without waiting for a response, she opens the door and strides back into the room with the directory in the floor, and the three of you follow. She closes her eyes for a few seconds. "Another attendant will be here shortly. Do the three of you have any questions while we wait?"
OOC:
This is the only facility on public record with these sort of automated magical machine lift things, at least in all of East Blackwall. She's being really polite not pointing it out. :)
Nov 30, 2016 11:22 pm
"Honestly, yes. The behavior of that man was entirely unacceptable. Is that just his normal manner? I know we three make for a surprising trio to many humans but I thought that here in the city we wouldn't have to deal with such brutish racism."
Dec 1, 2016 7:25 pm
She ponders for a moment, thinking of the best way to respond. "Before I address your question, and the underlying concerns, I'm curious what your two companions' thoughts are. I'm less interested in their opinion of my colleague's behavior, which the four of us here can agree was horrid, but more the sort of treatment you expected to encounter, both in Redwall and in your travels at large...?"
Dec 1, 2016 7:32 pm
"Of course. And many apologies, because I am historically bad at such formalities. Allow me to introduce Therrien Se'Berron and To'ot Singleton."
Last edited December 1, 2016 7:33 pm
Dec 1, 2016 7:37 pm
She bows slightly. "Biri Yarjerit. Her hands are folded together in her oversized sleeves as she awaits the contributions of To'ot & Therrien.
Dec 1, 2016 8:01 pm
I am still very shaken from the encounter - not so much for the man's words as my inner reaction to them. I have been shaking and looking at the ground since we separated ourselves from the scuffle, and I barely noticed that we were in the lift. In a gruff whisper with eyes only occasionally glancing up to Biri: "Greetings my lady. I regret the unpleasantness with the young man, but I am not surprised. This sort of treatment was one reason why I left life the city many moons ago. I experienced no better in Port Charlotte. I should expect nothing more from those who live their whole lives with concrete beneath their feet and smokestacks above their heads."
Last edited December 1, 2016 8:01 pm
Dec 2, 2016 2:25 am
I am newly come to the world of cities. I was surprised to have to fight this new beast to even walk freely within its walls, i believe it is called be-your-aw-cratzie. I could neither fathom what so many folk do in such little space. Why not just spread out a little? But now I see - they must read books. Why, with such vast stores of knowledge as must be in this library.... and yet the ignorant walk even within its walls, as we bore witness.

But i see i have not answered your question. I have come to expect welcome from no creature in the world. But there have been those, such as yourself, who have given it. And for that I am grateful
Dec 4, 2016 4:39 pm
Biri nods understandingly. Then she begins her response to Rhiv, without a hint of judgment or condescension, "Your friends, I think, have a clearer grasp on reality than you, Rhiv. Would it be preferable if we lived in a world where each could be judged on their individual merits, rather than carry the burden of all their fellow racemates who have gone before them? I'm inclined to think so. But, it's neither our reality, nor is it practical."

She continues, "Fundamentally, it is a course of survival to identify threats and deal with them, is it not? We are all, in our own ways, tribal. A squirrel is more likely to befriend a chipmunk than an fox; she knows, just be looking at the creature and its similarities to her that it poses less of a threat, and might be of use in packing away food for the winter. But the fox has little need of assistance, so they keep their families small, only banding together to avoid or fight of the bobcat that hunts them. The bobcat, however, has no predators, thus, they are solitary creatures, who will defend their territory. Those who have fewer needs, have less reason to be welcoming of allies and more reason to be suspicious of intruders. She pauses as the analogy sinks in.

"It is admirable that you have such faith in the goodness of people, Rhiv. But, in this case, I think it is misplaced. 'Racism,' an interesting term that I will consider further, is an inevitability, a self-fulfilling prophecy. This is doubly so among those with means, who consider themselves above others. And rightly so! There is nothing in this world to tell them they are not."

Just as she finishes speaking, a dwarf sporting robes of green and dark blue emerges from the Lift Room. He has salt-and-pepper hair and a gray beard pulled together neatly below the chin that continues in a long single braid. He wears spectacles, modified with an additional pair of lenses that currently rest above and outside the main glasses.

He greets the party affably, and seems glad to help Therrien and To'ot find what they are looking for with regard to the Horn of Dorothir. The three return to the lift, leaving Rhiv and Biri to begin their search for more information about Drakonis Severin.
Dec 4, 2016 4:45 pm
OOC:
Okay, I need the following rolls:

Rhiv: 3 investigation rolls to see what your research reveals. In order, they will be applied to 1) Ankanalu 2) Left for Red 3) Drow
Therrien: 3 investigation rolls. Same as Rhiv.
To'ot: 1 perception roll (with advantage)

Harper, is there anything else going on with you? The group is, at this point, roughly 36 hours gone. Do you do anything at all during that time? Do you spend any time in the public house? Do you eat/drink? Do you leave the inn at all?
Dec 5, 2016 4:50 am
Investigation

Rolls

Investigation - (1d20)

(1) = 1

Investigation 2 - (1d20)

(8) = 8

Investigation 3 - (1d20)

(14) = 14

Dec 5, 2016 4:19 pm
Perceive
(2 rolls for advantage)

Rolls

perception - (1d20+2)

(11) + 2 = 13

perception - (1d20+2)

(6) + 2 = 8

Dec 5, 2016 5:44 pm
I drift uneasily in and out of sleep, never fully in a deep slumber, but rarely eyes open. The background to my unease is a menagerie of sounds I've been familiar with for most of my life: the rattle of wagon wheels on cobblestone, the jostling of large groups passing through each other on the street, the shrieking of children at play or punishment. What once fascinated me is now familiar. Figure becomes ground.

I roll onto my back as a knife of light slices through my field of vision. Dust motes dance in the beam as I slowly rise to an elbow. I go to the window, and look down to see ants scurrying with their burdens across the windowsill. I would flick one into the open air. But it seems too much effort. There are more burdened ants below in the street. I look beyond them to see the sketch of a city. As clouds drift away from the setting sun, rays hit my eyes and make me wretch onto the floor. Not much comes out, and it's clear I am dehydrated. Time for a drink. I say to myself.

I walk downstairs, stinking of blood and piss and vomit, but I don't care much. The greying, human tavern keeper does, however, and speaks gruffly, but low in volume so as to not disturb his guests. But he's doing me a favor, trying not to draw attention to me. The words do not register. I can tell he's angry, but also - worried? Or saddened? He must have kids. There is pink and yellow chalk on his trousers, but it's his tone that truly betrays his fatherhood.

He marches me into the back, his vice-like grip on the back of my neck. It is an ante-room, behind the kitchen, and there is a large copper tub heated by coals from the fire. With a look of loss, he leaves me to it. I get as far as my boots and belt, and lay down in the hot water. Crusty but un-healed cuts burn with the heat, as my shirt peels away from them. Ground becomes figure. I feel my butt hit the bottom of the tub and am grateful for my trousers for a second. The heat makes me feel nauseous again, but there is nothing to throw up. I pass out.

In my dream there is a tower of crystal and diamonds. I am in the center of this tower, and it stands taller than I can see. Upon closer inspection, the walls are a deck of cards, but the cards are vials and cups and pitchers and goblets. I recognize the intricate lacework of this house-of-cards pattern. I've built it myself many times. But there is a breeze and I feel the tower sway. Reflexively I reach out and try to catch the wall, to keep it from crumbling, but I push too far and upset the lattice. I feel the wall buckle under my touch, and as I helplessly grasp a diamond goblet, which is so hot it sears my skin, I see my father's face though the crystal as if he stands on the other side. The volume of the crash is deafening. "I'M SORRY, FATHER!" I fall to my knees and shield my head. After the crash, I look around to assess the damage. But there is no remnant of a crystal tower. There is simply tin or paper, or charcoal or chaff, if there is anything at all. A gentle breeze blows it all away. In my burned hand where was the goblet, there is now a blade of ice.

I awake with a deep breath, and do not smell vomit. I am still in the tub. It has been re-heated, and the water I sloshed out has been mopped. But my clothes are gone. My hair is washed, and my body scrubbed. My right hand is grasping the edge of the tub, and it is burned. I can still feel the sting of the horsehair brush, drying by the fire. There is a woman I haven't seen before, sitting next to the tub mending a rip in my shirt. She is elven, and from the looks she shares with the tavern keeper they have been wed many years. He is polishing my boots. Did they hear me scream?

From the low oil in the lanterns I can tell it is now well past dark. The keepers must have waited until all the guests were asleep, then come to look after me, surrendering their few hours of peace.

"Keeper-" My throat is scratchy and nearly closed. The woman quickly pours mulled wine into my mouth, and it feels like heaven, and somewhat eases the rapidly growing pounding in my head. I begin again. "You have shown me true kindness. I'm certain my companions left you some money but it cannot have bought me this."
Dec 7, 2016 2:28 am
Invest i gator

Rolls

Investigation - (1d20)

(18) = 18

Dec 7, 2016 2:29 am
Invest

Rolls

Investigation - (1d20)

(8) = 8

Investigate - (1d20)

(19) = 19

Dec 7, 2016 7:22 pm
Harp and the Tavern Keepers

The furrow in the Tavern Keeper's brow softens as he looks up from the boots that twinkle in the low light and responds to Harp. "My son, coin is not a motive for kindness, or surely it's not kindness at all." He sets the boots down, and walks over to a stool where he picks up a stack of folded clothes and a towel. "I once fit in these, long ago. I have no use for them now. Verda will have your clothes mended and washed tomorrow, but, you should keep these even after you get yours back." He looks away, somewhere else, and smiles sadly. "They'll smell of ginger and lilac."

Verda interjects, "Child, when was the last time you ate something?" Without waiting for a response, she grabs the towel from the Tavern Keeper and holds it out to you, turning her head away. As you take the towel and stand to dry off, she turns fully away and begins preparing a plate of cheese, nuts, and dried fruit. After giving you a minute to get dressed, she turns and thrusts the wooden plate into your belly. "Eat," she says, and you know by her tone and her eyebrow that it is not a request.

The Tavern Keeper pulls out a stool for the both of you, and Verda returns to the hole in your shirt. You both sit, and the Keeper lets the moment linger as you begin eating. After a few moments, he breaks the silence. "I know it's no business of ours, and if you don't care to share, you won't find any judgment. But, I recognize your look. It's the look of one who has lost everything important in the world and is, as an effect, lost himself. What's happened that has you wandering aimless?"
Dec 7, 2016 7:56 pm
To'ot at the Temple of Adonai

You fly in through an open window near the roof of the temple and find a shadowy nook in the corner of the ceiling. Several minutes go by without any rustle. You are just getting ready to move when you hear the cry of a baby down the hall. You hear the priest stir from his desk and bumble down the hallway. "Now, now, little one. It's going to be alright." Fosgrous sounds unsure of himself, but not entirely incompetent, as he picks the child up and tries to comfort him.

You are then surprised to hear another voice that you guess is female. "See, Fozzy? It's not so bad. Look at the way he trusts you." The priest responds sheepishly, "I guess," although you can hear the smile creeping into his voice. "He's just so fragile."
OOC:
To'ot, what would you like to do?
Dec 7, 2016 8:45 pm
Rhiv and Therriend in the Library with the Inkwell

Rhiv and Therrien continue pouring over volumes and volumes of texts and tomes, trying to find any shred of information that would help give them some direction on any of their potential upcoming tasks. As they are researching the legendary city of Ankanalu, Therrien finds a scrap of text that references the idea that the city might be some of the ancient ruins upon and around which a current city has been built. Excitedly, he calls Rhiv's attention, and turns the page to see if there are any details about which city it might be. Rhiv comes around the table and slides onto the bench next to Therrien. As he does, however, he knocks over the bottle of ink that the group had been using to draft notes, dousing the book that Therrien was reading. With the book instantly ruined beyond repair, Dunagan suggests the group move on to another research topic as he gets an attendant to come clean up the mess.
The four of you move to a different room in the Myths and Legends wing containing information that you hope will lead to some understanding of the mysterious Left for Red. While your search for information on the group of people with the patch turns up empty, you do find a little bit of material on the folk hero, Red Sandtone, for whom the group is named.

Apparently, Red Sandstone was a soldier in the King's army until he was dismissed without honor after losing his finger in a training accident. It seems that, had the accident occurred in battle, he would have received full compensation. With the royal mark of dishonor on his head, he was unable to secure consistent work, and was forced to turn to begging and stealing to survive. As the story goes, he turned his attention against the authorities that he blamed for his condition.

You research into Red Sandstone begins to fall apart here. But, whatever Red did, it secured his status as a folk hero among the poor and working class people of Redwall (who, at that time, were almost entirely humans).
Lastly, as you move to a different wing of the Library, Biri recommends that you be joined by a scholar who might be able to shed some light on the Drow peoples. Cautiously, you assent, and when you arrive in the appropriate section, there is a small gnome waiting to greet you. He is wearing a very curious outfit of reds and oranges, cinched above the knees, giving him the appearance of being constantly in danger of tipping over like a felled tree. He has light brown hair with bright red streaks, and is clean shaven save a long thin beard, maybe an inch wide and a foot long. There's a gleam in his eye as you approach; he is chomping at the bit to share whatever information he can about this mysterious race of dark elves that many people think does not even exist.

"Greetings!" He clasps both his hands around Therrien's and pumps vigorously, then turns to Rhiv and does the same. "My name is Zuallabord Thieldrienteeck, and I am, as far as I know, the world's foremost expert on the Drow peoples. You may call me Zua." He folds his hands behind his back and turns toward a table in the back corner of the medium-sized room. At this point, you can see that he has already built a stack of a dozen books or so to reference over the course of your conversation. "Please, please, have a seat. What would you like to know?"
OOC:
Ruining the book incurs a 200gp fine.

What would the two of you like to know about the Drow?
Dec 7, 2016 9:26 pm
"Well met Zua, my name is Rhiv. Thank you for taking some time for us. Unfortunately, I think we need pretty much the entirety of the story. We know nothing of the Drow other than the folk stories... Once you give us the introduction I think we will have some specific questions to follow up."
Dec 8, 2016 1:26 am
The clothes are sturdy and well-made, but the wet heat from the tub is trapped in them, and I am sweating in my pants and shirt. But my damp hair feels good in the rapidly-cooling room, and the food rests my roiling stomach, so I keep eating it even though I taste almost nothing.

I see Verda's head tilt slightly at his question, but she remains focused on her needlework. My jaw stops working when he says "aimless." Only two men in my life have used that word: Vampa, and an ex-drunk I knew back in Port Charlotte. The first spat out the word like a curse, describing shiftless thieves and mutineers with no higher aim than blood or glory. The second said it with a degree of resolve, as something conquered. I found him dead with a bottle in his hand. I can feel myself begin to break. I must be alone. They can't see me like this.

I force a swallow, and a stand. And a frank demeanor, attempting to minimize his clearly sincere concern, in an effort to bolt as quickly as possible. It is true I have lost much, but no more than most. And there is no need for me to burden you kind people with my losses. At least I have my health, right? I gesture to my emaciated frame with the feeble joke, and make a feebler attempt at a winning smile. The innkeeper is somewhat stunned, or hurt, and silenced. But as I turn to make an exit Verda is looking up, and she fixes me with her stare. A chill runs down my spine, and I recall being frozen with an elven stare before. I am breaking more.
Dec 8, 2016 2:02 am
Harper and the Tavern Keepers

"I don't believe you," the man replies, his words soft but carrying their full impact. As you finally break your gaze with Verda, you turn to see the man hunched over on his stool, looking down at his hands as he picks at a scab on his knuckle. After a few brief moments, he looks up and his eyes are visibly wet. "I recognize the pain of your loss, because I've seen it in the mirror in my own eyes and heard it in my own voice for many years now."

As he's talking you hear the gruffness that was there previously begin to crack and peel back, like paint on a wooden cart that's sat in the sun for a thousand years.

He meets your eyes, and you wonder how deep into your soul he can see.

"There's no shame in showing your pain. And, tonight, here in this kitchen, there's no danger in it either."

You feel Verda's hand gently rest on your shoulder from behind, then you hear her whisper, or maybe shout at the top of her lungs from 1000 miles away, "You don't have to be alone."
Dec 8, 2016 2:56 am
My gaze drops, and my shoulders slouch. And all the energy to resist abandons me. "But - I am alone." And unsteady on my feet.god, please say I'm wrong. please... please. And my legs give way. I expect to hear the crack of my kneecaps on the stone any moment.
Dec 8, 2016 3:54 am
Ahem, hail and well met Zua. Yes, despite my distant ethnic relation to the Drow, my tribe knew next to nothing about them. They were rumored to live underground. And to have magic abilities. But beyond that, i fear i know nothing. Not where they arose from, what or who they worship, what they fear.
Dec 8, 2016 1:55 pm
Harper and the Tavern Keepers
joshuaberman says:
My gaze drops, and my shoulders slouch. And all the energy to resist abandons me. "But - I am alone." And unsteady on my feet.god, please say I'm wrong. please... please. And my legs give way. I expect to hear the crack of my kneecaps on the stone any moment.
Verda catches you under your arms and guides you back to the stool. "Child, you aren't alone." Her voice is soft and sweet in your ear, reminding you of the gentle lullabies your father used to play on his harp. She walks around the stool and stands before you, and for the first time you see how beautiful she is. Not a romantic beauty, but a beauty that grows from purity and generosity. You sit quietly, your mind coming up with a million different arguments as to why she's wrong, and you are alone, and you'll always be alone. But you don't give them voice.

"We are here with you. Here. With you. In this moment." She steps forward and gently takes your hands in hers, and the comfort they bring surprises you. For a second time she looks deep into your eyes. You instinctively turn away, dropping your head, but she slowly touches your chin and raises your head to meet hers. "You can choose to be lonely, if the familiarity of that feeling comforts you. But you aren't alone." She again takes your hands in hers.

"Whatever happened before, it cannot be changed. What has been done has been done. What has not been done has not been done. Let it be." She allows space for the words to breath. "Whatever is to come, it cannot be predicted. Let tomorrow worry about itself." Another pause. "The only moment worthy of our attention is the moment we are currently living." She smiles with such compassion and care that you feel as though your heart might explode, as small tears begin to form at the corners of her eyes. "And right now, in this moment, we are your family."

After a long silence, the Keeper steps forward. "And, while your friends are out there in that city tonight, I'd reckon that whatever they're doing, you're occupying some space in their thoughts. Could be that they're your family, too."
Dec 8, 2016 5:53 pm
Rhiv and Therrien in the Library with the Inkwell
Yogurt says:
"Well met Zua, my name is Rhiv. Thank you for taking some time for us. Unfortunately, I think we need pretty much the entirety of the story. We know nothing of the Drow other than the folk stories... Once you give us the introduction I think we will have some specific questions to follow up."
bahoust says:
Ahem, hail and well met Zua. Yes, despite my distant ethnic relation to the Drow, my tribe knew next to nothing about them. They were rumored to live underground. And to have magic abilities. But beyond that, i fear i know nothing. Not where they arose from, what or who they worship, what they fear."
The gnome chuckles, "Well, mayhaps you might benefit from enrolling in my class at the university on the subject! After four months of intrepid inquisition into the matter you would have acquired a stable substratum of knowledge on the Drow commonality." Zua's tone shifts into a more serious nature, but without losing his joyous glow. "I gather, however, that we lack the category of leisure that would allow for such rigor. Let's begin at the beginning."

He reaches over to two towers of books on the table, each a dozen volumes high, of all sorts of sizes and colors. He slides off the top three from the tower closest to him and sets them down, forming a third stack. Picking up the fourth book, he leafs through it before setting it on the other three. Setting the fifth book, a dusty large purple leatherbound tome, on the table in front of him, he opens it and begins speaking. You can tell that he's not reading, but, instead assessing the value of the contents of the pages, while he says, "The history of the dark elves is shrouded in mystery and ambiguity, as is their culture. The most common mythos of their genesis says that when the Elven people disembarked on Arazi, they--" He stops and looks up. "Well, Therrien, I imagine you would be a more authoritative source on the beginnings of the Elves, at least on this continent."
Dec 8, 2016 6:07 pm
I am comforted to hear the baby in what I judge be good hands. Brother Rhiv's trust was not misplaced it would appear. The child is still in danger wherever he is though, now that the drow has made his knowledge of us known. I hear a mosquito fly up rather slowly and land clumsily on the rafter where I am nestled near the ceiling. It is almost too easy to snap up the insect, which has itself fed recently as it is very heavy with blood.

Delicious.

The cool breeze from a hole to the outside is incredibly inviting, as evening gets closer. I am drawn to leave the nook and fly about with my kind, feeding... I will listen for more meals like this as I fly on my way to... where was I going? Harper! Curses, how could I forget. And the child...my dear child. I must keep my mind about me and not lose myself in this...form. For the child's sake, and for my friends. I shudder as I think about the force of will it took to change back from the spider form to the half-orc named To'ot... me, I mean me...

As the spider all I had wanted to do was wrap up the prey that I had killed in a web. Indeed, it was the disappearance of my prey and sudden change in surroundings that brought me crashing back into my senses.

I listen intently again and hear the priest comforting the wee boy still. I wait and listen for a few more minutes, then fly off with haste toward the Inn, and Brother Harper. But the coming of the night air is intoxicating. I must hurry.
Last edited December 8, 2016 6:09 pm
Dec 8, 2016 11:18 pm
The tears stream down like I've never known. The night I ran from Dirtrim the tears froze to my eyelids and nearly blinded me. I had thought some permanent damage prevented tears since, but it seems not. In the heaving sobs they can barely make out "Thank you."

My parents were given and taken without my consent, and my party joined in an equally un-chosen way. Whether there is some greater force at work, or my fate is merely the roll of cosmic dice, I do not know. Maybe I will never know. Either way I have a new family now, and this much I can accept. It will be enough for today. Let tomorrow worry about itself.

I come to the close of my tears with the hiccups of a child, and accept Verda's motherly "There, there." without fuss. I wipe my nose on the back of my sleeve and look up into the innkeeper's kind eyes. "Thank you." I say again. Verda hands me some more mulled wine and I drink my fill. It steadies me, and I take a deep breath.

"It seems you are right: I do have a family after all. Not one of my choosing, but I suppose that only makes it more true. You have shown me kindness I've never known. I will be 'ere grateful. my acquired urban dialect, a mash of high-seas drawl and a low-life's cant, slips, and the southern-regional word "'ere" slips out. After a brief pause, I continue, with a serious tone "Maybe I can choose a bit of family after all. Consider me your surrogate. I do not pretend that I could ever repay you, but I will do my best to take care of you in misfortune or age" and here I turn to face Verda with a charlatan's grin ...mother."
Dec 11, 2016 5:17 pm
Harp and the Tavern Keepers

Verda blushes, and a few small tears fall from her eyes as she looks away. The Keeper responds gently, "There's no need for that, son, although it's appreciated all the same. We have this place," he gestures to the inn around them, "and, more importantly, I think you have other people who need you more than we do. Despite your friends' efforts, the were unsuccessful in hiding from us the fact that, whatever y'all have going on, they are up against more than they feel confident overcoming. At least without your help, that is." You can tell that he is genuinely concerned, despite the fact that your comments has lightened the mood in the room.

"I'll tell you what, though. Anytime you're in Redwall, you come by the Gassy Gnoll and you'll always have a place to stay, as long as we're here, which will probably be until the next Dark Age." He let's out a chuckle, indicating his high opinion of his own joke. "Of course, you'll have to earn your keep. You know how to use a broom, yeah?" He laughs again.

There is a palpable joy in the room, as the emotional cloud of grief and depression that made the air thick in the small kitchen has been blown out a window with Harp's change of mood. However, he's not the only one who seems relieved, and more than a little excited, about the prospect of this new relationship.

After a few moments of lighthearted silence, Verda says, "Now that we've shared such a touching moment, perhaps we should share our names, and then share the rest of this meal. My stomach hasn't stopped growling like a warg since you woke up in the broth that was going to be our stew tomorrow." She gives Harp a wink. "You heard that I'm Verda. My husband is Jothan. And you, once you've got some food in your little frame there, are going to bed."

The three of you spend another fifteen minutes or so cleaning the plate of the simple, yet delicious, comestibles. Then, with hugs, Harp returns to his room to sleep the rest of the night. His exhaustion, though, forces him into a deep and peaceful slumber, the likes of which he hasn't experienced since... well, since before he can remember. The next day, he wakes late, the sun already many hours past its zenith, and approaching the western horizon and the sky beginning to shift its hue into the beautiful purples and oranges of the mountain sunset. He stretches and puts his feet on the floor. At that moment, To'ot enters the room.
Dec 13, 2016 2:18 am
I get an odd look in my eye. My words come in a near sing-song voice - like one would use in a campfire story to small children.

Beyond the mist of memory, we came. Our homes and forests ablaze behind us. The screams of animals which now have no names and no place on this world ringing in our ears. Just as this land fell- so ours burned. As we fled to the ocean, it lifted its hands to us and bore us aloft - we found we did not sink within the waves. We tread upon its surface and sank not, such was the Sea's pity for our plight. We crossed not on rafts or boats or ships but on our feet. At night we lay down and were cradled between waves. When the water was a flat glassy mirror and the night was all stars, we slept as if suspended in the glimmer. We walked as a people and generations were turned under the waves. Generations being fed by the Sea and feeding it in return. Our dead we offered back. Nothing burned. We healed. Some of us.

When we reached these shores, they were so different. The trees so high. The ground so hard. Some of the Folk left the Sea to live on land, slowly by generation learning again the rhythm or earth and leaf and beast. These are the Elves you know. Some chose to remain wandering the Sea forever. Of those, we know not - they never returned. And some turned their back on this land, choosing to try to go home again. For vengeance.

These returned centuries later, scorched black both inside and out. They worshipped a new dark god, and could bend matter darkly to their will. They held no love for Sun or leaf, instead burrowing deep underground as if to escape any heat the Sun may offer. They gnawed at the bones of this earth as if trying to devour it. Something they had found in the Burned Lands had taken them and molded them for its inscrutable dark end. They were the Drow.

At least, this is what my father told me around the Child's Fire. But mine was an....isolated tribe. And such stories seem to only contain a notion of truth it seems. I'm sure you can set the story right.


I look a little embarrassed at having lapsed into revealing some of his youth. And a bit wistful in remembering it's passing.
Dec 14, 2016 2:08 am
Rhiv and Therrien in the Library with the Inkwell

As Therrien demurs after finishing his story, Zua's head is buried in a piece of parchment, his quill scribbling furiously. When he looks up, his face is beaming. He jumps up on the table, kicking over two books in the process, and begins applauding and moving his body such that you determine he must be performing an odd Gnomish jig. He plops back down in his seat. "Therrien, my friend, that was splendiferous! Sublime! Superlative! Stupendous, even!" He takes a deep breath to calm himself down. The two of you feel a bit relieved that your group is the only one utilizing this room at the moment.

He continues, "Before exacting your departure from me this day, you must expound upon your tribe that I may catalog this version of the combined Elven/Drow creation myth, and how it complements the myriad alternate tellings. But, that is a task better suited for a time that is later than now."
Zua proceeds to tell you that the creation story Therrien told more or less falls in line with most other tales with a few notable exceptions. The first (and probably least important) is that there are a number of theories, some realistic and others more harebrained, about the nature of the Elven homeland: where it might be, what it might be like, whether it had any forests, or even whether it was on the surface of the planet.

Secondly, the idea that some elves returned to their land of origin to come back to Arazi as Drow is debated among scholars. One working theory is that the original homeland of the Elves was destroyed completely, and the the idea of the return was created by tribal elders wanting to discourage people from casting off into the ocean toward certain demise. Proponents of this theory suspect that there was some rift among the loose coalition of Elven tribes, the subject of which will likely never be known. Maybe one group wanted to establish a more permanent society while others resisted? Maybe there was a clash among leaders? Maybe a failed unification attempt? Maybe a religious sect chose to leave the larger group for religious purposes?

Whatever the cause, it seems that a group of elves, not insignificant in number, began migrating west. It's likely that once they reached Rupino Mountain Range, they realized that they had neither the resources nor skills to traverse the mountains and their harsh environs, nor did they know what lay across the ridge. Maybe they took temporary shelter from harsh weather in some cave structures. Maybe they made a conscious decision to adapt their lifestyle to underground living and delved into the mountains with gusto. Whatever the impetus, the elves pushed further underground, quickly becoming entangled in a complex ecosystem. They were able to strike a delicate balance: forceful enough to fend off smaller would-be predators, and cunning enough to avoid or befriend the predators too significant to overcome. At some point during this process, there was a significant shift. They began worshipping a new god: Laele, the spider queen.

Now, it seems, their entire society is devoted to the worship of Laele and the enactment of her will. She is the incarnation of darkness and chaos, but not a rash and wild chaos like that of a thunderstorm. Laele's chaos is patient, silent, plotting, then unleashed in a fury. However, not all Drow are evil, even if they are all shaded in some way by living in a society dedicated to the worship of demons and darkness. Just as a human who is raised in a society that values generosity, freedom, and justice can choose to reject those notions and live a life of greed that tramples on the rights of others, so too can a Drow reject the values of their society and choose to walk a different path. As a whole, though, the Drow society is not one that any traveler would feel lucky to have stumbled into.
After the lengthy discussion of Drow society and culture (including taking some time to answer questions), Zua remarks that he has an appointment he must keep. He gives you information on how to contact him again and wishes the two of you the best of luck as he starts to pack up his belongings in order to take his leave.
OOC:
What would you like to do?

If you have any specific questions, we can do those in chat later. I'm just trying to catch up your thread to Harp & To'ot's.
Dec 14, 2016 7:01 pm
Though intrigued by learning more about Therrien and elven culture, I am intrigued mostly by the Zua's touching on the worship of the demon Laele. The power of Evil constantly finds new forms.....I initially check of my list of next questions to try to find a scrap of extra information tying the Drow to what we know. This magical connection to a teleporting Dwarf stronghold allied with our enemies in the heart of the Rupino range just keeps gnawing at my brain.
OOC:
During our conversation with Zua I would ask specifically about their specific locations in the Rupino range. Was there any overlap with the Dwarves? Is there any reason to believe that the Drow were particularly handy with this new-fangled animated metal that seems to move rooms so effortlessly? Secondly, whether he knew anything about our particularly powerful Drow friend, that we believe is a powerful magician active within at least the last 100 years. Thirdly, whether there were any known Drow or Laele adherents in Blackwall or the Dwarven kingdom, and finally whether he knew anything in particular about their ability to transport themselves magically. Once he left us, I would ask Donigan or Biri to take us to research Laele and finally to research history again to see which cities were built on pre-emergence ruins.
Dec 14, 2016 7:56 pm
Zua tells you that archaeologists have been hunting for the Drow ingress into the mountains to no avail for as long as he can remember. And, no one has ever mapped out the Underdark, "although," he adds, "if perhaps someone were able to accomplish this foolish and incomparable feat, many obscenely wealthy parties would have great interest in purchasing such a cartograph."

Of all the sentient races, the dwarves would be most likely to have run into Drow, with the remote possibility of repeated trade interactions between Drow scouting parties and Dwarven deep mine outposts. It is unlikely, though, that Drow would be responsible for the creation of any kind of animated metals. Their society doesn't rely on mining for resources, save water or to create more space.

Zua doesn't know anything about a Drow magus, and he doesn't know of any gathering of surface-dwelling Drow or any specific groups of people who worship Laele that are large or public enough to have made themselves known.

He doesn't really understand your question, but responds by saying that there are a variety of methods of moving across great distances. None of them, that he's aware of, are specific to the Drow. Is this question about if the Drow can magically use teleportation?
OOC:
After Brian does his sidebar, we'll move on to Laele, and city locations. You can make your Investigation rolls for those now, though, if you want.
Dec 14, 2016 8:03 pm
OOC:
Yes it was about teleportation.

Rolls

investigation (Laele) - (1d20)

(9) = 9

Investigation (other cities) - (1d20)

(12) = 12

Dec 16, 2016 8:30 pm
I am a bit drained from the will it takes to change form. After swooping through the air with a nearly constant changes in speed, I feel heavy, plodding, and tediously metronomic as I walk. The light hurts my eyes and it takes longer than usual to adjust. These echoes of my prior form are disconcerting.

I wander through the door and find Brother Harper, apparently just waking up. I feel a little exposed, thinking one as intuitive as him will see the changes in me at once, even in my typical bodily form. But as he looks up I see a much greater change in him. His look is less...haunted. He looks at me, rather than through me at some shadowy space in the corners. The darkness is still there behind his still-drowsy eyes, but he is here and present with me.

"Brother, you seem... well. "

In the days before I last saw him, I had mused that if one tried to touch Harper, one's hand would just go through him. He seemed a ghost. And now...

In spite of myself, I smile and pick him up in a bear hug. "You were missed, my friend!"
Last edited December 16, 2016 8:32 pm
Dec 20, 2016 10:04 pm
I'm a bit unsure how to respond to this bold display. Even Rhiv has learned tame his affections, and Hope only ever got so intimate. But I offer a sincere attempt at returning the hug, "Appreciated." And then an awkward pause. I break the silence by gearing up, with what little remaining equipment I have, for what I assume is a jailbreak. I grimace at the empty quiver on my belt, tucking away the crossbow, and breifly pause at the refreshing feeling of cold saber grip in my still-sensitive palm. "The rest of our - eh - team hasn't been back in over two days. I assume they are rotting in some jail cell or underguild's torture chamber and need me to spring them? Not surprising, really. You all were pretty helpless without me."
Dec 20, 2016 11:29 pm
I had paused before telling Harper of the dire news that the Drow is on our trail, as his confidence, swagger and wit are refreshing. I sigh, and my tone darkens. "Brother Rhiv and Brother Therrien are safe at the Royal Library in the Upper Ward, while the Duke is in trusted hands at the Temple of Adonai in the Middle Ward. I checked on the young Duke Einrich less than an hour ago. But in another sense we are all in more peril than we realized. Thalnoth Ur-Quan knows of our search for him, and did battle with us... in the Library... but not in the library... rather in some phantom plane he conjured for the three of us. I have a strong sense that he was just toying with us; testing our abilities and inclinations."

I bring Harp up to date as quickly as possible with the most important points, namely our clash with the dark wizard, and the information I could remember about the Horn of Dorothir - and what the wizard may be looking for with the Horn.

"You can request a chaperone from the Temple of Adonai, they safely brought us into the Middle Ward, and promised to do the same for you. I believe this to be the safest passage for you, although we must take great, great care - a group calling itself Left For Red also seems interested in our activities. I know nothing about their motives or possible connections to the crown or Thalnoth. I cannot go with you; I must travel back to our in another form, for the City records place me in the Upper Ward, and I don't want to raise any eyebrows. If questioned, I am not sure how I will react; I have had a little difficulty controlling... finding balance..." I trail off. "Suffice to say I will try to avoid the City officials where possible for the time being."
Dec 20, 2016 11:36 pm
OOC:
Does Harp know anything about Left for Red?
Dec 20, 2016 11:44 pm
OOC:
He wouldn't know that name, but he might be able to infer, because he does know about patch of the red left hand missing the pinky finger that Therrien pulled off one of the bodies after your very first battle together.
Dec 21, 2016 6:10 pm
I attempt to take all this in at once, but I am only able to anchor on a few key points, and I repeat them back. "It seems we aren't safe anywhere. It's likely best to stay together, so long as this wizard lives. But in the meantime I need to get some equipment, and some more information about Left For Red." I harrumph snidely to myself. That's a terrible criminal guild name, probably a bunch of amateurs.

"Thank you for checking in on me. You need not - worry - about me. For now. I'll meet you and the others at the library by sunrise." With that, I drop out of the window, and disappear into the shadows below.
Dec 22, 2016 10:15 pm
I make a quick glance over my shoulder into the ruddy glow of the barroom. Jothan is not at the bar; maybe some lackey of his has taken over for the night. But no matter; I am on a mission.

My feet take me left out of the door, and then left again at the main street. Whether To'ot is watching from above I do not know. I feel old habits kicking in. My legs let me move with the shifting shadows and rapidly shrinking crowd, adrift in the current without causing a ripple. The waning light triggers a sensory awareness, even though it's my reflexes doing the work while my higher functions are mulling what To'ot told me of a wizard powerful enough to... transport someone to another plane? It reminds me of our transportation with the sand and the dwarf. Maybe there is a link there. While the gears of my mind hum smoothly, I find that my muscles need a bit of lubricant. Cities like this are lousy with evening and late-night corner food hawkers, and they'll toss in a pull of something strong if you ask nicely. Two more blocks proves my intuitions right, and my squeaky wheels get their grease.

Every city is the same, really. Once you know your way around a city, you can find your way around all others. They key is not to follow signs or sidewalks: it's to follow people. And people are the same. The trouble occurs when you meet someone truly different. They disrupt the city's flow. If you get enough truly different people in a city, then that makes a culture. Which makes everybody the same again. It's the sameness that makes a city safe. It's the differences that make it dangerous.

But this city is no different than the others, not as far as I can tell. My senses tell me if I were looking for anything in this city I could find it before dusk was through: a piece of knowledge, a mark, a true friend, a desperate man. A companion. But tonight I need none of those things. I ride the current to a quiet district, under the spectre of towers against the blue-black sky, into a darkened corner of the lower ward. Even without To'ot's descriptions, I could feel that we were in a rougher section of the city. There are no truly quality goods to be had here, no meat for sale better than fatback or gristly beef, no fine craftsmen's shops to be seen. But plenty of pawn shops and plenty of city guards. All the honest fletchers will have gone to bed by now, a notoriously finicky and routinely bunch, but it's no matter. All I need is one purveyor of assorted sharps, and there is nearly one a block.

Halfway down a rapidly-darkening alley is an especially suspicious-looking storefront declaring its proprietor a bone-collector/speciality weapons dealer/antique enthusiast/military historian/curiosity purveyor. I enter through the still-unlocked door, and address the middle-aged goateed gnome behind the counter.

"30 perfectly normal and curiosity-free crossbolts, if you don't mind, my good sir."
Dec 30, 2016 2:50 am
The gnome looks up from an oddly-shaped piece of glass that he is cleaning and smiles. He sets the curved tube down on the short counter and hops up to stand on top of the table surface, before jumping down on the same side as Harper.

"Well, Knock-knock. A Cove coming lema na this hand of Darkmans for glass catch rocks beben't be up at rum. If you need a Piece Man, too beben set you up with my Uncle. And, if you want a fellow what holds a lakat, too'm your Cove."

He pauses for a moment and shines his fingernails on his vest, and examines them.

"Of course, you might only want some crossbow bolts, as you mentioned. I have a few. Not thirty, and the best I've sold, but they'll shoot straight enough." He hops back up on the counter, then turns back to Harp and extends his hand.

"Name's Patnik. Ricardo Jay Patnik. Friends call me Patty. You a friend?" He raises his eyebrow expectantly.

whipstache sent a note to joshuaberman
Dec 30, 2016 9:11 pm
joshuaberman sent a note to whipstache
Dec 30, 2016 9:32 pm
joshuaberman sent a note to whipstache
Dec 30, 2016 11:04 pm
whipstache sent a note to joshuaberman
Jan 1, 2017 11:23 pm
His demeanor puts me at ease while also setting me on alert. Friendly pickpocketing competitions betwixt recently acquainted coves are not unheard of, but I have business to attend tonight. I take the offered hand, and shake it firmly once, and release, with a half-smile. "Aye, a friendly cove. And friendly met. But tonight it's just the bolts as asked." There is a brief pause while he appears to be getting my wares together. "Might you know any crossbow masters with a fair tip or two? I'm looking to improve my aim." I keep all the conversation above-board so he knows I'm direct. But in the event I need a tip, I know where I can go. My instincts rarely steer me wrong.
Jan 3, 2017 8:28 pm
joshuaberman says:
His demeanor puts me at ease while also setting me on alert. Friendly pickpocketing competitions betwixt recently acquainted coves are not unheard of, but I have business to attend tonight. I take the offered hand, and shake it firmly once, and release, with a half-smile. "Aye, a friendly cove. And friendly met. But tonight it's just the bolts as asked." There is a brief pause while he appears to be getting my wares together. "Might you know any crossbow masters with a fair tip or two? I'm looking to improve my aim." I keep all the conversation above-board so he knows I'm direct. But in the event I need a tip, I know where I can go. My instincts rarely steer me wrong.
Patty acknowledges Harper's response, and quietly moves back behind the counter, ducking down and opening a cabinet. He brings Harp a nondescript paper bundle tied with twine, and, true to his word, the bolts are adequate. "Well, the only one I know of who might be able to help you is Willem Schulz, but everyone calls him Whitey. He's the best in the county with any kind of stringed bow." Patty pauses. "But, since he's a rightstanding member of the Huntsman's Guild, only other members of the Guild Association can legally hire him. I'd still recommend you go talk to him, though. He might be able to point you in the right direction, as it were. Of course, as a friend, you might considering offering to do him a small favor in return. Assuming he has need of any assistance, you know."

Harp hands him 2 gold and as Patty reaches for 5 silver to give as change, Harp holds up his hands and shakes his head. Patty nods in thanks and continues, "I'm pretty sure Whitey is on a hunt right now, but he should be getting back... what day is it? Midweek? He should be getting back to the city tomorrow. You'll likely find him making stops at the Huntsman's Hall and the butcher and tanner nearest there over the next few days. I hope he's able to help you out, one way or another."

Harp receives the bundle, and fishes out another gold coin. "Thanks for your trouble, Mist--rather, Patty. Maybe you'd be willing to do me the small kindness of passing along any information regarding inventive crossbow advancements you come across. I'd be grateful." The coin dings as Harper flicks it through the air. "I'd best be off," Harp says as he turns to leave. "Oh, name's Harper. I have a rude habit of forgetting to introduce myself, even to new friends." Harp gives a slight bow, then turns and heads into the night, package under his arm.

Rolls

Secret Roll

Jan 3, 2017 8:41 pm
**Post reserved for Therrien's sidebar conversation with Zua**
Jan 3, 2017 9:04 pm
Rhiv and Therrien head to the section of the library where they can research information on Laele, spider goddess of the Drow. They learn of some of the legends surrounding her past, and a few of the official rituals used in her worship. But, it appears that any tomes dedicated to knowledge of Laele simply haven't been written yet, at least not by any surface-dwelling people.

The duo then move to the area dedicated to the history of Arazi. Rhiv is able to compare a map that is fairly current with a more speculative map of what the continent may have looked like many hundreds of years ago. The current map lists a number of major cities scattered across the land mass:

South Blackwall
Cities: Port Willow

East Blackwall
Cities: Port Charlotte, Redwall, Riverlake

Eurin
Cities: Hanover, Froonshire, Noonick

Findor
Cities: Welkinburg-Lowerton, Ramsbottom, Arq’s End, Deathrot, Highview

Vegonius
Cities: Fargate, Northsea, Pela’s Rest, Plainskeep

Il-Robezas
Cities: Wargford, Delgos Tor, Snot’s Hold, Wayfare

Ruwhad
Cities: Merrick’s Crossing, Kurgh, Ironbridge, Headwaters


By comparing the old map with the new, the two of you guess (and, based on the reliability of the information, a guess is about as confident as you can be) that Noonik, Welkingburg-Lowerton, Deathrot, Delgos Tor, and Headwaters are all potentially built on or around ancient ruins. There could be others, but, these are the ones you zero in on given the current information.
OOC:
Alright, last chance to say goodbye to your escorts, and chat about anything together before you head outside and meet the King's guards.
Jan 4, 2017 12:34 am
"Biri, while Therrien and Dunagin are chatting, I would love to have one last look in the religion section before we go. I want to know everything the Library has to know about the history Church of the Adonai and its relations with East Blackwall."
OOC:
I want to not be to obvious about my focus but want to know anything about the current First Disciple and his status with the King. If i remember correctly the organized history of the Church runs roughly in parallel to lifespan of King Alexander. I will also use this to get a feel for the history of King (and any important key advisers etc).
Jan 4, 2017 3:08 am
I stroll out into the rapidly-cooling night. Two grown, dirty-looking men huddle around an open fire on the side of the street, one-upping each other with battle stories and bedroom conquests, generously modified. I untie the twine to preserve it for later use, and toss the paper onto their fire. They do not notice.

I slide the bolts into the flat quiver against my back, my jacket flapping in the breeze. The feel of them against my back is familiar, and good, and balances the firm holster on my left hip and the dancing scabbard on my right. I feel the wind cut a little deeper against my left leg, and I think that I must still have a hole in my trousers. But no, the temperature of the blade pierces even the sheathe. I've never noticed that before. I'll have to remedy that. It may paint me into an unfortunate corner...

The horse falling off the edge of a cliff lost me all of my kit, except what I've got on me. And although I travel light, I like to have a bit more cushion for my work and my lifestyle than skill and experience. Although I can make do just those two things, a little pocket money goes a long way, and a lot of pocket money goes around the world. I'm running a little low, having lost some coin in the accident. My heart sinks a bit, thinking of the heirloom instrument that I'll never see again. It's not an open wound anymore, but there's a scab there I'm sure I'll be picking at a while. Scars make for better stories anyway.

Quality tools cost money, as does information and someone looking the other way. I'm after all three, so money it is for me. Which brings me to The Suicide King I say to myself, under my breath. The sign above my head is well-lit, and the interior looks welcoming enough for all types. Honest types, even, who don't mind loosing an honest coin.

I buy a honey whiskey, and the rest of the bottle, and find a promising table. I spend the first hour playing perfectly straight, if a bit under-speed. The place gets more crowded, and louder, as the night goes on, and the hall smells of mutton and beer and sweat and smoke. There is one fellow at the table who knows his way around, but I see no evidence of elite subtleties or players schooled in spotting cons. I start to speak loudly so other tables can hear, and gesture about the grand game we have going on. Indeed, much money has changed hands, mostly back and forth between two of the stronger players at our table. I attempt to coax a perfume-scented, well-heeled woman to join our game, and her companion, a youngish, smiley chap with a perfectly tailored jacket and excellent shoes.

Rolls

Get the duo to join our table - (1d20+4)

(7) + 4 = 11

Jan 6, 2017 1:56 am
Rhiv and Therrien in the Library with the Inkwell

Biri gladly leads you to the religion section, even if she feels a bit confused about your request to research your own religion. She does, however, make a passing remark about the time and needing to check in with her supervisors soon. In your research you discover that the Church of Blackwall had come to an uneasy understanding with the small but growing Church of the Adonai following the Mediation at Orsune in 866, the reality that the true teachings of the Church of Adonai were undeniably heretical to the political and religious elites in Blackwall would often lead to periodic episodes of Inquisition and government sponsored repression. The reign (890-915) of Pope Adruz Oshi, who was known to the Church of the Adonai as "the black Eminence", witnessed one of the bloodiest of these periods. The Church of the Blackwall reportedly focused its efforts on finding pressure points on relations of Church of Adonai members and--through either silver, steel, or blackmail--many family members, friends and village power-brokers were turned into hunters; ravaging the church, and entering house after house, dragging off men and women and committing them to prison or even death.

You're a bit surprised to find hints that the church of Adonai may actually, at its beginning, have split off from the Blackwallian church. Perhaps there are shared roots that aren't common knowledge?

There doesn't seem to be any documented historical connection between the current First Disciple and King Alexander.
After your time in the religion section, Biri tells you that her time is at an end, as she must attend a meeting. She escorts you back to the main lobby where you initially met. Therrien and his dwarven escort are already there awaiting your arrival.
OOC:
Let's give Therrien space to jump in one more time before you head out. I'll see if Brian has something to say or do, and if not, I'll push us forward.

We're almost back to current time!

Rolls

Rhiv's Investigation (Church of Adonai) - (1d20)

(17) = 17

with advantage - (1d20)

(10) = 10

Jan 6, 2017 2:14 am
Harper, Party of One
joshuaberman says:
I buy a honey whiskey, and the rest of the bottle, and find a promising table. I spend the first hour playing perfectly straight, if a bit under-speed. The place gets more crowded, and louder, as the night goes on, and the hall smells of mutton and beer and sweat and smoke. There is one fellow at the table who knows his way around, but I see no evidence of elite subtleties or players schooled in spotting cons. I start to speak loudly so other tables can hear, and gesture about the grand game we have going on. Indeed, much money has changed hands, mostly back and forth between two of the stronger players at our table. I attempt to coax a perfume-scented, well-heeled woman to join our game, and her companion, a youngish, smiley chap with a perfectly tailored jacket and excellent shoes.
The man is immediately interested before his female companion derides him. "Malt, honey. We don't play those games, especially not with that crowd." She turns her nose up and walks away, and the young man hesitates for a moment, the shrugs towards the lot of you at the table and follows his mistress.

On their heels, though, a burly dwarf with a bowler hat and a handlebar mustache plops down in the empty seat. He's absolutely covered in soot and dirt. Or, at least his hands, neck, face, and pants are. The rest of his hairy, muscular bare chest is sweaty, but clean. His suspenders keep his pants up, and his shirt is draped over his shoulder.

He rubs his hands excitedly as a cigar seemingly defies gravity by hanging so far out of his mouth but somehow not falling to the floor. "Heya, fellas. What're we playing?" He plops a bag made of heavy cloth on the wooden table top that clinks with the coins inside, then gestures to a barmaiden for a large ale.
Jan 6, 2017 7:32 pm
I welcome the new player into the fold, and continue to play straight for another half-hour to size him up. I perform a series of second deals to gauge the perceptiveness of my playing partners, including the new one, which (if successful) should get me back to where I started the night, money-wise, and maybe a little more.
OOC:
Can you tell me how much money is on the table so far?
OOC:
Come on! Do I have to roll for that kind of thing?!
Last edited January 6, 2017 7:33 pm

Rolls

Sleight of Hand - Second Deal - (1d20+5)

(4) + 5 = 9

Jan 6, 2017 7:53 pm
Harper, Party of One

None of the four players at the table react to your dealing flub, but you are certain the dwarf who most recently joined your game saw what you did. You're not sure why he doesn't say anything.
OOC:
What do you mean "money on the table?" Like this hand? You're all just using cash, so it's not like people have stacks of chips. But, you've seen at least 50gp in the table at once. If you want higher stakes, you'll have to switch tables. Or maybe games.

Rolls

Player 1 perception - (1d20)

Player 2 perception - (1d20-4)

Player 3 perception - (1d20+3)

Player 4 perception - (1d20)

(20) = 20

Jan 8, 2017 4:13 pm
OOC:
I meant to hide all the rolls, but I guess I'll go with the fact that you can see he rolled a Nat 20. ;D

Also, I've got a text out to Brian. Once I hear back, we'll be able to move on from the Library.
Jan 11, 2017 3:24 am
Rhiv and Therrien in the Library with the Dragonborn

Therrien and Rhiv bid a cordial goodbye to Dunigan, who shuffles around the corner and down the hall.

Biri expresses her appreciation to the two of you, saying, "Gentlemen, I don't often get the chance to meet people of more worldly perspectives. Most of the men who come in here are buffoons simply selling to increase their wealth, and the women who accompany them are often petty and shallow. You, and your companion To'ot, have been nothing short of a refreshing breath of air. My time with you had been exciting, even if worrisome. I hope that once you complete your mission, you maintain your earnest quest for understanding. And, wherever you find me, know that you have found a friend."

She turns to Rhiv and takes his hand in hers. "Good luck, Rhiv of the Daardendrians." She leans forward and kisses him on the cheek. Without waiting for a response, she turns and retreats to the same hallway as Dunigan.

Therrien gives Rhiv a knowing look, but doesn't provide commentary. If he knew what to look for, he could see that Rhiv was blushing. The two head outside, where the royal guards immediately harsh Rhiv's vibe by taking them into custody.
Jan 11, 2017 4:29 pm
Na na na na na na na na, To'ot!

To'ot zips through the late evening sky, darting back and forth, allowing the wind to flow freely around his paper-thin wings. If the call of the wild was strong before, it is nearly inescapable now, as scores of other bats cross back and forth, catching fruit flies and mosquitos, and travelling back and forth to nearby clusters of wild honeysuckles and blackberry briars, silently beckoning To'ot to join them.

Twice on his journey back to the library his mind drifts, allowing his animal instincts to take over, only to force his mind once again to the task at hand. They need me. Stay focused.

To'ot arrives at the library and flies up to an overhanging rock to rest for a moment, when he sees Therrien and Rhiv emerge from the library. Good timing. Just as he is about to fly down to meet them, the royal guards confront his two companions, and, after a short exchange, begin leading them away.
OOC:
What would you like to do?
Jan 11, 2017 4:29 pm
Rhiv and Therrien in the Palace with the Guards
OOC:
If either of you want to do something while you are moving to the King's stronghold, let me know, and I can edit the post.

Also, I want to make it clear that you are not under arrest. You are being escorted to speak with the King.
As Therrien and Rhiv step out of the library, they are surprised to find that night has fallen. Have we really just spent all day in that library? Before they can explore their time dilation further, they are approached by several guards holding torches and sporting the regalia of the Royal Guard. A tall dark-skinned half-elf steps forward, "His Justice, the King, wishes to speak with you. Come with us." The three other guards come in close behind you on the steps of the library and begin herding you in the direction that the presumable captain is leading. You notice there are four other guards maintaining a small perimeter about 60 feet out.

As you walk, the clinking of the chain and plate armor strikes you. The sounds of metal on metal are sharp and distinct, and you don't hear them very often. These guards are well equipped.

The guards lead you to the crook of the mountain, the very seam that marks the middle of the Ehre ward, passing the large Shrine of the Fallen carved into, or maybe out of, the side of the cliff wall. You pass through the gates, the smell of blackthorn and plum blossoms assaults you, forcing you to relax just slightly. The open air courtyard is green with grass and vines, and a small orchard of various kinds of shrubs and trees, most not yet in bloom. You can only imagine how beautiful it is when all the plants are fully bloomed.

The giant wooden doors, probably 30 feet tall, are propped open allowing the cool early spring air into the keep, and the orange glow of a innumerable torches and sconces contrasts sharply with the violet of the late evening sky and silvery light of the rising moon. You enter into the great hall, a cavernous space with a dozen or more pillars supporting the intricately carved ceiling above. Tapestries of the highest quality depicting glorious scenes of Blackwall's history hang from the pillars and walls. The smell of the fruit blossoms fades and is replaced with scents of burning fuel and some kind of meat being roasted in a far off kitchen. You are escorted to the middle of the great hall, where the guard captain tells you to wait. As he and one other guard leave through a hall to the east, four of the remaining soldiers come in close while the other two hang back.

There are a few other small clusters of people in the great hall, some chatting and drinking wine. A pair of older males, a dwarf
and a caramel-skinned human, are hunched over a table in the northwest corner of the room examining some papers. There are two other small gatherings that from your position are mostly obscured by pillars. A minstrel plucks softly on a golden harp in alcove in the north of the room by a large opening that leads into another chamber.

After a few minutes, you hear a familiar, if completely unwelcome, voice. "Therrien! I knew I'd see you again under happier circumstances, I just didn't think it would be so soon! Where is your beastly pet, er, I mean brother?" You turn towards the southeast corner of the room to see the black-haired nobleman from the library approaching, a giant smirk on his face.
OOC:
Here's a pic for context. Ignore the trademark throne.
https://s-media-cache-ak0.pinimg.com/originals/a0/d2/24/a0d224eb6d142d4e41a7003571305678.jpg
Jan 11, 2017 5:30 pm
Sensing the anger welling up in Therrien by the bulge of his neck muscles and the clenching of his fists, I speaking softly to Therrien, so that only he can hear: "Remember the balance that To'ot speaks of; pray, yield momentarily and be at peace with him. Save your rage for the right time." Bowing humbly, I step forward and interject myself between the nobleman and an unnecessary and disastrous murder. "Sir, I don't think we were appropriately introduced earlier in the day. My name is Rhiv Daardenrian, Paladin of Adonai. I would like to echo my colleague's previous apologies for any unnecessary inconvenience from earlier in the day. We had not yet been fully brought up to speed on the requirements of the library when we introduced our party. As you assuredly understand our momentary resentment at your assumption that we were intruders into the Library, we also understand and respect your desire and duty to protect the sanctity and decorum of that incredible place. I am glad we were all able to clarify our misunderstandings and move forward! Please forgive the words previously spoken in haste. How has the rest of your day been? Will you be joining us during our audience with his Royal Highness?" I assess his response and his person carefully to try and gauge how best to move forward.
OOC:
From a persuasion standpoint I want to focus on persuading him to let go some of his anger at the our group. From an insight perspective I want to sense whether he wants some immediate satisfaction of revenge or if he knows something more about this whole thing and seems to be playing a longer game.
Jan 11, 2017 8:05 pm
Quote:
OOC:
From a persuasion standpoint I want to focus on persuading him to let go some of his anger at the our group. From an insight perspective I want to sense whether he wants some immediate satisfaction of revenge or if he knows something more about this whole thing and seems to be playing a longer game.
OOC:
make a roll for each
Jan 11, 2017 8:25 pm
persuasion and insight.

Rolls

Persuasion - (1d20+4)

(14) + 4 = 18

Insight - (1d20+2)

(17) + 2 = 19

Jan 11, 2017 8:39 pm
Rhiv and Therrien Crashing the Palace

The young noble almost imperceptibly softens his stance, but he has not lost his contempt. "I assure you I will not be joining your audience. Based on your armored escort, I'd say you aren't present in the palace voluntarily, and that's a position I would never find myself. But, I'm sure you'll enjoy yourselves." He smiles a toothy grin, beaming with Schadenfreude. "But, I appreciate your attempt at manners, lizardkind. So, I shan't destroy your little band of misfits... today."

The nobleman downs his goblet of wine, and he and his attendants brush past the two of you and your guards and continue on towards one of the hallways leading away from Great Hall. He pauses and turns. "Oh, Therrien, tell your orc-relative that if he needs work to come find me. I'll make sure he has enough work to last ten lifetimes in the mines." He lets out a slimy laugh. "Or, wait! Even better! I will pay you two handsomely if you sell him to me. I would enjoy feeding him to my hyenas." The snide young man laughs uproariously at his own quip.

He places his goblet on a servant's tray and turns to leave from you a second time, when you hear an attendant call out from the other side of the room. "Announcing his justice, King Alexander!" Everyone in the room freezes, turns toward where the king is entering the room and, bows deeply at the waist, including the nobleman and his entourage.

Alexander emerges from the opening at the north of the room. He is stately, dressed in understated but perfectly tailored black wool pants and a dark purple shirt with a high collar. Draped over his back and shoulders is a dark purple half-cape with gold piping and on his head rests a small gold crown. He carries a scepter, maybe 30 inches long, made of a pearlescent material you don't recognize. "Ah, Lord Wellington. Your presence is never understated." The elder King bounds down the steps at the front of the room. Everyone releases their bow and relaxes a bit, but keeps their full attention on King Alexander.

The king addresses the Duke directly, but speaks to the whole room as he slowly moves toward your cluster.

"There's one thing that confuses me about your remarks, though. You just mentioned purchasing an orc-kin with whom this group of travelers is familiar in order to use him as food for your animals. Now, Lord Wellington, I know you to be an astute and shrewd businessman. Though I may not always agree with your methods, you have come out on the winning end of many more dealings than not." The king has begun slowly circling the room, hands behind his back.

"Now, I haven't been thinking very long on it, but I can't see how the transaction you described lines your coffers or bolsters your reputation. I'm sure you must have an angle that I can't see." King Alexander pauses, looking right at Wellington, almost challenging him. But, as he hasn't asked a question, the noble dare not respond without an invitation. Not that he would otherwise; he has an intense look on his face as he tries to grasp the point the King is trying to make.

The king continues, "You can correct me if I'm wrong, but you employ individuals with orc heritage in several of your labor-intensive business, yes? I know the Ellington family has had some, shall we say, less than desirable dealings with orcs in its past. Given that history, I can understand your feeling that orc-kin are worth little more than dog food. Why, then, do you engage in a relationship with them by using them as labor?" King Alexander turns to look at Wellington as he asks this final question.

Wellington keeps his composure despite the public reference to his family's questionable history and offers a poised response, "Well, your Justice, just because I wouldn't let them near my horses doesn't mean I shouldn't use them instead of horses." The corners of the nobleman's mouth raise just slightly. He's pleased with his clever response. "In short, they are useful to me, I suppose."

The King smiles, and the two of you can see that whatever he is getting to, Lord Wellington just unknowingly played his part perfectly. "I see." Alexander puts his hand to his shortly cropped gray beard and turns away from Wellington. "So, you keep certain people near when you might otherwise be inclined to maintain distance because of their utility. This is wise." Then turning to face the Lord noble, "Lord Wellington, you are useful to me. That is the reason you are here in my presence, in my home, not because I have respect for you, or enjoy your company whatsoever. You are no better to me than your orc-blooded miners and haulers are to you."

Lord Wellington's face turns beet red from embarrassment mixed with rage. King Alexander turns again to speak to the whole room, and Rhiv realizes he's witnessing one of the sermon-speeches for which King Alexander is famous.

"In truth," the king continues, voice a little louder and more commanding, yet somehow slightly gentler, than before, "the only reason any of us received the blessing of continued life along with the rising sun this day is precisely because some power greater than you and me deemed each of us useful, be it the gods to whom we pray..." Alexander gestures towards three people wearing priestly garments in the Northwest corner of the room: an older human male, a female dwarf, and an androgynous halfling, and Rhiv recognizes the vestments of the Adonaic First Disciple. The king continues, spreading his arms wide, "or Arazi herself. Since we are all beholden to powers greater than we, not one of us is better than an half-orc laborer, and not one of us is worse. We all have the same value so long as we are striving to be useful to the gods who gave us life and the earth who sustains us."

Again facing the embarrassed nobleman, he concludes, "You, Lord Wellington, would do well to remember this. And, mind that when you treat my guests with contempt, your usefulness to me diminishes." By this point, Wellington finds King Alexander standing directly in front of him, his voice barely above a whisper. When he finishes, the king maintains eye contact with the young lord, before coolly stating, "You are dismissed, young man."

A heavy silence hangs over the room as Wellington and his party begin making their exit. Before leaving the Great Hall, Lord Wellington, seething, stops in front of the dragonborn and elf, points his finger and hisses, "I'm not finished with the lot of you." He spins on his heels and marches out.

After a half minute or so, Wellington's entourage is gone and the din of the courtiers rises back to its normal level. If Rhiv and Therrien were expecting the King Alexander, who so eloquently came to their defense, to be friendly to them they would have been disappointed. The king turns to the two adventurers and says curtly, "you two, with me."
OOC:
I suppose this short scene change is an opportunity to say or do something. Let me know if you'd like to act during this transition.
You are escorted by guards down several hallways until you reach a private study. The king pours himself a small glass of a dark amber liquid from a crystal decanter before turning and dismissing the two guards who had just stationed themselves inside the door. They leave and close the door behind them.

"To the business at hand," King Alexander says as he gestures for you to sit in a couple of large leather chairs. He leans against the massive cedar desk and swirls the liquid in its glass. "Let's keep this as simple as we can, shall we? Who are you? Not your names; I already know those. How did you come to have the Duke's signet? Where is your friend?" Alexander sips a small amount and holds it in his mouth for a second before swallowing. "I have other questions for you, but that will do as a start."
OOC:
sorry for the super long scene. If you see a place in here that you'd like to interject and say or do something, let me know. We can always edit the posts.
Jan 12, 2017 4:25 am
After seeing that tonight isn't my night, I choose not to push my lack-of-luck and loose the hand to keep suspicions low. I'll finish the night a little below where I started, after considering the bottle, but I'll get my chops back and try again another time. It's dark enough now, anyway. I call it a night at the table, and leave the rest of the bottle for them.

Upon exiting The Suicide King, I stride quickly to an even seedier part of the district, which is not too hard to find. Using a dagger, I make a subtle mark on the doorframe of a large brothel, right below the lantern, and wait across the street at another dimly-lit tavern, looking through the window while nursing a surprisingly tasty hot bowl of something. A very slight rain begins to fall, dropping the temperature a bit and creating a mist; an even more appropriate setting for my soup.

My mark says, essentially "Safe passage needed tonight."

After no more than an hour, a woman pauses in front of the door. She turns to face my side of the street. I am backlit, and my subtle hat-tip is sufficient. She sits next to me, very close, and smiles at me like a girlfriend, so as to not look suspicious at this time of night. Although, in this neighborhood, I would be surprised if anyone cared.
Jan 14, 2017 2:13 am
Harper and the Seedy Underbelly

The dark-haired human woman is older than you first thought, maybe late thirties. Or, maybe she just looks older than she ought. It's hard to tell. Either way, she's quite pretty. Her pale blue eyes shimmer from beneath her smoke-colored eyelids, and her ivory skin is dotted with adorable freckles. She wraps her arms around your left bicep as she joins you in the booth, and as she whispers in your ear, you can feel her warm breath on your cheek. "Headed somewhere? Or just looking for some place to be not yourself for a while? I've got a few places you can be whoever you want."

She smells intoxicating, and suddenly you're not so interested in your stew.
Jan 14, 2017 4:17 am
I smile at her, rather than to her, and speak into my mug "Let's step outside." I hope the cool of the air and the rain will clear my head, and sure enough, it does. As we walk together down the alley, hand-in-arm like young people do, I explain in brief but clear terms that I need to find a way to the library. Tonight. And this whole time I'm on high-alert for pickpocketing, etc.
Jan 15, 2017 12:43 am
Quote:
"To the business at hand," King Alexander says as he gestures for you to sit in a couple of large leather chairs. He leans against the massive cedar desk and swirls the liquid in its glass. "Let's keep this as simple as we can, shall we? Who are you? Not your names; I already know those. How did you come to have the Duke's signet? Where is your friend?" Alexander sips a small amount and holds it in his mouth for a second before swallowing. "I have other questions for you, but that will do as a start."
As I still have unsure of the motivations and reasonableness of pretty much everyone in this whole mess I am doubly unsure of the King himself. The last few days have been a vast blur of experiences that merely weeks ago I would have never thought possible. Meeting the Duke himself was more than one of my humble position could ever expect. Even the High Priest of the Adonai could easily be a once in a lifetime opportunity. To see the King--in the exact time when I could not imagine anyone I wanted less to see--was a little hard to grasp.

As he is speaking I am assessing the room, and the King himself. He has left himself alone with two armed adventurers and seems nonplussed. Though I cannot imagine we have many options I am prepared for any action. If the King truly is in the thrall of or in a pact with some dark magik then this may be my end but I will acquit myself well in the defense of the Light. He knows who we are and I can only assume he will soon know exactly what we have been researching in the library if he does not already. Truth is the key; a lie will only endanger us more. I breath carefully, clear my mind and pray silently as I bow deeply before the King. "Hear my prayer, Mighty One; listen to my cry for courage. When I am in distress, I call to you, because you answer me...." When I call upon the Adonai he always opens my awareness to His divine senses...strong evil registers in my heart like a noxious odor while powerful good rings like heavenly music in your ears. I sense neither here.

"Your Highness, we have been charged as Emissaries by the Duke via his administrator Sebastian Starsoul. We have been tasked to carry out research work for him here in Redwall related to ancient artifacts. As he knew the trail of the information might lead us in a variety of ways it was deemed best to provide the signet to enable us the flexibility to engage with a variety of counterparts who might be able to shed light on the whereabouts of the items. To'ot is not exactly the researching type.... he had hit his limit with books and left the library before we did. We were expecting to see him again when we exited but obviously we we're expected to disturb your Highness with an audience."
Last edited January 17, 2017 2:17 pm
Jan 15, 2017 1:53 am
Harp and the Seedy Underbelly

She looks at you, leans back a little and lets out a long whistle. "The library, that's two checkpoints." She furrows her brow and taps her fingernail against her teeth. "I think I know someone who can help, but it's going to cost you. And," she scratches the back of her head, "you're not going to like him. I don't know you, and I don't know what kinds of people you like, but no one likes him." She stops your walking under an awning just as the night becomes misty and light rain begins to fall. "Say the word and I'll make it happen."
Jan 16, 2017 10:58 am
Rhiv and Therrien Try Not To Piss Off the King
Yogurt says:
"Your Highness, we have been charged as Emissaries by the Duke via his administrator Sebastian Starsoul. We have been tasked to carry out research work for him here in Redwall related to ancient artifacts. As he knew the trail of the information might lead us in a variety of ways it was deemed best to provide the signet to enable us the flexibility to engage with a variety of counterparts who might be able to shed light on the whereabouts of the items. To'ot is not exactly the researching type.... he had hit his limit with books and left the library before we did. We were expecting to see him again when we exited but obviously we we're expected to disturb your Highness with an audience."
"When and where did this charge take place? Have you met with the Duke himself over the past few weeks?" The King pushes himself up from leaning on the desk and begins slowly circling the room, not unlike a lioness stalking prey. "And about these 'ancient artifacts': what are they? Did you find information related to their locations? And, what are you to do with this information once you've found it?" Alexander looks at you expectantly, before holding up a finger, examining the contents of his tumbler, and deciding to continue.

"So there's no misunderstanding, let me paint a clear picture of the stakes. What you've told me so far seems plausible... if incomplete. So long as your answers are true and straightforward, you and your companions might find yourselves on the receiving end of an offer. Were that offer to be accepted and completed, you would have the King of East Blackwall and his innumerable resources in your debt. If your responses, however, stink of falsehood or trickery of any sort, you might find yourselves on a one-way journey beyond the borders of this nation, never to return. The third option is a scenario where you tell me something that directly contradicts something I know to be true. Lie to me in a way that I can confirm, and I'll have you executed at sunrise," he states, perfectly nonchalantly.

He returns to his spot leaning against the front of the massive piece of furniture. "Everyone has their opinions of me," he continues, "but I'm not cruel. Neither am I especially kind or generous. I strive to be fair." He takes another long swig of his drink, and frowns slightly when he realizes its almost empty. He returns to the wet bar and pours another half glass, along with two others. He walks over to where you are seated and have each of you a glass of the swirling dark amber liquid before retrieving his. The king plops down in a large brown and cream leather chair opposite Rhiv and Therrien and leans forward, elbows on knees, tumbler in both hands. "So, provide adequate answers to these questions, and I'll consider you trustworthy enough to hire you for a job, one that I'm fairly certain you'll be interested in," he points to Rhiv, "if that symbol on your chest plate means anything to you."

Rolls

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Jan 16, 2017 8:11 pm
whipstache says:
Rhiv and Therrien Try Not To Piss Off the King

"When and where did this charge take place? Have you met with the Duke himself over the past few weeks?" The King pushes himself up from leaning on the desk and begins slowly circling the room, not unlike a lioness stalking prey. "And about these 'ancient artifacts': what are they? Did you find information related to their locations? And, what are you to do with this information once you've found it?" Alexander looks at you expectantly, before holding up a finger, examining the contents of his tumbler, and deciding to continue.

"So there's no misunderstanding, let me paint a clear picture of the stakes. What you've told me so far seems plausible... if incomplete. So long as your answers are true and straightforward, you and your companions might find yourselves on the receiving end of an offer. Were that offer to be accepted and completed, you would have the King of East Blackwall and his innumerable resources in your debt. If your responses, however, stink of falsehood or trickery of any sort, you might find yourselves on a one-way journey beyond the borders of this nation, never to return. The third option is a scenario where you tell me something that directly contradicts something I know to be true. Lie to me in a way that I can confirm, and I'll have you executed at sunrise," he states, perfectly nonchalantly.

He returns to his spot leaning against the front of the massive piece of furniture. "Everyone has their opinions of me," he continues, "but I'm not cruel. Neither am I especially kind or generous. I strive to be fair." He takes another long swig of his drink, and frowns slightly when he realizes its almost empty. He returns to the wet bar and pours another half glass, along with two others. He walks over to where you are seated and have each of you a glass of the swirling dark amber liquid before retrieving his. The king plops down in a large brown and cream leather chair opposite Rhiv and Therrien and leans forward, elbows on knees, tumbler in both hands. "So, provide adequate answers to these questions, and I'll consider you trustworthy enough to hire you for a job, one that I'm fairly certain you'll be interested in," he points to Rhiv, "if that symbol on your chest plate means anything to you."
This is--at least in one way--a man after my own heart. He speaks clearly and without sophistry or prolix. I suppose that--if what we have heard is true--he may have grown tired of beating around the bush in his years of unrivaled power.

Acknowledging his reference to the Adonai I sign the resh: "I have chosen the way of faithfulness; I have set my heart on justice. If I claim service to the Adonai and yet walk in the falsehood, than my light is extinguished and I deserve nothing more than execution."

My hero Rynfir, the Paladin that truly inspired my path, was not the Paladin of stereotype: He of the flowery language and noble bearing, covered in plate-mail. His fighting style was closer to that of the of the monks that abstain from armor or even to Harp's 'cat on the silksheets' sword forms. Shifting, sliding, ever moving and rarely hit. Taking your opponent's strikes as opportunities. When it comes to combat I was only able to admire this style and not emulate; 'graceful' was never my nickname. Conversationally, I am much more capable. I will speak truth, but hopefully learn more than I reveal. As I can safely assume that Alexander already--or soon will--know the general topics of our research I have a place to start...

"We were charged at Port Charlotte two weeks ago. We have not had any discussions about the subject with the Duke since as we left for Redwall the same day. The Horn of Dorothir is the name of the one we were researching. I believe we have narrowed the potential locations--if they actually exist and did not end up in Drakonis Severin--down to the areas around Noonik, Welkingburg-Lowerton, Deathrot, Delgos Tor, and Headwaters. In terms of what we are going to do with the information, we will seek to retrieve the Horn."
OOC:
I am trying to absolutely not lie. If I am saying something here that is technically inaccurate it is only because my memory is likely faulty. Please let me know so that I can correct.
Last edited January 17, 2017 4:31 am
Jan 17, 2017 8:39 pm
My relief after seeing my compatriots quickly turned over on itself as they were led away by what appear to be heavily equipped guards. My initial instinct to change form to the half-orc is quickly abandoned as they have not been shackled. In truth I am not even sure myself if I would have just joined my party to increase our strength in numbers, or if I was on the brink of attacking the guards. But I thought I could be more useful under the cover of my current form.

I follow them. First to the courtyard, and then I have little trouble fluttering into the keep with its massive doors and even higher ceilings. I must force myself to enter the enclosed walls of the keep however, leaving the open night air that is buzzing and humming with life and food. I am brought back to my senses suddenly though... my blood boils when I hear Lord Wellington, as he is apparently called. I want nothing so much as to dive down, affix my small form to his head and pluck out his eyes like berries.

When the king enters and dresses down the hateful Lord Wellington I am at a loss at what to do. I was expecting the king to react violently and in a paranoid fashion, since he may know at least something of our reason for being here.

I consider following my friends, but they disappear down a relatively narrow hall, and I am not certain I can follow them without being locked out. Truly I am afraid of leaving the great hall for smaller spaces. My attention turns back to Wellington, and his promise that he is "not done with"our group. I take it as more than an idle threat since he dared to do it in front of the king.

I then slowly flutter my way from shadowy corner to corner, in the direction of Lord Wellington.

He is a dead man.
Last edited January 17, 2017 10:35 pm
Jan 18, 2017 3:56 am
My mind has been churning. I have been holding down the rage. How I did not snap Wellington's neck... i'll never know. The odd thing is - I think I'm getting better at this, at maintaining an equanimity.

I have let Rhiv do the talking. He was made to talk with kings. Overall, my sense of this King is - I believe him. He will execute us if we lie to him. We are completely at the disadvantage. What I do not know is, will he execute us for the truth? Why would he simply not execute us on the spot if he knows our purpose? Perhaps time to take a page from Rhiv's book. Let's see how the King reacts.... perhaps the honesty will upset his vexing upper-handed balance. Or perhaps he'll kill us.

Lord, my colleague rightly claims to walk the path of faith and righteousness. I can tell you, he will not lie to you. And neither will I, though I have walked a... different path. But truth is a deep well, and there is more here to drink. We have sat with Rowena and heard her tale. We have seen the Duke's life end and begin again in an instant. And we have battled Thalnoth Ur'quon this very day in your city and stand here before you at our ease. We lie, frighten, and die quite poorly. We do however, listen well. We have heard the Duke's and Rowena's stories. We would listen to yours.

As I say this, i walk over to the wet bar and poor myself a tumbler of whatever the King is drinking. And hope he doesn't see my hand shaking as I gulp it down....
Jan 18, 2017 4:01 am
OOC:
Rhiv, if my first post in like 3 weeks just killed us both, I'm sorry. I will blame it on sleep deprivation.
Jan 18, 2017 4:04 am
bahoust says:
OOC:
Rhiv, if my first post in like 3 weeks just killed us both, I'm sorry. I will blame it on sleep deprivation.
OOC:
Speaking of "cutting to the chase"! Glad to have Therrien back no matter the result. :) It's not like it is really out of character at all from what I've seen.
Last edited January 18, 2017 4:05 am
Jan 18, 2017 4:47 am
As Therrien begins to speak I move to interrupt him as I fear some outburst of anger that will doom us to a quicker than necessary end. Something about his manner stops me and I hold my tongue and let him continue. He has been surprisingly silent since we were first made "guests" of the King. Through the last two weeks of travel I have barely been able to peel back the hard exterior. During these two weeks of travel I have learned more by his actions than his words. Seemingly of few words even on the best of days, Therrien has even made our half-orc seem loquacious. He has studiously avoided my consistent openings around the campfire to talk of the divine and I still have no idea what drives him forward on this quest that will almost certainly lead to our deaths. We have absolutely not become close--I have a feeling that few if any could claim such status--but he has earned my respect. His moments of both courage and rage--when confronted by Thalnoth's beast or the magically resistant metallic monster--originate from an indomitable spirit.

The moment he speak the witch's name my heart sinks.... then he speaks of the Duke's transformation.... Alexander is likely to have been completely in the dark about both of these key items.... What has he done? As Therrien fills a glass, I watch the King intently to gauge his reaction but remain motionless. I could potentially strike him before he can call for help or initiate some dark magic. We would almost certainly die but, I have been there before and fear it not. Adonai, give me not a spirit of timidity but one of power....
OOC:
Should I roll perception here?
Last edited January 18, 2017 4:56 am
Jan 18, 2017 3:26 pm
OOC:
nah, no need. I'll respond soon.
Jan 18, 2017 7:57 pm
yogurt says:
Acknowledging his reference to the Adonai I sign the resh: "I have chosen the way of faithfulness; I have set my heart on justice. If I claim service to the Adonai and yet walk in the falsehood, than my light is extinguished and I deserve nothing more than execution."

"We were charged at Port Charlotte two weeks ago. We have not had any discussions about the subject with the Duke since as we left for Redwall the same day. The Horn of Dorothir is the name of the one we were researching. I believe we have narrowed the potential locations--if they actually exist and did not end up in Drakonis Severin--down to the areas around Noonik, Welkingburg-Lowerton, Deathrot, Delgos Tor, and Headwaters. In terms of what we are going to do with the information, we will seek to retrieve the Horn."
The king listens intently and when Rhiv is finished smiles a bit. He points his glass at Rhiv and says, "I like you. When one must act but should not deceive, and wills to reveal no motive, nor plan, nor anything else, the best course is nearby: do almost nothing. Balasar has some philosophies that are as useful for politics as they are for battle, no?"

After a brief pause, "You know, I could turn you into a successful politician, if you so desired, and an exceptional one if you did not. You are brave, and clever enough, and most importantly, you have conviction. Many people think effective politicians all lack conviction, willing to bend themselves into whatever shape a keyhole requires in order to unlock the door. In truth, great politicians must have enough conviction to stand up to people more powerful than they. Engaging those conflicts can sometimes produce losses, but never has anyone lost standing with a political leader for valuing a principle over themselves."

Alexander strokes his beard. "You've provided a few notes of interest, to be certain. But, I'm still unclear as to your knowledge of and relationship with the Duke. You must admit, it's strange for you to smuggle yourselves into Redwall and then use Duke Einrich's signet to gain access to the library. Why not just use the ring to enter the city in the first place?" he asks as he raises an eyebrow.

"That's not information I'm currently seeking, in any case. Just pondering aloud." The regent finishes the contents of his drink and places it on a table beside the chair. He then shifts in his seat, crosses his legs and leans back into the overstuffed chair, folding his hands in his lap. "What about you, Therrien the Silent? Have you naught to contribute? What can you tell me about your journey over the past two weeks?"
OOC:
Balasar is definitely a name Rhiv'd recognize. He would be something akin to Sun Tzu in our world, but his fame would be not quite so widespread, being limited mostly to Dragonborn. The fact that the King not only knows him, but can quote him, would likely be impressive to you, even if you decided it came across as kind of a cheap trick.
bahoust says:
Lord, my colleague rightly claims to walk the path of faith and righteousness. I can tell you, he will not lie to you. And neither will I, though I have walked a... different path. But truth is a deep well, and there is more here to drink. We have sat with Rawena and heard her tale. We have seen the Duke's life end and begin again in an instant. And we have battled Thalnoth Ur'quon this very day in your city and stand here before you at our ease. We lie, frighten, and die quite poorly. We do however, listen well. We have heard the Duke's and Rowena's stories. We would listen to yours."

As I say this, i walk over to the wet bar and poor myself a tumbler of whatever the King is drinking. And hope he doesn't see my hand shaking as I gulp it down....
The king sits perfectly still, though an observant party would have seen the muscles in his jaw tighten as he clenched his teeth as Therrien laid the groups cards on the table. After a long and very tense silence, King Alexander takes a long breath and exhales through pursed lips. He sits up straight, both feet on the floor. Rhiv watches his every movement with baited breath, while Therrien tries to recover by the drink cart.

The king stands, walks around behind the desk, and opening the top drawer on the right hand side pulls out a dark brown leather roll and places it on the desktop. He unties the laces and with a flick of his hand unrolls the sheet. He looks up at Rhiv first, then Therrien still at the wet bar, and pulls out a beautiful bluewood pipe, maybe 12 inches long. Opening a small satchel from the roll, he pulls out some pipeweed and stuffs the bowl. Alexander then removes a lighting stick from the package and dips the end into the flame of a nearby lantern then uses it to light his pipe before shaking the stick out.

He returns to his chair, and this time allows the chair to catch him as he drops into its arms. After a few puffs, he takes another deep breath and speaks, looking at his pipe before making direct eye contact with both of you. "I haven't heard the name Rawena in a long, long time. And I know not this Thalnoth Ur-Quan, but if he is wrapped up, as you are, with Rawena and the Duke's rebirth (as I can only assume that is what you are describing), I am fairly certain I know of him, or, at least his role in the story thus far.

The king stands and slowly walks across the room, passing between the two of you. He holds the bowl of the pipe in his right hand and tucks his left under his right tricep as he stands in front of a large painting of a mounted warrior raising his sword in victory, East Blackwallian standards flying above his army. Still facing the painting, he continues, as his head begins to sag, "I'm so tired." His voice has lost some of its polish, the rasp of weariness encroaching on its edges. "Maybe I'll tell you the whole story another time. For now it will have to be enough to know that I was ambitious and jealous, and that as soon as my evil deeds had been done, I regretted their doing. I have done everything I could to ensure my brother has been well tended. I have worked tirelessly to find a way to undo what I did. I have tried to live my life in a way that would have made Sildan proud." The king silently looks at a spot on the wall two feet below the painting for 30 seconds. "Now, just as your life was placed in my hands, I have placed mine in yours."

Alexander places his pipe in a golden ash tray on a stand nearby, buries his face in his palms, and begins to weep.
Jan 18, 2017 11:20 pm
Therrien turns to the bar and poors another drink in a clean glass. He takes the opportunity to hide his shaky sigh of relief behind the clinking of glass and slosh of liquid. I have been around Harper too long. That was a gamble from a poor position with stakes beyond even my own life. Rhiv must be furious - for once someone was "more honest" than he, and with his life on the line. Still ... now we know where we stand and which direction to aim the sword

I bring the drink to Alexander and place it quietly at his elbow on the stand next to his pipe. I wait for his weeping to subside. I don't touch him.

So our lives are in each others' hands, and yet we all still live. Let us drink to bonds of trust quickly forged.

I toss back the drink. Perhaps I'm feeling the alcohol (my tribe didn't have it), or perhaps something of Alexander's speech has stirred memories up for me. But my voice would be different than Rhiv had ever heard it before. Softer, empathic, and almost...caring.

I know you are tired. The weight of such an evil choice is a heavy one to carry. As I know all too well I wince and mindlessly hold my side as if it hurts. I too am weary. We would hear your story, and I believe you will want to hear ours... and perhaps speak with Rawena again... in the morning. We would ask lodging for us for the night. And that our colleagues be helped through the levels, as discreetly and quickly as possible, and guided to the castle to join us.
Jan 19, 2017 3:01 pm
The King in tears and Therrien comforting him with believable empathy? I praise Adonai silently for Therrien's impulsive gambit. To say I am surprised by the recent interchange would be an understatement. I might have been able to keep us from the executioners block with my "politician" tactics, but I could not have imagined the current scenario. Repentance and remorse? Maybe the First Disciple has reached through to him in after almost a century on the throne. East Blackwall has definitely thrived under his rule and most everyone would say that, without comment on his goodness or morality as a person, he has been a good king. From the perspective of most of the Kingdom, King Alexander has absolutely earned his title "the Just". He's not overly compassionate, and his retribution against those who deserve it is swift and powerful. Many within the Church of the Adonai excused his age for his inaction during the terrors of the Grey Eminence for a lack of knowledge rather than purposeful support. Could he possibly be playing us for more information? Could he truly not know about Thalnoth Ur'Quon? Who is the true Alexander?

I make eye contact with Therrien as he looks across at me and bow slightly with deference to acknowledge his success and encourage him to keep the lead as we wait for the King to gather himself. What will be next?
Last edited January 19, 2017 3:02 pm
Jan 24, 2017 2:38 am
Harp and the Seedy Underbelly

I take a beat. Maybe it's her perfume, or maybe it's the way she let her guard down a bit that makes her words more appealing. Like a dare. "Take me to him." I'm keeping my hand on the small of her back, but using my arms to feel where her hands are, so as to avoid loosing my pocket money. Or worse.
Jan 24, 2017 5:27 pm
chrisdaly says:
I consider following my friends, but they disappear down a relatively narrow hall, and I am not certain I can follow them without being locked out. Truly I am afraid of leaving the great hall for smaller spaces. My attention turns back to Wellington, and his promise that he is "not done with"our group. I take it as more than an idle threat since he dared to do it in front of the king.

I then slowly flutter my way from shadowy corner to corner, in the direction of Lord Wellington.

He is a dead man.
You return to the open air, softly screeching so your echolocation can lead your way. The sound becomes much less conspicuous out of the palace as there are dozens of other bats flitting about. You tail the nobleman and his retinue, as Wellington angrily marches through the streets of the Upper Ward. After about ten minutes, you arrive at a large manor close to the southern section of the wall. You perch in the top of a tall tree just outside the gates of the manor.

The noble party passes below you through the gates, Wellington grumbling and stomping towards what you assume is his home. Just as the gates begin to close, you feel the effects of the spell beginning to wear off.
OOC:
What would you like to do? You have just enough time to get to the ground before you transform back into a half-orc.

Also, if you'd like to try to hear what Wellington is saying, you can make a Perception check with advantage.
Jan 24, 2017 6:47 pm
bahoust says:
Therrien turns to the bar and poors another drink in a clean glass. He takes the opportunity to hide his shaky sigh of relief behind the clinking of glass and slosh of liquid. I have been around Harper too long. That was a gamble from a poor position with stakes beyond even my own life. Rhiv must be furious - for once someone was "more honest" than he, and with his life on the line. Still... now we know where we stand and which direction to aim the sword

I bring the drink to Alexander and place it quietly at his elbow on the stand next to his pipe. I wait for his weeping to subside. I don't touch him.

"So our lives are in each others' hands, and yet we all still live. Let us drink to bonds of trust quickly forged."

I toss back the drink. Perhaps I'm feeling the alcohol (my tribe didn't have it), or perhaps something of Alexander's speech has stirred memories up for me. But my voice would be different than Rhiv had ever heard it before. Softer, empathetic, and almost...caring.

"I know you are tired. The weight of such an evil choice is a heavy one to carry." As I know all too well. I wince and mindlessly hold my side as if it hurts. "I too am weary. We would hear your story, and I believe you will want to hear ours... and perhaps speak with Rawena again... in the morning. We would ask lodging for us for the night. And that our colleagues be helped through the levels, as discreetly and quickly as possible, and guided to the castle to join us."
yogurt says:
The King in tears and Therrien comforting him with believable empathy? I praise Adonai silently for Therrien's impulsive gambit. To say I am surprised by the recent interchange would be an understatement. I might have been able to keep us from the executioners block with my "politician" tactics, but I could not have imagined the current scenario. Repentance and remorse? Maybe the First Disciple has reached through to him in after almost a century on the throne. East Blackwall has definitely thrived under his rule and most everyone would say that, without comment on his goodness or morality as a person, he has been a good king. From the perspective of most of the Kingdom, King Alexander has absolutely earned his title "the Just". He's not overly compassionate, and his retribution against those who deserve it is swift and powerful. Many within the Church of the Adonai excused his age for his inaction during the terrors of the Grey Eminence for a lack of knowledge rather than purposeful support. Could he possibly be playing us for more information? Could he truly not know about Thalnoth Ur'Quon? Who is the true Alexander?

I make eye contact with Therrien as he looks across at me and bow slightly with deference to acknowledge his success and encourage him to keep the lead as we wait for the King to gather himself. What will be next?

Alexander wipes his eyes and takes a deep breath. "I'm sorry. I suppose that wasn't very... regal." He picks up the glass that Therrien delivered, dips his finger into it, then takes a large draft, signaling his thanks. He clears his throat and turns to the other two in the room. "I'll drink to trust quickly forged, although, I don't believe that assurance of mutual destruction is quite the same as trust." He straightens and raises his tumbler and looks each of you in the eye, "To unforeseen bonds. May they be more cords of family, friendship, and love than shackles of restraint." He tosses back the drink and sets the glass down.

Rubbing his hands together in an attempt to spark his energy, the king returns to the small grouping of chairs the three of you had been using and sits. "Now, where were we? It seems there are a few things we need to discuss." He looks at the table between you, then at the few tables by the chairs. "Right." Standing, he moves back to the desk and retrieves a small writing kit, then sits again. "The two of you are welcome to lodge here in the palace. I'll provide all the hospitality. I will, however, require guards posted. As you said, Therrien, there are still some stories that need sharing, and, quite frankly, the trust we hope to build simply isn't yet there."

He begins scribbling on his pad. "I know of your companion, To'ot. If he is still in the Ehre Ward, he is welcome to join you. But, you used the plural, 'companions,' and I know only of the one. I could allow a fourth member of your group lodging, but no more than that. And, again, if discretion is of importance to you, it wouldn't be prudent to try to bring them through the checkpoints until the morning. They're closed for the night, and any transfers would require special permission. Obviously, I could do that, but whoever passes from one ward to the next is going to attract attention. If you give me the name and description of someone you wish to join you, I can arrange discreet passage here in the morning."

"Second, you mentioned your speaking with Rawena, then suggested that I might speak with her. First, how is this possible? Second, is there any reason I should think she, in whatever state, is no danger to me?" You see Alexander's eyes widen just slightly as a thought hits him. "Is she here?"
Jan 24, 2017 7:52 pm
Harp and the Seedy Underbelly
joshuaberman says:
I take a beat. Maybe it's her perfume, or maybe it's the way she let her guard down a bit that makes her words more appealing. Like a dare. "Take me to him." I'm keeping my hand on the small of her back, but using my arms to feel where her hands are, so as to avoid loosing my pocket money. Or worse.
She smiles and begins leading you through a winding passage of back alleys and small passages. At one point you go down into a cellar and pass through two dug out passages to adjacent cellars before coming reemerging into a completely different alley. After ten to fifteen minutes, you arrive at a tavern where "seedy" just doesn't even begin to capture the vibe. The Winking Were-Rat. As you approach the door, it flies open as a large human man crashes to the ground at your feet. His face looks bruised and there's beer and blood and glass in his beard. Unfazed, the woman leads you through the door. Without speaking to anyone, she walks behind the bar and through the kitchen, exiting the other side to a small hallway with three doors, one on either side and one at the end some 20 feet away. Next to the door, a mammoth female half-orc with one broken tusk sits snoring in a chair, head resting on the wall. Next to the door on the other side, just across the hall, a halfling male with a short auburn ponytail and a bright red scar on his forehead hops to his feet and kicks the half-orcs leg hard. She starts, the turns angrily towards the halfling to say something before noticing the two of you. She stands to her feet, when you see that she's a full seven feet tall and nearly as wide. The halfling bangs the side of his fist on the door three times, pauses, then four times. You hear the sound of wood sliding against wood from beyond the door before it slowly swings open. The two of you head inside.

The room is dark, lit only by a few small lamps. As you enter, you see a dwarf, less stout than some you've seen before, with a bright golden beard streaked with white seated behind a desk, sifting through a mountain of papers. His bushy mustache covers his mouth, and his beard is pulled tight under his chin, then hangs down in a long single braid. His yellow hair on top is oiled and slicked straight back, while the sides of his head are cut short. You can see tattoos peeking up from under his collar and covering his forearms.

You fully enter the room, and the door shuts behind you. You turn to see an elf with bronze skin and a cleanly shaven head slide the wooden beam back in place. When the elf turns back to face you, you see that is has a long scar down the right side of his face and an eye patch on his right eye.

After maybe ten seconds of silence, the dwarf pulls a stack of paper together, sits back in his chair and looks up. When he recognizes the girl, he smiles. She does not smile back. "Valencia," he begins, his voice somehow both hoarse and slimy, "the gods continue to bring me blessings, your presence the best one today. Who is your new friend?"

"He needs passage to the library, tonight. Marked in thieves cant. I told him you were the man for the job," she replies, face and emotions still neutral.

The dwarf raises an eyebrow and asks, "You didn't want to take him to those spineless pinky-less Red shits?"

She tenses just slightly. "What? Of course not. Besides, I don't think their operation could pull something like this off tonight. Like I said, you are the only man for the job."

He lets the tension hand in the air for just a second before laughing, slapping both hands on his desktop, and standing up. As he walks around the desk, he sticks his finger in his ear and wiggles it around. "Well, he'll have to deal with them on the other end, anyhow. I don't have anybody on the Top to catch him. You need anything else? You want to stay a while? We could have some fun."

Valencia smiles weakly, "Maybe next time. Gotta get back to work." She turns to you, looks you square in the eye, and says, "Don't do anything stupid." She kisses you on the cheek, and her scent again fills your nostrils, then she turns to leave. The doorman removes the bar and hands her a small pouch of coins as she exits, then replaces the beam.

The dwarf turns watches Valencia leave, "Gods, she smells good," he comments. Then turning his attention back to you. "So. I'm Greave. Seems like you need my help. What's got you itching to get up top tonight anyhow?" He puts his hand on your shoulder and guides you to a single chair in front of his desk, and you can feel the strength of his grip despite his not applying any pressure.
Jan 24, 2017 11:38 pm
whipstache says:


Alexander wipes his eyes and takes a deep breath. "I'm sorry. I suppose that wasn't very... regal." He picks up the glass that Therrien delivered, dips his finger into it, then takes a large draft, signaling his thanks. He clears his throat and turns to the other two in the room. "I'll drink to trust quickly forged, although, I don't believe that assurance of mutual destruction is quite the same as trust." He straightens and raises his tumbler and looks each of you in the eye, "To unforeseen bonds. May they be more cords of family, friendship, and love than shackles of restraint." He tosses back the drink and sets the glass down.

Rubbing his hands together in an attempt to spark his energy, the king returns to the small grouping of chairs the three of you had been using and sits. "Now, where were we? It seems there are a few things we need to discuss." He looks at the table between you, then at the few tables by the chairs. "Right." Standing, he moves back to the desk and retrieves a small writing kit, then sits again. "The two of you are welcome to lodge here in the palace. I'll provide all the hospitality. I will, however, require guards posted. As you said, Therrien, there are still some stories that need sharing, and, quite frankly, the trust we hope to build simply isn't yet there."

He begins scribbling on his pad. "I know of your companion, To'ot. If he is still in the Ehre Ward, he is welcome to join you. But, you used the plural, 'companions,' and I know only of the one. I could allow a fourth member of your group lodging, but no more than that. And, again, if discretion is of importance to you, it wouldn't be prudent to try to bring them through the checkpoints until the morning. They're closed for the night, and any transfers would require special permission. Obviously, I could do that, but whoever passes from one ward to the next is going to attract attention. If you give me the name and description of someone you wish to join you, I can arrange discreet passage here in the morning."

"Second, you mentioned your speaking with Rawena, then suggested that I might speak with her. First, how is this possible? Second, is there any reason I should think she, in whatever state, is no danger to me?" You see Alexander's eyes widen just slightly as a thought hits him. "Is she here?"

Well most of the cards seem to be slowly coming out onto the table whether I like it or not. I constantly battle for a sense of control when others lead in conversation. With Harp I have developed a semblance of trust in how he will interject and respond. Often he surprises me with a twist of logic that can open new pathways but it's almost always in the expected direction: subterfuge, evasion, intimidation, sarcasm. His approach comes with its own risks but I never have to worry that he will give away anywhere near as much as I will. This new Therrien makes it harder to know my best counter-role... I still am not fully sure of the King--as he is similarly hesitant regarding us. But we shall see.

"Your majesty, I completely understand your hesitancy. Trust must be built. Regarding our fourth, unfortunately we have not been able to contact him since we left the lower ward. He had a difficult time during our journey across the mountains and needed time to recover before being willing to continue the research. To'ot was going to attempt to send him a message so I think it makes the most sense to try to reconnect with To'ot first to know whether that was successful." I don't want to yet reveal unnecessary details about Harp or the incredible talents To'ot recently revealed.

"In terms of Rawena, she is not here currently, but we can take you to a place where she can be contacted. Before we do that however, she told us that Thalnoth was the actual perpetrator of the evil. Is that true? All we know is that he seems to be of immense power and that he is also seeking the Horn. What exactly happened?"
I wait expectantly, still standing.
Last edited January 25, 2017 3:55 pm
Jan 27, 2017 2:09 am
Harp and the Seedy Underbelly
Quote:
The dwarf turns watches Valencia leave, "Gods, she smells good," he comments. Then turning his attention back to you. "So. I'm Greave. Seems like you need my help. What's got you itching to get up top tonight anyhow?" He puts his hand on your shoulder and guides you to a single chair in front of his desk, and you can feel the strength of his grip despite his not applying any pressure.
I feel my whole body tense. I may have risked more than I aught for what amounts to an impressive flourish. I could cut my losses now; no sense throwing effort after foolishness. But it is clear I could uncover something of use regarding the Red Hands. And although I'd gotten sidetracked, that was an errand of mine when I set out at dusk. Maybe my luck hasn't run out tonight after all. Let's see how this hand plays out.

I mirror his demeanor, and stretch my legs, propping one heel up on the other toe.

"I have some business of a personal nature to attend to. Actually, if you care to know, I have a debt to collect from one of those Red Shits you mentioned." I make a quick motion that conveys a hit.

I'd at least like to see the turn...
Jan 31, 2017 6:05 pm
Rhiv & Therrien's Audience with the King
Yogurt says:
Well most of the cards seem to be slowly coming out onto the table whether I like it or not. I constantly battle for a sense of control when others lead in conversation. With Harp I have developed a semblance of trust in how he will interject and respond. Often he surprises me with a twist of logic that can open new pathways but it's almost always in the expected direction: subterfuge, evasion, intimidation, sarcasm. His approach comes with its own risks but I never have to worry that he will give away anywhere near as much as I will. This new Therrien makes it harder to know my best counter-role... I still am not fully sure of the King--as he is similarly hesitant regarding us. But we shall see.

"Your majesty, I completely understand your hesitancy. Trust must be built. Regarding our fourth, unfortunately we have not been able to contact him since we left the lower ward. He had a difficult time during our journey across the mountains and needed time to recover before being willing to continue the research. To'ot was going to attempt to send him a message so I think it makes the most sense to try to reconnect with To'ot first to know whether that was successful." I don't want to yet reveal unnecessary details about Harp or the incredible talents To'ot recently revealed.

"In terms of Rawena, she is not here currently, but we can take you to a place where she can be contacted. Before we do that however, she told us that Thalnoth was the actual perpetrator of the evil. Is that true? All we know is that he seems to be of immense power and that he is also seeking the Horn. What exactly happened?" I wait expectantly, still standing.
"There will be time for the sharing of stories over breakfast in the morning. Hopefully we can collaboratively paint a picture of what happened... back then, and also what's happening now with this Thalnoth and the Horn of Dorothir. I merely wanted to know if Rawena was here to gauge whether I needed to take any precautions against her."

Alexander looks at the large clock in the corner behind the desk and strokes his beard. "And your friend, To'ot. You have a way to contact him and invite him to the Palace?"
Jan 31, 2017 7:22 pm
The King's straight-forwardness has really caught me off guard. During the entire conversation I have been trying to catch any hint of deception in his words, hesitations, or pauses, but have seen nothing. In certain circumstances that, in itself, would be enough to set me on edge but something about him has put me at ease. The weeping seemed as true as his marble-like stoicism once he regained his composure. That's not to say he's not lying, but I want to trust him. He seems to be a man that disdains being sneaky or manipulative and can usually achieve his ends by reading people and knowing how and when to speak truth. "I completely understand, your majesty. As a relative initiate as a Weapon of the Faith, this is my first run-ins with such a creature. Slaying them would be one thing, letting them...live...is something I am even less familiar with. Rawena, to my understanding, is a ghost. She is incorporeal and--as far as I know--quite dangerous. I am sure she would be quite difficult to destroy and she can possess people. She has not demonstrated any further extraordinary powers, but I cannot say for sure. In terms of To'ot, other than having us go alone to an inconspicuous area outside of the library where we promised to meet him we do not. Otherwise I imagine it will actually be very difficult.....He's amazingly inconspicuous for a half-orc when he wants to be." I grin slightly. If only the King knew how inconspicuous he could be..... "I imagine that by now he either knows or fears that we have been captured by something sinister and he is either hiding or trying to rescue us. May I request that we be released, we can obviously be followed or tracked, so that we can try to reconnect with him?"
Jan 31, 2017 9:06 pm
The King pulls at the end of his bear while he considers your proposal. "Very well. I will send a patrol family with you, but they will be instructed not to interfere with you or your business unless necessary. And, I'll make sure that you have an opportunity to discuss the situation with To'ot without the patrol family listening in on your conversation. They will also be instructed not to let you separate."

He again looks at the clock. "It's just after 20. At midnight the guards will escort you back here if you have not yet been able to connect with your friend, giving you four hours. In that case, we can try again in the morning. Fair?"
Jan 31, 2017 9:12 pm
"Fair. And hopefully successful."
Last edited January 31, 2017 9:12 pm
Feb 2, 2017 4:44 pm
joshuaberman says:
Harp and the Seedy Underbelly

I feel my whole body tense. I may have risked more than I aught for what amounts to an impressive flourish. I could cut my losses now; no sense throwing effort after foolishness. But it is clear I could uncover something of use regarding the Red Hands. And although I'd gotten sidetracked, that was an errand of mine when I set out at dusk. Maybe my luck hasn't run out tonight after all. Let's see how this hand plays out.

I mirror his demeanor, and stretch my legs, propping one heel up on the other toe.

"I have some business of a personal nature to attend to. Actually, if you care to know, I have a debt to collect from one of those Red Shits you mentioned." I make a quick motion that conveys a hit.

I'd at least like to see the turn...
The seedy dwarf smiles wide, baring two golden teeth, one on either side of his mouth. "I don't believe you. But that's no difference to me. I don't care what you plan to do, so long as your gold spends." He turns back to his desk and rifles through a few papers before turning back to you, holding a single sheet. He opens his mount to say something, then pauses. "Before we go any further, is there something I should call you, stranger?"

Rolls

Harper's Deception Roll - (1d20+4)

(5) + 4 = 9

Feb 2, 2017 6:31 pm
Perception check (advantage) to hear what Lord Wellington is saying, before I drop out of the tree and land as a half-orc:

Rolls

perception - (1d20+2)

(6) + 2 = 8

perception - (1d20+2)

(4) + 2 = 6

Feb 2, 2017 6:33 pm
OOC:
How many men does Wellington have with him in his entourage?
Feb 2, 2017 6:38 pm
OOC:
Three others, making four including himself.

Also, roll a stealth check to see if your landing attracts attention.
Feb 2, 2017 7:04 pm
While attempting to listen to Lord Wellington, I feel the spell wearing off, and the panic hits me with a sudden attack of nausea. Even while in my right mind in another form, I have been forgetting that I will change back. I drunkenly flutter through some branches and regain myself in time to swoop quickly to the ground before the change happens. It happens about 8-10 feet from the ground and I fall with a thud into a shrub and roll onto the ground. I am blinded for a moment, as my eyes adjust to seeing again. I hear the echo of a cry I gave in the moment before impact. I'm unsure if it was loud enough to give me away, if my clumsy fall hadn't revealed me already. I raise my hood over my head so that my eyes are in shadow. I stand, making no attempt at secrecy, and stare straight at Wellington as the gates close. I walk slowly in his direction.
OOC:
I am not rolling stealth, since I had a hard fall, and am assuming I was heard, even if that isn't the case.
Feb 2, 2017 9:05 pm
To'ot on a Mission

Wellington turns at the sound of To'ot crashing into the shubbery and sees a hooded figure approaching the gate. He, too, is on a mission and not interested in visitors at the moment. He looks at one of his companions and jerks his head toward To'ot's approaching silhouette. The companion grabs another, and the two human men walk to the gate and stand, feet apart and hands resting on sword hilts. The one who is clearly higher on the organizational chart calls out through the slats in the heavy wooden gate, "Halt. The Lord of the Manor has ordered all visitors turned away for the remainder of the evening. You'll have to return another time."
Feb 4, 2017 4:56 am
The King is obviously slightly careworn by our revelations and--though hardly excited about the prospect of letting the two adventurers out of his full control--surprisingly amenable to their plan. He quickly slaps shut his leather notepad strides to the door, ushering Rhiv and Therrien before him. Outside the same six guards snap to attention as the King steps out into the hall. After a brief conversation with the Captain, in which he repeated the plan he just approved, he bids the two a curt farewell and returns to the study. The captain and three guards bustle us, not rudely but silently, back to the great Hall and out to the gate. The Hall has emptied somewhat since the King's dressing down of Lord Wellington, but the room is still rather busy as the castle hums in preparation for evening meals. Rhiv looks to at least catch the eye of the First Disciple, but cannot find the trio of clerical figures that had previously occupied the northeast corner of the hall. The smell of The Captain stops to speak quietly with a brightly garbed man, who seems to be the Seneschal. The smell of the delightful roast reminds both of them that they have had little more than a little owlbear jerky since breakfast and their stomachs rumble in hope.

Nodding toward Rhiv and Therrien, the two seem to come to some agreement and the Captain quickly returns to their sides. The Captain looks the two up and down critically and taps his helmet once with forefinger."Well, I expect no funny business from the two of you. I will obey m'lords commands to take you to the Library as unobtrusively as possible, and stay far enough back that you needn't worry about being associated with us. Be assured though that if you make the slightest attempt to flee behind my vision I will have more arrows in your skull than you have hairs on your head. It obviously will not just be the three of us watching you, though I'm sure you understand that that would be more than enough for that to be a unwise decision. You have four hours."

As the group retraces their steps across the Ward it is not evident whether any additional guards have begun to echo their path but the Captain does not seem excessively concerned with the two bolting. When they reach the fountain he and his two patrolmen stop and, with another quick tap to his helmet, he motions for Therrien and Rhiv to continue ahead. They continue to trace the return, hesitantly at first, looking back frequently to ensure that they weren't crossing to quickly to avoid becoming pin cushions. Eventually the Captain and his guards settle into a measured pace some distance behind them but still in sight. The odd formation continues in this manner until they reach the portico outside the immense now shut doors to the library.
Feb 4, 2017 5:05 am
Leaning over to Therrien I speak quietly enough that no one else can hear. "It's late enough that our options are a bit more limited than I would have liked but I suggest we grab a bite of food at the street cart across the way. Having a drink and some food and posting up on the benches outside of the library will at least seem less abnormal than just sitting on the stairs of the Library like beggars. Our friends seem to have positioned themselves relatively unobtrusively on the other side of the courtyard so I think we're good to roam anywhere here as long as we stay in sight."
OOC:
Are there any stores or other interesting places within line of sight to the library? I am assuming our chat with the King counted as a short rest, but if not we can take one here and get some basic food.
Feb 6, 2017 7:28 pm
OOC:
There's no food truck around. This place is classier than that. There is, however, a nice gastro pub across the courtyard that seems to have some life. There's a street that appears to lead around and down a bit to a residential section. You see what looks like a bank, a fancy grocer (closed), a school building (closed), a temple (open 24/7), and a few shops (all closed, although the clothier shop appears to have a light on in the back). To the one side of the library, you notice a small field marked off for training exercises, although it is mostly out of view.

The road between the school and the temple heads to a commercial section. And, there's the road you used from the palace to the library, which is mostly lined with green space as well as small monuments and art.
https://photos-3.dropbox.com/t/2/AABP-9cwvq3T9EBUblpqFKqYleHmY0WRKsyTx2zaIuTKHA/12/23420524/jpeg/32x32/3/1486429200/0/2/Emergence%20Library%20Courtyard.jpg/EJbFzhEYiKYHIAcoBw/iHojAttygEO85SkQCjr86GTP8hTy89eB3mdE5E378Pc?dl=0&size=2048x1536&size_mode=3
Feb 6, 2017 8:08 pm
"Well, I guess we're in luck. The Silver Bulette.... I'm sure they'll charge an arm and a leg at this type of rarified place but we can see the courtyard at least and not have to watch our back." I walk across the court yard, stick my head inside and signal to the keep that we'd need two ale's brought to the table outside. Rejoining Therrien at the tables outside I position myself in such a way to have a broad view of the courtyard, library, and the door to the pub itself. rummaging though my sack I pull out my pipe and my Three-Dragon Ante set to keep us occupied. "I guess the chill is keeping people inside. Care for some weed and a game while we wait for our friend? I hope he hasn't gotten into some mess out there but I'm not sure if there is more we can do at the moment."
Last edited February 6, 2017 8:09 pm
Feb 6, 2017 9:24 pm
whipstache says:
To'ot on a Mission

Wellington turns at the sound of To'ot crashing into the shubbery and sees a hooded figure approaching the gate. He, too, is on a mission and not interested in visitors at the moment. He looks at one of his companions and jerks his head toward To'ot's approaching silhouette. The companion grabs another, and the two human men walk to the gate and stand, feet apart and hands resting on sword hilts. The one who is clearly higher on the organizational chart calls out through the slats in the heavy wooden gate, "Halt. The Lord of the Manor has ordered all visitors turned away for the remainder of the evening. You'll have to return another time."
I will see him now. I am a fellow animal lover and would like to discuss his hyenas.

I cast Entangle spell on the two men, and move forward toward the gate.

Rolls

cast Entangle spell - (1d20+2)

(17) + 2 = 19

Feb 6, 2017 9:27 pm
OOC:
So, here's what I am thinking. If the entangle spell is successful and the men are incapacitated (temporarily), can I get over the gate by climbing the 20 square foot of weeds and vines that sprung up around them at the edge of the gate? Or would they just entrap me?
Feb 6, 2017 11:07 pm
OOC:
so, without going into all the details, mechanically you'll have made it harder to climb, not easier.

However, conceptually I like it, so I'll allow an Athletics check to move at your full speed while climbing. And, since Entangle doesn't require a roll by you (it instead requires checks by the targets), I'll count your 17 as your Athletics check roll. Congratulations! You can climb and move at your full movement speed.

But before we get into all that... Time to roll initiative!

Rolls

Guard 1 initiative - (1d20)

(20) = 20

Guard 2 initiative - (1d20)

(17) = 17

Feb 6, 2017 11:15 pm
Initiating

Rolls

roll initiative - (1d20+0)

(15) = 15

Feb 7, 2017 12:26 am
To'ot surprises the guards by casting a spell without warning, trapping both of the lord's companions in a growth of magical vines. Immediately, the well-trained guard calls out, "To arms! To arms!" while pulling out his short sword and beginning to hack at the vines.

The other guard tries to use his strength to pull free, but his struggles only seems to cause the weeds to town their grasp.

Wellington and the other two members of his entourage, were just reaching the door when the guard sounded the alarm. They all turn around and begin moving towards the fracas.
OOC:
Guard 1 will be free of the vines next turn after using his action to cut the thicket.

Wellington and two more guards will are 60 feet away. They would reach the gate in 2 turns.

Rolls

Guard 2 Strength check to escape Entangle - (1d20+2)

(2) + 2 = 4

Feb 7, 2017 5:29 pm
OOC:
Can Rhiv try to spot how many guards are watching us? I really want to know whether Rhiv and Therrien hear anything going related to what is happening with To'ot. I'm rolling again using my inspiration just in case Brian does hear anything. I will be offline tonight so I don't want to slow anything down here.
Last edited February 7, 2017 10:36 pm

Rolls

perception - (1d20)

(1) = 1

Perception (INSPIRATION!) - (1d20)

(19) = 19

Feb 7, 2017 5:35 pm
Rhiv looks around to try to spot any new guards, and realizes he can't even spot the escort they came with anymore.
OOC:
Therrien, roll perception
Feb 7, 2017 6:57 pm
My blood is pounding through my veins, drowning out any fear or prudence, like a martial drumbeat. I hear nothing, just as long ago I did not hear Lulu's cries as I beat her brother, another man who called me a beast, a dog, a pet. I take hold of a vine and rappel up the gate, scramble across the cluster of vines and leap to the grass on the other side, heading straight toward Wellington.
Feb 7, 2017 7:21 pm
OOC:
that's just a move action. do you want to do anything else?

Also, for reference, you're only able to get about 10 feet behind the entangled guards.
Feb 8, 2017 2:32 am
Perceive

Rolls

Perceive - (1d20+3)

(16) + 3 = 19

Feb 8, 2017 5:07 am
joshuaberman sent a note to whipstache
Feb 8, 2017 5:09 am
Harp and the Seedy Underbelly
Quote:
The seedy dwarf smiles wide, baring two golden teeth, one on either side of his mouth. "I don't believe you. But that's no difference to me. I don't care what you plan to do, so long as your gold spends." He turns back to his desk and rifles through a few papers before turning back to you, holding a single sheet. He opens his mount to say something, then pauses. "Before we go any further, is there something I should call you, stranger?"
I don't break eye contact, but let the corner of my mouth drift up in a friendly grin. "Harper. Or Harp, if you prefer."
Feb 8, 2017 7:39 pm
whipstache sent a note to joshuaberman
Feb 10, 2017 6:41 am
OOC:
I'll bring you all up to speed on the details later, but suffice it to say...
After my near-miss with the drunken loudmouth, I'm convinced lady luck simply isn't on my side tonight. But she's a fickle one, and she'll depart and return again in the thrum of a bowstring. Following the bartender's directions, I make my way through the chill, crisp night. The city smells - clean? Maybe it's the wind off the mountain. The rain has stopped but the lamplight shines off the still-wet pavestone, and I'm sure I've never seen a city so scrubbed. It makes my skin crawl a bit, but there is a beauty to it.

I've always liked commercial districts. Even at night, they somehow feel inviting. Maybe it's the warm temperature of the lamplight, maybe it's the invitation for people to gather together. An implied place for community. Maybe it reminds me of the small-but-bustling commercial street on which I grew up. I take half-a-beat to do something very unlike myself, and reminisce while passing a few shops, all closed, but one has a light on in the back. I haven't truly dwelled on memories of home in a long time, not for lack of trying, but for lack of sleep or lack of time. But in these nighttime hours I feel less - urgent - than I have in years.

I pass a temple, which is open to all comers, a closed school and grocer, and a bank. The library is across the courtyard, and a couple guards looking attentive but non-aggressive. I keep my attention on them, scanning for any other authorities. With memories of my father starting to sneak into the back of my mind, my hand drifts to my inside jacket pocket where rests my last cigarette. And just as I feel it, I'm met with a smell of weed that reminds me of someone...

"Rip me, it's the big lug, out past his bedtime. I told you we'd meet in the morning." I remove my hand from my jacket as Rhiv and Therrien look up from their pipes. I hope Rhiv wasn't supposed to be keeping a lookout; I could have nicked his pint of ale without his notice.
Feb 10, 2017 2:28 pm
In the midst of hand I hear Harp's voice drift into my head. Out past my bedtime? I am truly too tired from this journey... Looking up from my hand to reach for my pint, the shadowy shape of none other than Harp himself stands before me.... rip me indeed! "Well hullo! Friend!" I have learned to never count Harp out but I had come pretty close to it over the last 48 hours. His experience with Rowena--on top of everything else he had undergone--had seemingly choked the life out of him. That, combined with the low-likelihood of him being able to so quickly make it through the wards, had led me to essentially discount him at least until we had heard from To'ot. But here he was, large as life, and bathed to boot. Standing quickly, I grab his wrist and give it a firm double-clasp. "It is good so good to see you back...and looking fit to fight as well! How in blazes did you get here? And how are you? And where is To'ot? We have some stories to tell!"
Feb 10, 2017 6:05 pm
Just then, as Therrien is about to greet Harper, he hears the sound of a guard sounding an alarm some distance off, in the direction of the residential neighborhood.
Feb 10, 2017 7:59 pm
Seeing, Therrien hesitate and cock an ear, and I turn to where he is looking and also hear the alarm. My heart sinks and my shoulders tense. Could it be for To'ot? Or was Harp less sneaky than he thought in making his impressive arrival in the upper Ward? Maybe we'll save them for later... Should we investigate?
Feb 10, 2017 8:41 pm
OOC:
I'm assuming y'all will investigate. Do you want to let the guards who are watching you know anything or just move towards the alarm?
Feb 10, 2017 8:51 pm
whipstache says:
OOC:
I'm assuming y'all will investigate. Do you want to let the guards who are watching you know anything or just move towards the alarm?
OOC:
Assuming we all are onboard, as Rhiv couldn't even see them moments before I just think we would look around again. If he still didn't see ANYONE then he would loudly (in order for their to be no confusion that they are trying to lose the guards) announce the intention to go in the direction of the trumpets to potentially find "Our friend."
Feb 10, 2017 8:55 pm
As we collectively head towards the sound, I somewhat reluctantly, I pull close to Rhiv "You have a tail." He gives me a bemused look, as this is something of a crude joke amongst Dragonbourne. I respond with a roll of the eyes. "You're being followed. And why are we headed towards the alarm? By the way, I left To'ot at our inn before sunset. He said he would meet us at the library in the morning. Is that not still the plan?"
Feb 10, 2017 8:58 pm
You look around again and see two of the guards sent to escort you following you some distance behind. They don't seem to have heard the alarm, but are just doing their duty of not letting you out of sight.
Feb 11, 2017 1:31 am
OOC:
At a full sprint, it will take the three of you 2 full turns plus a regular turn's movement to reach the gate. If you aren't rushing, you will reach the gate on the 5th turn of combat (from right now).
Feb 11, 2017 2:32 am
joshuaberman says:
As we collectively head towards the sound, I somewhat reluctantly, I pull close to Rhiv "You have a tail." He gives me a bemused look, as this is something of a crude joke amongst Dragonbourne. I respond with a roll of the eyes. "You're being followed. And why are we headed towards the alarm? By the way, I left To'ot at our inn before sunset. He said he would meet us at the library in the morning. Is that not still the plan?"
As we walk briskly south, I smile at Harp's expectation that we were clueless about our chaperones. "We know. They are a bit of a long story, that we will get to but suffice it to say that we are under Royal protection. But you did see To'ot, at least that's one thing that went smoothly. He was supposed to bring you word of our status, give you clear instructions on how to proceed through the Wards via a Church 'chaperone', and then fly back to meet us here outside of the Library. If everything had gone smoothly he would have been here more than half an hour past. I have no idea whether these alarms are related to him but if they are it would be best that we were there quickly." Even though no one one appears to be close enough to hear us, I lower my voice further before I continue. "Harp, we have too much to pass along in depth but you must know three things: First, Thalnoth is more powerful than at least I feared. He transported us to some ethereal plane and warned us via a monstrous beast to abandon this mission. We defeated his minion, but I can only suspect that he spoke true when he claimed that it was but a small showing of his power. Secondly, the King knows more than we suspected. At a minimum, he knows exactly what the To'ot, Therrien, and I were doing in the Library and why. By the blessing of Adonai, he may be an ally rather than an enemy. He seems to be repentant of his sin, and desirous to rectify both what he has done and keep it from getting worse. He knows we have access to Rawena and he fears her power, but he knows of the Horn, and of Thalnoth, and seems to see him as the greatest danger." Though we are walking side by side and I am unable to see his face, I know exactly the sarcastic sneer that crossed his face during the previous sentence. "Hold your peace and here me out. I may trust a little more in truth than you would prefer but we are where we are. Finally, these guards are here to escort us back to the King after we reconnect with To'ot. I don't know how many of them there are but likely enough. We shielded your identity and location but it wouldn't surprise me in the slightest if the King managed to know that you are here by some other means. Now that you have joined us, I doubt you will be allowed leave, but now is certainly your only chance to get out from this yoke. If you intend to abandon us, do so now before it is made known to his men exactly who you are. They probably don't have explicit orders regarding you, but they certainly soon will. He who sows sparingly will also reap sparingly, but I will not judge you in the slightest if you do so."
Last edited February 11, 2017 2:35 am
Feb 11, 2017 4:35 am
I take this information in quickly. My bath and the brisk night air appear to have cleared my head, and I'm thinking more quickly than before, discerning more readily, and not just by instinct. I make a face at Rhiv's insinuation that I would want to leave the party now, but his statement is earned; he is not attempting to rile me. I take a deep breath, and slowly exhale, somewhat noisily. Looking straight ahead,I say "I'm with you." and then, turning to Rhiv with a grin, "Let's get to it." I break off in a run towards the alarm, readying crossbow and tightening belts.
Feb 11, 2017 5:42 am
And he's off. "Therrien, let's show these bureaucrats how to make haste." I hesitate for a moment as I quickly pray for a blessing from the Adonai. My hammer begins to glow with holy energy as the power of my Lord flows from my hand into the weapon. Breaking into a run behind Harp, I look again to see our 'tail' and wave them onward as if I was their commanding officer. If you're backed into a corner you might as well make it comfortable...


----------
Reference Recap 8 for follow up action
Last edited February 13, 2017 2:58 pm
Feb 12, 2017 5:20 am
My response to To'ot -

As I mentioned, I'm taken aback and off guard. I sit in a chair and stare at the fire. The wine glass trembles in my hand. My gaze is a thousand strides distant, and a hundred years ago.

"You will not be quick to say I have any piece of wisdom when you know why I rage. It was not always so..... I take a drink of wine and hurl the remnant into the flames. The glass shatters. The flames smolder and gasp. "I can still hear their screams. Hunters who rode beside me. Women. Children. Babes. None survived. I turn my empty gaze on To'ot. "You should know who you call wise." I look ar Rhiv and the newly-centered Harp. "You should know who you fight beside."I look away and pull out my hand axe and sharpening shale. The sharp, quick whisk of the blade on stone is like a metronome to my story's rhythm. "Our tribe was an island one. We thought we were the only sentient beings on earth. We knew not of any mainland, or humans, or orcs, or kings or Dragons. We hunted and took what the earth offered. We did not grow sick. We did not fight. Our existence was a happy one. A charmed one. My father, the chief of the tribe, ruled; as did his father before him and backwards to the beginning of our people's memory. They were loved and revered. What they hid from those who loved them was monstrous. How they had all willingly laid our peace in the slavering jaws, of a monster" I change from handaxe to sword. The whisk is now a long and low whisper - almost mournful. The night of my name's day, when I was to take the mantle of chief, after all the dancing and revelry, my father gripped my elbow and led me east. I thought it odd that his hand shook. We stopped at the very edge of the Darqueth Wild, an ancient forest on my island. Even in the middle of the night, one could sense the darkness of the trees. My father led me to the easternmost cedar, an ancient thousand-year old gnarl on a small hill. He said little: "Sit there. Choose wisely." His eyes held bottomless fear.

I am being more forceful with the blade now. Small sparks fly. The whisper is a shrill shriek.

The moon was near-full, so my eyes could pick out even the pattern of bark on distant trees. After several hours, I had begun to believe I had fallen victim to an elaborate hoax, when I saw walking toward me, from the darkness of the Wild, half a man. Despite only seeming to be the right half of a man, it seemed to be walking well enough, and only when the figure stepped just out of the edge of the Wild into the moonlight about 5 strides away did I understand why. It was a whole man, whose right side was pure glowing white, and left side was black. In fact, black is a poor word for the left side of the body – it was somehow darker than black, as if it drank the light. The figure was looking straight at me.

I had never known such fear. Just as I was about to issue a challenge, the figure spoke, though when it did, there seemed to be two voices, one a clear bell of a voice, and the other an undertoning rasping whisper. "Therrien son of Berron, for generations your forebearers have dealt with me in parlay for the peace of your tribe. Each in his turn has chosen wisely, and has been rewarded with my gentle protection, and the avoidance of my ravenous hunger. For I have been an ally to your tribe such that they have never needed another, yet I can also be the slavering maw that devours them whole. I will say no more than this, for this is all I have ever said. Now, which of me will you choose to deal with your people?"

And with this, the figure seemed to rend itself in two along its axis and each half became whole such that I was now faced with two figures. One, a glowing white, noble figure, and one whole man-shaped void in the night, full of menace and power. I.... remember, I raised my hand ... and pointed at one of the figures.

Everything that happened after is a nightmare. The shadow figure suddenly opened its eyes and a horrible mouth – all appeared as glowing embers in a fanned fire. It shrieked and swept toward me at impossible speed. I had just unsheathed my sword when the darkness struck me in the small of my back, sending me to the ground. The figure swept on westward toward the village. The wound burned as if touched by fire. It burns still. ...

The white figure stood there still. I remember it did not have a look of pity on its face

It said, "All tribes make your choice in the end, Therrien son of Berron. Seek me if you wish. I will await you. I am sure we will then find we share more than words." And then it disappeared.


I am holding my sword by the blade now. Blood runs down between my fingers.

I limped back to the village. The woods were silent, but the lanterns still burned. As I stepped into the glade, I knew. Every member of my tribe lay rigored in death. Each had a single burned slice at the base of the neck, though none appeared to have run. It was as if each had died at precisely the same moment.

I found my father under the Great Beech tree. He had been dealt with.... differently. He was burned from neck to feet, the charred flesh appearing darker than black, seeming to drink the light. Only his face was spared, and it was clear he had been in agony at the time of his death.

I shed no tears and wasted no time. I gathered his longbow, sword, and knives, and ran into the Wild. I remembered every minute of the next two centuries as I have ranged throughout the Wild and eventually beyond in search of the Half-Man wizard. I remember every monster I have slain in my journeys as I grew in skill with sword and bow. I remember the moments in battle when I shriek and bear down on an enemy and feel a chill of recognition.

I remember all this and more. But I cannot remember which figure I chose that night."


I look up.

"Here is my rage. There is no balance between dark and light. There was not that night. There was only myself, and the dead."
Last edited February 12, 2017 2:37 pm
Feb 13, 2017 3:36 pm
Therrien's obviously painful recollection of this story moves me. I am still stunned that the Adonai has so coordinated my steps that the four of us fell in together, but I am slowly understanding why each member of our odd party is vital to the mission. Thank you, Therrien. I am honored to be trusted with your story and your pain. I am sorry for your loss. I cannot know the pain you have endured, but I do know you speak truth about balance. There is no balance between dark and light. There was none that night and there never will be. There must be balance between mercy and justice, between rage and patience, between instinct and cunning, but never between good and evil. Looking back up to To'ot, Harp, and then back to Therrien, I continue: "My God has surrounded me by your swords for a reason. We have all seen and abhor evil, and have the will or rage to fight it. I entreat all of us to channel our rage, to use it to our advantage, do not lose ourselves in that power or we risk becoming that evil." Looking directly at To'ot, I say again. "Two potentially innocent men lie dead because of your momentary loss of control, but the three of us stand alive today because of that same power. Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good. Where there is good, beauty, love, and laughter in the world, stand against the wickedness that would swallow it. Never fear to act. Learn from Therrien. Learn to control that power that you have somehow harnessed."
Last edited February 13, 2017 3:49 pm
Feb 18, 2017 12:58 am
This late night has been something of a blur. Maybe my rejuvenating bath and sleep did not restore me fully as I first thought, but my mind seems hazy again. The brown bear was a sight, and to see this Orc rage as he did, well... I would have lost that bet. But those are distant memories now, as Therrien's story rings sharply in my ears, as shrill as his whetstone. Burn you, Rhiv! I think to myself This is not about you. But my irritation subsides quickly; a bit of good certainly overcame something in me, and I cannot blame him for preaching. It is his way.

"Aye, Rhiv speaks true enough. I know not of this reason, but good can overcome." I feel a bit trite. This is not my forte. I feel the eyes of the room move towards me. I should not have spoken, it is as if they expect something of me. There is much to say, but I do not want to take from Therrien's night. I will save my stories for a more private evening; as I suspect we are being listened to in such a place... and I am weary.
OOC:
I apologize for the delay, all. The recovery has not been going as well as we'd like, which has kept my energy level and interest in anything pretty low. I'll try to pick it up soon.
Feb 18, 2017 8:02 pm
After taking in Brother Therrien's haunting tale, I can only sit in silence. "My heart aches for your tribe my brother." My admiration has inadvertently opened a deep wound in the elf, and yet his telling only made me admire him more. I regret that I have no worthwhile answer to his lament about the lack of balance between dark and light.

I acknowledge Rhiv's advice: "Brother Rhiv, your point is taken well. But I always fear to act when I don't know what I will do. It is for that reason that I must thank you for keeping me from acting rashly a second time at the Lord's manor. Your leadership and judgment has kept us alive more than once."

"And now the hour is late and the candles are burning low. But if you will I feel we should speak with Rowena before we retire." I reach into my satchel to remove the diadem. I pause before taking it out, and scan for the room's reaction, my questioning gaze resting in the end on Harper.
Last edited February 18, 2017 8:13 pm
Feb 19, 2017 4:10 am
Although hesitant to engage the witch again, seeing To'ot's hesitation, I speak: "I think we'll need to hear more of her plan... Now that we know more--from both the library, Thalnoth, and the King--I say we bring her out now before we are put on the spot tomorrow without a unified approach."
Feb 23, 2017 9:02 pm
After giving Harper a chance to object and receiving none, To'ot, still unsure of how this whole thing works, gently places the tiara on his head. "Uh, Rawena? Are you there? We'd like to talk."

For a few moments, there's nothing. Then, slowly, Rawena's visage materializes in the middle of the group.

The ghost speaks in a dual-tone that continues to be unnerving, no matter how many times you all hear it. It's mostly a hoarse whisper, but there's an underlying hollow bellow that reverberates inside you. "Hello, gentlemen. How can I be of service?"
Feb 23, 2017 9:52 pm
Gentlemen.... It feels like she has sullied the name somehow. Shaking off the chill that feels like it has settled on the room, I lock eyes with the Witch: "We've brought you thus far, you promised to help the Duke and help us end this coming danger if we help you regain your corporeality. I'm afraid we have gotten a little side-tracked over the last two days, but here we are. What is next?"
OOC:
Rhiv is trying to suss a little bit out about what Rawena actually knows. From my actual recollection, I don't think we ever finalized the "how" on saving the duke, helping her regain or corporeality, or really anything.... That probably should have been what the heck we focused on in the library, but we got there in the long way.

As Dorothir aged, he could no longer rely solely on his physical and martial prowess in combat, and began augmenting his abilities through the use of magic. Through experimentation with the arcane, he created the Horn (along with a few other less powerful artifacts), which, through a ritual, can be used to bring any dragon that has ever existed back to corporeal life

So, I guess we (the group AND Rawena) would all be on board to focus on finding the Horn, and using it to help RAWENA regain her corporeality rather than a dragon.... Alternatively, one of his other lesser artifacts might be useful to do the same thing to a lesser being like a human.
Last edited February 23, 2017 9:54 pm
Feb 24, 2017 1:39 am
The witch looks at Rhiv, and if she had eyelids she would have blinked them a few times before responding. "You'll have to forgive an old hag who's been undead for three quarters of a century, deary. I'm not sure I follow. I don't think I've broken my agreement to aid you, have i? Maybe you can paint for me a clearer picture of how far along we are in this plan before I make any contributions toward the next action...?"
Feb 25, 2017 11:27 am
"You can forgive my doubts." I say icily. "I think the discussion about the value of the aid given so far can be debated later. Your information so far has been borne out so far. As you can obviously hear well enough--at least close to this circlet to which you are supposedly bound--I can safely assume you are up to date on the general state of affairs. We obviously meet the King in the morning. We have information about Thalnoth and his search...and he has the same regarding us and ours. We know some small tidbits about the location of these items, but not enough to really lead to a more in-depth quest for any of the pieces without the risk of wasting incredible time and effort travelling to what may be nothing. I fear--as you likely know--that we are no closer to being able to relieve you of your current state than when we began." Her lidless eyeballs and withering stare made me wish she preferred to show up in one of her more glamorous forms rather than that of the frightening crone. "Before we enter into conversation with the King we need to know the following: First and foremost, questions... Is there any more we need to know about the actual event and the cycle that Thalnoth created? Tell us more about Thalnoth and his powers, he has certainly become even more powerful since your last joint obscenity, but what must we know before engaging him further? Do you know of this dwarf wizard? I have no need to remind you that our fate is bound quite closely to your own.... Secondly, what do you plan on doing to break the cycle once you are given you body? And finally, what do you need us to do to help you regain it?" I take a swig of my wine and return her icy gaze without bending.
Last edited February 28, 2017 6:47 pm
Feb 25, 2017 10:49 pm
Rawena cocks her head to one side like a dog who didn't quite grasp a command.

"I'm not sure I understand the source of this hostility. As you yourself said, the information I've given you has proven to be true. And, had Harper's grandmother been a true enemy intent on destruction, my actions would have saved his life. Whatever your frustration, it is through no cause of mine."
Then, almost as if she heard your thoughts, she changes her appearance, shifting from an ethereal decaying corpse of a withered, bent old hag to a nearly corporeal vision of grace and beauty. This image is the same as you've seen her present before, but it seems like she's taking extra effort to appear alive and real, or at least less undead. You feel like if you were to reach out and touch her, she might actually be there, despite her overall lavender hue.

When she speaks again, the haunting quality of her voice is gone, replaced by a deep soothing and melodic alto. She smiles gently, "Maybe this will help soften your tone." She begins to sit, and a simple chair appears beneath her.

"I never suggested that our alliance was anything other than one of convenience. My goals can be accomplished in stopping Thalnoth. The nature of the relationship between Ur-Quan and the Duke is... murky, but I might have a little insight into how that magic works. Bear in mind, each curse is its own concoction; no two are just alike. And, I've never placed a hex of that nature, so I might well be wrong, but I suspect that if one party is killed, all the stolen years would instantly come rushing back to the other. I believe that I can absorb that explosive release of curse magic without dying, as I'm already dead. Even if that act causes me to cease to exist, that would be a fate preferable to my current limbo.

The only thing I know of the dark sorcerer's power is that it comes not from study of the arcane. It comes to him from... elsewhere, though I know not how or from whence. We were not close then, and, as you can imagine, are less so now.

As for the dwarf wizard, I know nothing. That teleportation magic with the earth in the circle, however, is ancient. I'm surprised it is still in use, and, personally, can not see the benefit of using it as opposed to something more convenient.

We can address my goal of regaining bodily form and joining the ranks of the living after we stop Ur-Quan. What good will a new life be if there is no world left to live it in?

So, what are the possible next steps for trying to foil our enemy's evil plan? I can humbly offer one dead old lady's view on which course is best."
Feb 28, 2017 8:19 pm
As much as I know that the wispy image of the witch has been changed to lower my guard, it is hard not to feel better talking to anything but the obviously necrotic face she usually presents. Take care Dardendrian.... Do not let the beauty disguise the rot.... But who knows? Maybe the decades trapped in a foul cave have been some penance that has smelted some of the evil from her heart. For the Adonai said that He "will not accuse them forever, nor will I always be angry, for then they would faint away because of me--the very souls which I have made. I have seen their ways, but I will heal them. Peace, peace, to those far and near,"To be a ghost she was most assuredly an enemy of the Adonai during her life--she has even condemned herself by her own words. "The righteous perish and are taken away to be spared from evil. Those who walk uprightly enter into peace; they find rest as they lie in death." Dealing with Rawena in many ways reminds me of our previous interaction with the King. Despite the lack of clarity about her long-term intentions or her true capabilities and power, I want to trust her. She has a point: she has not misled so far and our interests do seem to auspiciously align. If her goals are truly to keep the world existent, and secondly join the ranks of the living, I too can address that issue later. After all, evil cannot be hidden; "But the wicked are like the tossing sea; for it cannot be quiet, and its waters toss up mire and dirt. There is no peace for the wicked." I will need to speak to Fosgrous about this... I snap slightly as I realize I had lost myself a bit in my own thoughts. A thinking dragonborn, like a resting dragon, can be disconcerting in our stillness... I look to each of the companions to allow them time to jump in, but all seem to be waiting on me expectantly. "Maybe we should bring the battle to our enemy. We know at least where the lair of one of his henchmen is. With more preparation and the support of the King we can capture, or at worst destroy him, and potentially discover more about the actual state of affairs. Now that we know at least something about his metal servant's magical immunities we will be more prepared."
Last edited February 28, 2017 8:20 pm
Mar 7, 2017 12:38 am
Rawena just sort of looks at you quizzically.

"I'm still not sure how you want me respond. That sounds like a reasonable plan. A more thorough inspection of the lair of an associate might provide you with some leads."

She stops to think for a moment. "Tell me, what are the locations you're considering for trying to find the next piece of the Horn? Maybe I can help you narrow down your list?"
Mar 17, 2017 1:59 am
The conversation spins in circles for a little bit, Rhiv trying to get Rawena's assistance while not giving away any more than he has to, and Rawena trying to get enough information to be of actual assistance. After some hemming and hawing, Rawena is finally able to help the group narrow down the best place to look for shards of the Horn of Dorothir to two locations: Noonik in Yuhroone or Welkinburg-Lowerton in Findor. What the you all decide to do with that information is up to you.

After some bathing and a short but deeply restful night's sleep, the party are awakened by a guard, informing you that breakfast will be served in half an hour. You spend the time grooming and discussing a plan for how to approach the coming conversation. Then the door to your room opens and you are led to the private dining room by four guards.

The dining room, like the rest of King Alexander's residence, reflects the king himself. The decor is not garish, but everything is of the highest quality and purposeful. Therrien, you'd swear the long table with its exquisite inlay of two lions was carved by a master elven woodworker. And the food. By gods, the food. Before you even get to the dining room, the smell of fresh baked bread has your stomachs churning. The table is lined with cheeses, fresh fruit, smoked meats. As you sit, you're each given crystal glass filled with some fragrant pink fruit juice and a sturdy mug that is then filled with steaming hot tea.

You all sit for several minutes in silence, sipping your drinks and enjoying the smells of the food and the dust particles dancing in the shafts of light coming through the long windows near the ceiling. Suddenly, the doors to the dining room burst open, and King Alexander storms into the room, followed by four people you've not seen before, then the guard captain that entered Wellington's manor the previous night who shuts the doors behind the small envoy.

King Alexander is clearly quite unhappy, and it seems to be directed at the four of you, but he maintains his decorum. The four people who accompanied the king take seats at the table and receive their beverages as Alexander stands behind his chair at the center of the table. He motions to the servants to begin, and with coordinated military precision, a plate containing steaming soft scrambled eggs with herbs, crisp smoky bacon, and crunchy, fluffy fried potatoes is place in front of each of you simultaneously. The servants leave the room and close the doors behind them.

By this point, those of you who are looking for such things can see that Alexander can barely contain himself. He is chewing on the inside of his cheek, and stroking his beard, and he begins pacing. Finally, with everyone still waiting on the king to sit down in order to begin eating, he speaks. "Honestly, what in the five hells were the lot of you thinking? Or weren't you? Did you decide this, a time when a tenuous secret confederacy between a king and a rag-tag group of adventurers is the best hope of preventing a global apocalypse, This was a good time to stop considering the ramifications of your actions? Did you decide that now, just HOURS after we toasted to our hope that our trust could grow from the smallest seeds, to instead dash those hopes to the ground?" He looks at each of you, "and before you come sit at my table and eat my food while lying to my face, I know you trespassed and tried to kill Duke Wellington."

Alexander stops pacing, puts his hands on the back of his chair, and hangs his head. He sighs deeply. He lifts his head back up, closes his eyes, and begins praying, "Gods of light and life, gods of sustenance, of the earth and the sea and the sky, we give you thanks for the bounty you've tabled for us this day." He plops down in his chair, seemingly exhausted, and takes a long draft of his mug, finishing its contents in one go. He opens his arms wide, gesturing to the table.

"Eat. Enjoy."
Mar 23, 2017 10:22 pm
My head has been bowed since we entered the room. "Your Majesty, all the foul deeds that occurred at the Duke's manor are my responsibility, and mine alone. My friends came upon the battle after it was already in full tilt, and so were reacting to what they thought was an attack on me. I have been going through some changes recently, and in my ... state ... at the time, I was in no position in body or mind to explain. And truly there is no explanation which would satisfies me, nor should it to you or anyone else. I went there alone - with malice and anger in my heart. By the Moon, I did not intend to kill anyone, just to put fear in Duke Wellington's heart. Even in battle, I know I did not intend to kill, only to reach the Duke.

I look up at each of my friends, then step out of my chair and kneel on the ground.

And yet intentions are of little importance - two men are dead because of my actions. If you so choose, I will surrender myself to your men now to stand and face justice for my crime. If however you believe that I may be at all instrumental in, as you put it, preventing a global apocalypse, I pledge to you that I will surrender to your men if and when we succeed. And if I die before then, my soul will not know peace - and I know of no greater punishment.

I look up again at my friends. Unlike your other guests here, I am not a good man. Any light that shines from me is just the reflection of the sun on a cold, dark moon.* I am at your mercy. But do not punish my compatriots as they are blameless.
OOC:
*With apologies to "Primary Colors", and possibly Pink Floyd too?
Mar 24, 2017 1:14 pm
Though I had hoped against hope that the incident from last night would fade into memory as the King chose to overlook our trangression, I knew it was unlikely. To'ot's confession is more surprising, but not completely unexpected either. To'ot, like the rest of us, obviously has a colored past that he is seeking to grapple with. As it is written, "There is no one truly good except the Adonai" but To'ot, maybe more clearly than the rest of us, seems to actually have a heart that clearly yearns for righteousness. He struggles to control his baser urges, but the goodness is strong.

Knowledge and demonstration of the Adonai's power and goodness was thrust upon me despite my weakness; the importance of fighting the darkness arose slowly from His teachings. Harper struggles with elevating revenge and pleasure as his gods. He has his own sense of 'honor' and is definitely not evil but his decision making is usually self-centric. Therrien also seems to be driven more by revenge than by a desire to preserve or uphold anything in particular, and seems to still doubt who truly was to blame for the atrocity he witnessed. As the King hesitates and is seemingly weighing To'ot under his steely gaze, I step forward slightly remaining behind To'ot, and bow slightly.

"M'Lord, I want to merely add that--as his voucher under the Church of Adonai into the upper ward--the punishment should also fall on me. To'ot is a good man who is slowly learning to control the power he speaks of that was thrust suddenly upon him while defending us from Thalnoth. Three of us stand alive today because of this man and that power and I believe we will need his strength to defeat him for good. What To'ot did not mention--but you may already know--was that the incident last night did not end with the Duke's escape but with an intentional choice to pull back and let him survive to avoid endangering other more innocent lives."
Mar 24, 2017 1:44 pm
OOC:
Also, Rhiv spent 10 minutes of that 30 minute make-up session "shoring up their resolve!" with my Inspiring Leadership. :) The four of us gain 7 temporary hit points (equal to your level (4) + your Charisma modifier (3)). There is no duration (it wears off when a long rest is taken) but I can't do it again to the same creatures until we all finish a short or long rest.
Mar 24, 2017 1:59 pm
Everyone make sure you mark down the 7 temp hp on your sheet. Those go above your max hp (which you're all at, per the full night's sleep).
Mar 24, 2017 2:26 pm
OOC:
Exceedingly dumb question: how do I know what my total regular/max hit points are? I don't remember what they were.
Mar 27, 2017 3:52 pm
The King listens intently to To'ot's words. When To'ot, out of decorum, moves from his chair the guard captain puts his hand on the hilt of his sword and Alexander lifts his hand to instruct the captain to stand down. Rhiv takes his turn, and King Alexander continues listening. You can tell that he is open to hearing your messages. When each of you is finished and returned to your seats, he swallows the bit of food in his mouth and washes it down with some of the dark brew before addressing the party of adventurers.

"Despite the circumstances, you seem to have earned at least a small bit of my trust because I have no doubt that there was no intention on your part to, shall we say understatedly, make things more difficult. But, To'ot, as you put it, intentions are of little importance." The king puts his napkin on the table and stands behind his chair, resting his hands on the chair back. "As even those of you not native to East Blackwall likely know by now, I have spent my entire reign trying to create justice in a nation that at times seems preternaturally bent against it. In any other circumstance, my decision would be easy. The four of you broke the law; many laws, in fact, and several of which are capital crimes. You would be thrown in jail immediately. Tomorrow there would be a short hearing where the evidence against you was presented. You'd be declared guilty, because, you in fact are guilty. And tomorrow night you'd be executed. All of this would be right and good. It would be just, yes?"

As he is speaking, you can see in the lines on his face how this issue is weighing on him.

"Yet, here we sit at breakfast, you my guests, because the circumstances dictate that the four of you be exempt from the punishment you deserve... that I exempt you from the course of justice. Fates more powerful than I have placed the future of our existence in your hands, so I cannot allow justice to be carried out. Furthermore, because I see no other way forward, I am choosing to assist you in escaping the path of justice. You will not face the executioner this day or the next." Alexander hangs his head in shame. "May the gods forgive me for my hypocrisy."

Looking back at the table, he continues as he begins pacing again, almost as a lecturer in a university hall, gesturing as he talks. "And, if we were only considering the distress of my soul in undermining the core of my rule and my beliefs, that would be enough. But, in neglecting to consider the context of your actions, you've also handed a great deal of power to Wellington. He is not a significant adversary of mine... yet. But I calculate a great deal of my work to undermine his influence because he has the potential to be a significant rival and he espouses values that are contrary to many of my own. Now there will be no way to prevent these circumstances from giving him sway among other nobles, men and women who might otherwise oppose him. I fear by not handing the four of you over to him, or, at the very least, giving him the satisfaction of seeing you punished for your crimes, we will set in motion events that will see him lead an alliance of powerful people down a path that none with a pure heart would want to follow. It would have been better if you had killed him."

The King delivers the last line without pausing or missing a beat. You can see that Alexander doesn't wish the Lord dead. He is simply stating a matter of fact. Killing him now could trigger an uprising, possibly even leading to civil war. But, outside of making an example of the four of you, there doesn't seem to be a way to avoid the consequences of last night's attack, namely, giving Lord Wellington more power.

"To throw one more bucket of slop on the whole mess, what am I to do with Fosgrous and the officials of the Church of Adonai who sponsored you? I can help you lot avoid some consequences—not all, but some—but they live here. They are going to wear your crimes. This is as it should be. I only hope that you do not fail us in your task so that their pain might prove worth bearing, even if they never know how or why it is so." Alexander returns to his chair and begins stroking his beard in thought, oblivious to the fact that there is still food on his plate.
Mar 28, 2017 4:18 pm
Hypocrite......I still do not know what to make of this man. The epithet is generally reserved for those who assume the appearance of virtue or piety, without possessing the reality. He speaks reverently of many gods, including the One True God, but has he, like a stage-player, consistently feigned to be what he is not for so many years? Or was the coup against his brother a momentary lapse for which he is continually paying penance in his heart and trying to redeem by filling his stolen seat justly?

"M'Lord, you obviously have a sound understanding of the political dynamics of your realm, but may I ask two simple questions? First, To'ot sent a clear message via his personal guard to Wellington that if would literally fly into his bedroom as an unnoticed flea and kill him in his sleep if he sought to do him further damage by speaking of what happened. Apart from the justice of that threat, the threat was made. Did he speak to your guard of the truth of what happened or were you sure of the truth simply by the lack of any other alternatives? Is he the type of man to adjust course for true fear of his life or would he trust in your sense of justice to defend him?

Secondly, will he truly be able use the unbelievable story that a man turned into a bear and killed two of his guards to impugn your name? The facts are, even to my witnessing eye, pretty outrageous. The Adonai calls His followers to speak truth but also to walk with cunning when dealing with the wolves of the world. What would happen if a true bear publicly bore our blood-guilt and we served our own potential death sentence of carrying out whatever our plan will be in fighting Thalnoth? Would the world believe Wellington when presented with a far more realistic--though still odd--explanation? As To'ot mentioned, the consequences of our actions will still rest on he and I regardless of success or failure.

If my plan is not satisfactory, and a sacrifice must be made I have an alternative. I again ask for your forgiveness for these three men and for Fosgrous: Harper because he stayed his hand during the combat, Therrien because his only actions were done to defend To'ot when Wellington's guards struck first, and To'ot because I wish to take his place. I am guilty of many things but in this incident I am only guilty of not getting there sooner. I did not raise my hand in violence toward Wellington or his guards and sought only end the encounter without loss of life. The surviving guards will attest to this."
OOC:
· Ideals: Charity. I always try to help those in need, no matter what the personal cost. Our lot is to lay down our lives in defense of others. (Subconscious: Aspiration. I’m want to be able to be a martyr…and sometimes overdramatize it.)
· Bonds: I fight for those who cannot fight for themselves. (Subconscious: I want to be seen as a good man and recognized for it)
· Flaws: I make decisions based on what is right rather than what is prudent. I am desperate for the approval of my God and I hate to fail. I am also deathly afraid of large bodies of water.
Last edited March 28, 2017 4:19 pm
Mar 30, 2017 4:59 pm
Yogurt says:
"Did he speak to your guard of the truth of what happened or were you sure of the truth simply by the lack of any other alternatives? Is he the type of man to adjust course for true fear of his life or would he trust in your sense of justice to defend him?...

Will he truly be able use the unbelievable story that a man turned into a bear and killed two of his guards to impugn your name?...

If my plan is not satisfactory, and a sacrifice must be made I have an alternative. I again ask for your forgiveness for these three men and for Fosgrous: Harper because he stayed his hand during the combat, Therrien because his only actions were done to defend To'ot when Wellington's guards struck first, and To'ot because I wish to take his place. I am guilty of many things but in this incident I am only guilty of not getting there sooner. I did not raise my hand in violence toward Wellington or his guards and sought only end the encounter without loss of life. The surviving guards will attest to this."
King Alexander takes in your response and contemplates, stroking his beard, for a few moments before responding. "You are clever, Daardenrian. I sincerely hope that once all this is over that you consider allowing me to hone you into a highly capable politician... assuming any of us survives, of course," he says perfectly seriously. "Let me address your thoughts before I present my own."

"First, I have little doubt that Wellington is will be on his way to the magistrate within the hour to file charges against the four of you as soon as the courts open. He is not the kind of man to be intimidated. Your threat did not alter his course as he did indeed tell my captain the events that took place. I also know that he told the truth because I had you followed in secret aside from the guards who were—ahem—accompanying you. Because of this, I have verification of your account as well; Mister Harper abstained from engaging the conflict at all, and you, Rhiv, attempted and seemingly eventually succeeded at quelling the fight. Unfortunately, not much of that truly matters." He pauses and goes to take another drink of his brew, realizes it is empty, then hands it to the guard captain who moves to a small buffet table against the wall to refill it.

"Once Wellington instigates the charges, the wheels of the justice system will begin rapidly turning. Regardless of the plausibility of his account, or whether or not his version leaves out certain details, because he is a resident of the Ehre ward it will be treated with utmost sincerity and importance by the magistrates office who will immediately begin an investigation. The four of you would shortly be arrested and held while the charge is being considered to prevent your flight."

"And what would the investigation reveal? Not simply the bizarre occurrence of a bear attack. Wellington's private guards, along with the physical evidence of at least one guard killed by sword and the broken windows from the illegal entry, would corroborate the lord's account. This would be more than enough for a conviction."

The captain returns with a steaming cup of black liquid for King Alexander, who handles it delicately and takes a small sip. "Normally, trespassing alone does not carry an execution. But I suspect that Lord Wellington will file for Attempted Murder and Collaborating to Commit Murder. With his connections, the investigation would be short—several hours at most—and you would be sentenced by day's end."

"Since I'm not going to let that happen, the answer to your second question is a resounding 'yes.' The King," Alexander gestures to himself, "who has accrued decades of political equity by being firmly on the side of justice will prevent justice from being administered. That equity will not dissolve overnight, but my reputation will be damaged, and I will have no recourse as I cannot reveal why you lot were spared."

"What, then, are we to do? I give small thanks for your offer to take the brunt of the consequences, Rhiv, for the only solution I can envision is not pleasant and it will fall hardest on you, dragonborn." Alexander takes a deep breath and exhales slowly through pursed lips. "The four of you will be exiled."
Mar 31, 2017 5:47 pm
This whole experience is a bit new for me. Although I've never truly felt out of place, I do so now. Not because I've never sat with royalty before, although that is certainly true. But rather because I live around normal people, and normal people have a face they show everyone else, and then another face they work to hide. Whether smallfolk or noble matters not; people are the same. Rhiv may deny this, but even he has some facets he'd rather not discuss. Knowing this makes me comfortable, because I can change my presentation comfortably, and deal the suit that suits the company.

But I have never been in the presence of someone who works so hard to ensure he is hiding nothing. And does so honestly. If he is hiding something, I honestly cannot tell. In most people, the effort of honesty would be the giveaway. But here...

He is the most kingly person I can imagine. And to be exiled from his realm might be a true citizen's most true shame. I would not fault one for rather dying. My stomach feels sick, and not just from overeating.
Apr 1, 2017 1:21 am
OOC:
Josh good to have you back my friend! The band's back together.
Apr 1, 2017 3:05 am
whipstache says:
"What, then, are we to do? I give small thanks for your offer to take the brunt of the consequences, Rhiv, for the only solution I can envision is not pleasant and it will fall hardest on you, dragonborn." Alexander takes a deep breath and exhales slowly through pursed lips. "The four of you will be exiled."
Having seated myself following the lead of the King, I am holding on to his every word as he circuitously comes to the point of his plan. My shoulders imperceptibly slump as he speaks his last words. Exiled... I had honestly not even thought of the option. Though I would not have been surprised if the Adonai or his Angels somehow stopped the executioner's blade, I was honestly ready for death. The martyrs of the Church of the Adonai are many and are revered; they see the face of the Adonai themselves in their moment of glory... My end would not be the end. I have known that my Redeemer lives since the moment of my rescue from the depths of the sea. The Adonai has spoken. He has promised to swallow up death forever. The Adonai will wipe away the tears from all faces; he will remove his people’s disgrace from all the earth.

But exile... None of the others seem to have much to lose. No citizenship, no family, and few friends--even for Harper. I lose all. If we succeed, we will certainly be given amnesty and glory. It is not as if we likely have much time... my mother won't even know I left. If I die, all of this matters little; the Adonai will find another way to fulfill his plan. But I can think of nothing worse than failing to stop this Thalnoth and surviving the attempt. Stuck away forever from everything I have known and an unexplainable black mark of disgrace attached to my Lord, my Church, and my family. This cannot be.

I look at each of my friends. This never had to be, but I understand the rage that each of them carry inside. I linger the longest on To'ot, who is still hanging his head rather dejectedly. I begin breathing again and grab a slice of bacon.

"I accept my sentence."

"I should probably write a letter to my mother..."
Last edited April 1, 2017 3:10 am
Apr 2, 2017 6:40 pm
Pausing for a moment, I add with a wry smile: "and a warhorse and some more rope."
Last edited April 3, 2017 1:03 pm
Apr 3, 2017 1:12 am
The king looks around the table, reading the reactions written across each of your faces at his pronouncement. He is stoic, but not apologetic. He seems to have a great deal of sympathy for the four of you, while not forgetting that the current predicament is a result of your actions.

King Alexander cocks his head to the side a bit and furrows his brow at Rhiv's response. "My apologies, I must not have been clear, as you seem to be under the impression that you have some say in this matter. It has been decided. Although I am pleased that you find it acceptable. And as for the warhorse and rope, I am not sure how you could 'accept' those when they were not offered. Of course, I do not plan to send you on your way empty-handed."

Turning back to address the whole party, he continues. "I do, however, want your input on how this banishment will take place. There are two options for delivering you outside of the borders of East Blackwall, each with advantages and disadvantages depending on where you plan to continue your mission. First, I can have you escorted to the permaport. From there you can teleport to a handful of locations around the world. I am confident that we can accomplish this within the hour and without leaving much—if any—trail for an enemy to follow. The downside is that the destination locations are limited. And, before you ask, I can not list for you all the destinations. You must declare where you would like to go, and I will tell you how close you can get."

"Second, we can smuggle you into dwarven territory under the mountains not too far from where we are. The advantage to this is that you would not have to travel far, and the dwarves might have different insight into either your opponent or the object you seek than we have been able to provide. But, political tension has been rising between us and the dwarves recently, so they might be a bit more... let's say "defensive" than even they are normally inclined to be. If, however, you can gain their trust and/or their assistance, you would be able to travel quite a distance through their territory before having to surface. Again, it all depends on where you are heading."


The king folds his hands and places them on the table in front of him, awaiting an answer.
Apr 3, 2017 2:42 am
whipstache says:
The king looks around the table, reading the reactions written across each of your faces at his pronouncement. He is stoic, but not apologetic. He seems to have a great deal of sympathy for the four of you, while not forgetting that the current predicament is a result of your actions.

King Alexander cocks his head to the side a bit and furrows his brow at Rhiv's response. "My apologies, I must not have been clear, as you seem to be under the impression that you have some say in this matter. It has been decided. Although I am pleased that you find it acceptable. And as for the warhorse and rope, I am not sure how you could 'accept' those when they were not offered. Of course, I do not plan to send you on your way empty-handed."

Turning back to address the whole party, he continues. "I do, however, want your input on how this banishment will take place. There are two options for delivering you outside of the borders of East Blackwall, each with advantages and disadvantages depending on where you plan to continue your mission. First, I can have you escorted to the permaport. From there you can teleport to a handful of locations around the world. I am confident that we can accomplish this within the hour and without leaving much—if any—trail for an enemy to follow. The downside is that the destination locations are limited. And, before you ask, I can not list for you all the destinations. You must declare where you would like to go, and I will tell you how close you can get."

"Second, we can smuggle you into dwarven territory under the mountains not too far from where we are. The advantage to this is that you would not have to travel far, and the dwarves might have different insight into either your opponent or the object you seek than we have been able to provide. But, political tension has been rising between us and the dwarves recently, so they might be a bit more... let's say "defensive" than even they are normally inclined to be. If, however, you can gain their trust and/or their assistance, you would be able to travel quite a distance through their territory before having to surface. Again, it all depends on where you are heading."


The king folds his hands and places them on the table in front of him, awaiting an answer.
So much for that attempt to get a smile. That one went down like an anvil. The King had managed to win me over with his balanced calm and his continual, and seemingly heartfelt, references to justice, but he is not the Lord. He is not a man of mercy. "M'lord, In terms of the request for a rope, forgive my small hint at levity. I lost a prized warhorse following our battle with one of our enemy's minions, and I have been moaning his loss to my companions ever since. And one always needs more rope. In terms of acceptance, it may do little to change the outcome but one always has a choice of whether to accept one's circumstances. I watch the King--and his companion's--countenances carefully. I know none of these people but they must be in the King's confidence to attend such a secretive matter.
OOC:
What can close observation tell us about the 4 people plus guard captain?
In terms of where we should go, I will let my companions speak their piece, but as we discussed last night I think more information would be helpful to all of us before a plan is made. I have some logistical questions: Can the Dwarven kingdoms be accessed or exited without entering back into East Blackwall? As you may already know, Thalnoth has a strong connection with at least one dwarf wizard who seems to operate out of a hidden dwarf stronghold near the pass outside of Redwall. Before we we were unceremoniously teleported into the city we discovered papers referencing Thalnoth and his search for the parts of the artifact. Do you know of this place?
Apr 4, 2017 1:28 am
Yogurt says:
"M'lord, In terms of the request for a rope, forgive my small hint at levity. I lost a prized warhorse following our battle with one of our enemy's minions, and I have been moaning his loss to my companions ever since. And one always needs more rope. In terms of acceptance, it may do little to change the outcome but one always has a choice of whether to accept one's circumstances.

In terms of where we should go, I will let my companions speak their piece, but as we discussed last night I think more information would be helpful to all of us before a plan is made. I have some logistical questions: Can the Dwarven kingdoms be accessed or exited without entering back into East Blackwall? As you may already know, Thalnoth has a strong connection with at least one dwarf wizard who seems to operate out of a hidden dwarf stronghold near the pass outside of Redwall. Before we we were unceremoniously teleported into the city we discovered papers referencing Thalnoth and his search for the parts of the artifact. Do you know of this place?
OOC:
What can close observation tell us about the 4 people plus guard captain?
The king's cheeks turn a bit red. "Hm, yes... humor." He opens his mouth to speak, then closes it again, before finally responding. "It might surprise you to discover that I am not known for having an exceptional sense of humor."

He continues, "I think I know the place you mean. There's a dwarf wizard who lives in a kind of tower up there. My information on the wizard is foggy, but, I do feel confident that he or she operates in isolation, or, at least, not in connection with the dwarven kingdom. Regardless, heading up the mountain would be moving away from the dwarves. King Alexander strokes his beard again, "If you'd like, I can commit to investigating the stronghold and pass along whatever information we find." Then after another few moments, "Do you still have any of the papers you found, or remember what was on them?"
OOC:
The four other people seated at the table appear quite capable, if each in very different ways. King Alexander seems to trust them all implicitly. They are all listening intently to the conversation at the table. What are you trying to discover?
Apr 5, 2017 10:43 am
Catching up -

-During the "better if you'd killed him" speech from the king, Therrien is indeed staring daggers at Rhiv.

-He is increasingly impressed by the sacrificial courage (foolishnessp?) of his martyr-determined friends. To'ot's offer to take all punishment....even Rhiv's proclamations.

-Therrien's anger-stare if only broken by Rhiv's attempt at humor. Therrien grunts an appreciative half-laugh at the attempt. He always values those who can grin through battle.

-Therrien doesn't care about exile. He is an elf without a country.


Lord... your, bending of justice will be rewarded. We will not fail. We have, ah, not talked of any plan going forward amongst ourselves. I think inquiring among the Dwarves would be touchy business. Who knows how deeply Thalnoth's influence has spread there considering that one of the last dwarves we met damn-near killed us in his name. However, the chance for more information is attractive. We have talked around the existence of Rawena. Should we draw on her, ah, wisdom? She has convinced at least some of us (glance at R) that her priorities and ours are aligned. For now.

My mention of Rawena is because I truly do want to get her advice, and to toss the King again a little off balance. Each of us in the room has committed crimes and escaped some version of justice....
Apr 5, 2017 10:50 am
And we'll see just how much he trusts these 4 men with us.
Apr 5, 2017 1:42 pm
whipstache says:
OOC:
The four other people seated at the table appear quite capable, if each in very different ways. King Alexander seems to trust them all implicitly. They are all listening intently to the conversation at the table. What are you trying to discover?
OOC:
I guess just the basics of what we can see, race, age, etc. In terms of their reactions, whether anything we say seems to be a surprise to them.
Apr 6, 2017 4:21 pm
bahoust says:
Lord... your, bending of justice will be rewarded. We will not fail. We have, ah, not talked of any plan going forward amongst ourselves. I think inquiring among the Dwarves would be touchy business. Who knows how deeply Thalnoth's influence has spread there considering that one of the last dwarves we met damn-near killed us in his name. However, the chance for more information is attractive. We have talked around the existence of Rawena. Should we draw on her, ah, wisdom? She has convinced at least some of us (glance at R) that her priorities and ours are aligned. For now.

My mention of Rawena is because I truly do want to get her advice, and to toss the King again a little off balance. Each of us in the room has committed crimes and escaped some version of justice....
The King doesn't flinch at your mention of Rawena, but, to be fair, he doesn't flinch at much. He's made a life out of knowing when and how to put his emotions on display, so the fact that there's no visible reaction doesn't mean he isn't bothered. "I don't think this would be the best time to inquire of Rawena. There are some in our present company that might not... appreciate... her input." He gestures generically to the other guests at the table.

For the first time, each of you takes a closer look at the other four people seated for breakfast. Seated to the King Alexander's right is a halfling woman, and even though she's seated, you can see she's taller than most halflings you've seen. Her features are striking, and her fiery orange hair falls loosely around the collar and and shoulder pads of her dull gray breastplate. Hanging over the back of her chair is a simple leather scabbard from which emerges the hilt of sword like you've never seen before: a golden half-circle with eight spikes protruding from the circumference resembling a rising sun. The handle is wrapped in a purple cloth and two strands extend from the end, hanging down six or eight inches. From her shoulders falls a cloak of similar purple, and on the cloak you see similar runes to the ones on Biri's robes.

To her right is a human (or possibly half-elf) man with light peach skin and long dark brown hair pulled back into a single pony tail. His sandy brown leather cloak is marked with scratches, lines, and other signs of wear while boasting a high, pointed collar. He has removed along with his heavy leather gloves a black leather chest harness containing eight or ten indecipherable vials and placed it on the table, and still wears two belts with at least as many small pouches.

Seated to the King's left is a black-haired human woman with tanned chestnut skin and large white fangs as earrings. Grabbing your attention are the tattoos across her cheekbones, text written in a script that simultaneously seems both familiar and totally foreign. Her sleeveless teal blue vest is trimmed with gold fabric, and it would hang to the floor were she standing. As it is, the tail of the vest has been pulled to the side so as not to be sat upon and rests in her lap. She wears several teal and gold-colored beaded necklaces. In fact, you notice she has jewelry just about everywhere one might wear it, including arm bands around her well-defined and heavily tattooed upper arms made from a gold-colored wood.

Next to the tattooed woman sits a funny looking gnomish man with a tall hat made out of red felt that has been poorly stitched together. The had has several bands of fabric around it, a point that comes down between his bright blue eyes covering the bridge of his nose, and two long flaps that hang down past the seat of his chair. His unkempt white eyebrows are impossibly long, and with his equally long mustache make the center of his face resemble a furry white "X". Against the table within reach leans a short staff with an odd U-shaped symbol at the top. Sticking out from his robes, you can just see a small carving of a dragon's head, the white stone handle of a curved dagger.

The King continues, "Speaking of my guests, I suppose now is a good time to introduce them." The King stands. "This beautiful lady to my right is Samantha Brighthill. Beside her is Eoghan Forrester. To my left is the lovely Yiventi Pendu. Beyond her sits Popo Bligblop Tinkerwizz. All four of these have graciously accepted my request to make themselves available to join you on the next leg of your journey. They are all capable specialists, and because of their capabilities, I can only spare one of them, given the unknown duration of your mission."

Retaking his seat, Alexander places his napkin back into his lap before plating some cheese and smoked sausage slices. "You may speak to each of them about their skills and talents, but do so quickly. We still have much to cover before your rapidly approaching departure." The king then signals the guard captain who exits the room, apparently to retrieve something.
Apr 6, 2017 8:08 pm
"Popo, well met. If a bulette suddenly rises and attacks, where might you strike him to live to see the sunset?

Madam Brighthill - which head of an ettin is the most dangerous?

Eoghan - where should you strike a Displacer?

Madam Yventi - who should we pick to join us among the 4?


I would ask each in turn, waiting for an answer. This is Therrien polite.
Apr 6, 2017 10:23 pm
Therrien, with all his valor, seems to see a dangerous encounter around every corner. I do too, often enough, but I can just as often brush past those corners without a scuffle. I'm more interested in who can prepare us a halfway decent meal in the brush, or keep my boots dry and free of ticks. Better yet, who can transport us instantly where we'd like to go? My stomach actually roils again at that last thought. A week ago I wouldn't have dared approach any power of the sort; now my subconscious is seeking it out. What the hell is wrong with me?

Reflexively, I snort loudly at Therrien's question.
Apr 7, 2017 5:01 pm
Popo applauds excitedly, rocking back and forth in his chair. "Master Therrien, I presume, what an absolutely deeelightful inquiry! That you seem to have an interest in unusual and awful creatures only heightens my premonition that I would be a perfect complement to your already outrageous and stellar group of companions. As he speaks, his eyebrows dance around like his caterpillars in a room of hungry birds, half the time seemingly no longer attached to his face.

The bulette, as you no doubt know, is one of the filthiest, rottenest, gruesomest monsters on this—or any—plane of existence because it is no respecter of any person when choosing its victims, launching itself from beneath the earth, maw agape." The gnome dangles a thin slice of salami over his mouth before jumping up into his chair, snatching it with his teeth, and thrashing about in some sort of bizarre reenactment. He stops abruptly upon realizing he may have gotten slightly carried away, and smiles sheepishly. Sitting back down, he calmly folks his hands and finishes chewing, and pours himself a glass of water.

"Answering your question," he clears his throat, "I wouldn't strike the monster at all. I would invite some friends more suited for that sort of engagement."

Popo picks up his staff and spins it one time, while uttering an incantation, and from his glass emerges a long watery snake with a head that resembles both a dragon and an eel. It looks at the people in front of it, then spins and looks at the curious gnome awaiting instruction. Popo smiles proudly, feeling content that he has addressed Therrien's question to satisfaction.
OOC:
I'm going to post each response as a separate post, as I get to them. That way I don't have to keep you waiting while I periodically add to one long draft until I finish.
Apr 9, 2017 12:50 am
The armor clad halfling leans forward when Therrien addresses her. Upon hearing the question, she raises one eyebrow. After a few moments, she responds, "Why, the one that's awake, of course."

She looks at each of you for a few beats, and just as Therrien is about to move on to the next candidate, she interjects, "Now, knowing details about the weaknesses and strengths of potential enemies is important, to an extent. I'm sure we've all had experiences where ignorance cost us dearly." She folds her hands on the table in front of her.

"But the value of knowledge is increased by factors when it is leveraged to gain new insight." You see a spark in her eyes as she gets more excited about her speech, though her tone and pace stay even. "Does this etten know any useful information about the landscape? Can they show us the entrance to the hideout of the goblin tribe that's been terrorizing the local farm village? Will they identify which mushrooms are poisonous versus those that are safe to eat?"

Samantha pauses for a brief moment to add emphasis. "Anyone can study to obtain facts. But the ability to multiply knowledge is a skill, one at which I am quite adept." Satisfied with her response, Lady Brighthill sits back in her chair. Then, almost as an afterthought, she adds, "I suppose I should also mention that my god has blessed me with the power to heal."
Apr 10, 2017 5:14 pm
The halfling's hair catches the morning light as she sits back in her chair, and my thoughts of finding a transporting companion are set aside. Her rigid demeanor: does it hide a softer side? Does she smile? I wonder where her freckles stop...

My stomach upset returns me from my reverie, and I realize I've been staring. Quite unlike me to loose my composure in company; I blame the stomach. I take a drink of my lager. (Gods, this is good. Lagers are exceedingly rare, we had none in the south. It's clear he's sparing no expense for us. ) There's too much going on now for daydreams. Besides, she talks too much. But I can't help but steal glances, and think of a winter fire.
Apr 10, 2017 8:07 pm
Eoghan, awaiting his interview question, has pulled out a small but think book and is casually leafing through the pages of hand-scribbled notes and drawings. When his name is called, he looks up from his miniature tome, keeping his hand on the open book. After Therrien asks Eoghan his question, the king's guest returns to his journal, this time turning pages with purpose while muttering "Displacer, Displacer" to himself in an accent that hints at a wealthy upbringing. He lands on the page he's searching, and stamps his finger on it with authority then returns to address you all.

"The Displacer beast is quite an interesting case. It never seems to be where it appears because it is, in actuality, never where it appears. Or, more precisely, it is never fully where it appears." Eoghan looks back down at his notebook, reading, "Displacers exist in an unusual 'in-between' reality. Rarely are they completely on one plane of existence or another, making attacks against them much less likely to land."

Turning back to the table, he continues, "I'd wager the best tactic would be to use magicks to hold it in place before attempting to commit violence by more traditional means. May I hold an object of yours?" Therrien, with hesitation and distrust, removes a hand axe and places it on the table. Eoghan picks it up and, while performing an incantation, pulls a vial of greenish-yellow liquid from a pouch at his side. "But, if you run into any in the next 8 hours, activate this spell by saying the word 'Sanctuary'. You, or any creature you choose, will be much more difficult to target. After 8 hours, the magic will have dissipated," he says as he hands the axe back to Therrien.

Eoghan can see small indications that some of the party members are impressed. "Given enough time, I can do all sorts of fun things with your equipment," he smiles a charming toothy grin.
Apr 11, 2017 4:00 pm
The woman with the tattoos seems relaxed when Therrien poses his query to her. For the briefest of moments, her eyes reveal a slight confusion, but she quickly regains her mental balance and smiles at Therrien's change of direction, revealing deep dimples just below the markings on her cheeks. She runs her finger around the rim of her glass as she contemplates her response.

Ms. Pendu's face turns a bit serious as she answers, "Master Therrien, you would ask me to advise you which of the four of us should join your circle on your mission. I cannot. I can tell you many of the strengths of my companions at the table, each of whom brings their own advantage. But to give you an answer worthwhile, I must know more deeply than I currently do the strengths and, more importantly, the weaknesses of you and your friends. Even the greatest strength can be toppled through a weakness exploited. My counsel: choose the one among us you think shores up your single most glaring weakness."

Ms. Pendu pulls from her satchel a triangular opal, about 3 inches on each side, with a shimmering rune within its core and sets it in front of her on the table. She then presents an impossibly smooth sphere of granite about the size of a fist with shimmering veins playing across its surface forming a different rune, placing it next to the opal. Standing, she opens her cloak, revealing golden and silvery runes that appear to somehow be rippling across the inner surface.

"These are master runes, ancient magic, as old as the earth itself, that allows me to interact with, control, and otherwise utilize the core elements of fire, earth, and wind. Beyond these, I have am adept at hand to hand combat, prioritizing speed and accuracy over brute force. And, I continue my deep communion with the ancient magics in order to increase my mastery over the elements while I search for additional master runes."

She returns to her seat, leaving the two magical items on the table. "If my skills help bolster an area of weakness within your coalition, then you should choose me. If one of the other volunteers rounds out your party more completely, you should choose her or him."

After a few moments of silence, Popo chimes in. "I appreciate Yiventi's perspective, and that she chose not to display her prowess speaks to her uncanny discipline, I respectfully disagree. Balance can be its own weakness," he gives a quick raise of his eyebrows to the woman seated to his right, intended to mitigate any offense, "although I assure you in her case it is not. In order to defeat powerful foes, one must, in turn, increase one's own power, in force and numbers."
Apr 11, 2017 4:05 pm
King Alexander addresses the table. "Before a fight erupts and destroys my dining room," he says, only mostly kidding, "I think we should move towards a decision. The four of you should take a moment to consider your choices. If you'd like to speak privately, we can give you all some space. If you'd like any of our input, myself included, we'll remain."

The king pulls a small watch out of his pocket, checking the time. He doesn't say anything, but you can sense that he feels the situation requires some urgency.
Apr 11, 2017 6:24 pm
Rhiv has been intently watching the faces of each of the counselors as they responded with each of their impressive talents. "Madams Brighthill and Pendu, Masters Forrester and Tinkerwizz, thank you for your patience and for such effective demonstrations of your talents." I pause to look at my companions, and then back. "In terms of our lack, we have the capability to sustain and deal damage in hefty doses. We have the power to heal, though it is none of our primary skills. We have moderately effective ranged abilities and are stolid in melee. Against normal foes I think we have proven our mettle. The one encounter so far that came closest to making an end to us all was against a animated metallic beast that was seemingly immune to non-magical blades. We were caught by surprise after killing a similar but smaller beast minutes before had drained much of our non-physical abilities. I have no idea how many more of these monstrosities Thalnoth may be able to bring to bear but I expect the worst. If we are to venture first to the dwarf wizard's lair then I think it will be a necessity to have the ability to do as much magical damage as possible which, I would suspect, would involve either Madam Pendu's elemental magick or Master Forrester imbuing all of our weapons with at least some basic power." I fade away as I mull over our needs... "And a side question that may also impact this one, does this permaport allow travel in both directions? Or travel from the receiving locations to another spot? With our limited time I fear spending what precious little we have left wandering across the realm...."
Apr 11, 2017 6:57 pm
"I'm afraid the dwarven wizard's fortress cannot be your next stop, as both it and the road that leads to the mountain pass are in Blackwallian lands. I think it unwise for you to travel overland at all, even within the city of Redwall, until you are beyond our borders."

"The permaport is a permanent magical portal connected to a network of other permaports. Travel through them can only be conducted by inputting a code that initiates a send request to a specific destination port. The controllers of the destination port then must input an allowance code, upon which the portal is opened. There are a few safety measures in place to prevent invaders from sending us into another dark age. Nonetheless, as you can understand, travel using the portal is highly restricted, and is almost solely used for moving trade goods." He shifts in his seat slightly.

"Fortunately, I have enough influence that I can almost certainly get any of the destinations to accept the five of you. But, after that, you might find it quite difficult to get other controllers to allow you use the permaport network further. That, of course, is up to each of the groups that control their individual portals."
Apr 14, 2017 2:05 pm
"I suppose it would be good for use to discuss our choice together as a group privately. Before you go, if none other of my friends have other questions, I pray I might trouble you with a riddle over a trinket I picked up. Therrien slips the card he found onto the table.

"Can anyone tell me something about this?"
Apr 14, 2017 2:06 pm
OOC:
Forgot to mention - the card is Benevolent Ancestor. http://gatherer.wizards.com/Pages/Card/Details.aspx?name=benevolent+ancestor
Apr 16, 2017 8:29 am
After discussing betwixt ourselves for a few moments we identify our major weaknesses as a group as our limited ability to deal magical damage--especially when we thought through our potentially physically immune enemies and our general lack of experience with arcana, history, or investigation. To'ot and I can heal to some small extent, but we also would be better suited to focus on destroying our opponents--and, in my case, being involved in the front-line of combat--than healing each other.

Summarizing our options, Popo can summon creatures that deal magic damage. All of Eoghan's vials are magic spells, and he can imbue weapons with magic. Ms. Pendu has elemental magic that could be very useful. Ms. Brighthill's offensive magic deals with her opponent's thoughts though she seems to be the least offensively-oriented of the bunch.

To'ot and Harper were generally quiet during the conversation. To'ot characteristically is supportive of any of the four potentials. Though Harper seems to be a new man after rejoining us in the upper ward, he seems to still be slowly recovering his energy and vitality and has been generally content with Therrien and I driving the decisions: though when it was time to put in our tallies he simply says: "The redhead." Therrien, as our resident grump, surprised us all with a comment that "Tinkerwizz would definitely liven up the party," but the halfling's comment about suffering loss because of ignorance seemed to have triggered him a bit and he preferred to bring her on board.

I personally think the cleric would be the most valuable. Therrien's reckless fighting style will be the primary beneficiary of having her healing powers but the rest of us have clearly been lacking in that area. I appreciate her thoughtfulness and her understanding that there is more to life than just combat. If she brings as much to the table as she implies then her ability to multiply knowledge will be vital. I have had mixed, though limited, experiences with the clerics of other faiths. Though my mind still occasionally returns to the High Priest's comments about the nature of the Adonai, I am still hesitant to think of any other gods as being anything more than misinterpretations or distractions from the truth. Many are undeniably powerful and some even clearly emulate aspects of the goodness that Adonai defines. In the end, as the Adonai has said: "Who are you to judge someone else’s servant? To their own master servants stand or fall."

After tallying votes we note to the guard to alert the King and he and his companions rejoin us in the room.

"We appreciate the ability to be able to have input in our adventuring companion. As incredible as all of your talents are, we believe that Ms. Brighthill will be most complementary to our party and we would be honored to have her join us."
Last edited April 16, 2017 8:32 am
Apr 24, 2017 3:33 pm
bahoust says:
"I suppose it would be good for use to discuss our choice together as a group privately. Before you go, if none other of my friends have other questions, I pray I might trouble you with a riddle over a trinket I picked up. Therrien slips the card he found onto the table.

"Can anyone tell me something about this?"
Popo and Eoghan both reach for the card, with the alchemist able to get to it first using his longer arms. He brings the card close to his face, then to his nose and smells deeply. Closing his eyes, he holds it up to his ear and listens for a few seconds. Then he hands the card over to Popo, "I believe this is more your territory, Po."

The gnome receives the card, pulls out a small loupe and placing it in he eye. After a careful examination of the front and back of the card, he removes the loupe. "This is fascinating. Remarkable. Gubernatorial, even!" The two ladies look sideways at Popo. Samantha rolls her eyes, but cracks a small smile. "Eoghan is correct; I believe this card can be used to summon the creature portrayed on the front, though it's unclear exactly how it works or how the creature will behave when summoned. Tell me, where did you find this? Do you happen to have any more that I could use for comparison?"

After a brief hesitation, Harper places his card on the table as well. Popo's eyes light up. He picks up the second card and again utilizes his hand lens. "Astounding! Yes, I'm quite certain that these cards somehow contain the 'souls' or 'essences' of the creatures depicted on them. I believe the practice is simply to place the card where you wish the summoned to appear and speak the name of the creature. The creature will likely act of its own will, but in a way that treats you, the summoner, as friendly." He stops and frowns, causing the X formed by his eyebrows and mustache to contract and change shape. "The only thing that cannot be determined is the duration of the summons, and whether it can be repeated or is good for a single use."

He smiles widely, his eyes disappearing behind cheeks and facial hair. "That knowledge, dear friends, can only be gained through trial. Thus, the adventure of the art of summoning magic."

---
---
Yogurt says:
After tallying votes we note to the guard to alert the King and he and his companions rejoin us in the room.

"We appreciate the ability to be able to have input in our adventuring companion. As incredible as all of your talents are, we believe that Ms. Brighthill will be most complementary to our party and we would be honored to have her join us."
Samantha smiles. "I am excited to continue my quest for knowledge with your party."

Suddenly there's a commotion at one of the doors. The guard captain enters the dining room followed by a dwarf with a white beard that drags on the floor, hands bound behind his back, shouting about needing to speak with the King and telling the captain that there are lives at stake. Trailing the dwarf are 6 more guards, the middle two carrying a large wooden chest.

When the dwarf sees King Alexander, he starts to run—as much as an elderly dwarf can—towards him, yelling "Your Justice, your Justice! I found someth'n' about–"[b] interrupted by the force of the rope securing his hands yanking him backwards of his feet. The other end of the rope is in the hands of one of the guards.

The guard captain steps forward and addresses Alexander. [b]"We found this, eh, gentleman in the archive room trying to steal some ancient tomes. I was going to take him straight to the dungeon until he mentioned something about an artifact..."
The captain takes on a hushed tone, "and the name 'Dorothir'."

"There were TWO Dorothir's!" the old dwarf yells from his new position on the beautiful marble floor, seated with his legs awkwardly sticking straight out in front of him.

The King's eyes widen at the captain's remark, then narrow at the dwarf's. He stands, fastens his robe, and says curtly, "Friend, I'd ask for your name so we could do introductions, but we're a bit short on time. You have 60 seconds to say what you must." Alexander motions with two fingers for the guards to untie their captive.

Rubbing his wrist, the dwarf looks horrified as he begins speaking, his voice deep as a dwarven mine and raspy as the sandstone they shape, but his dwarven accent has faded. "O-oh, yes. Well, s-s-see, I am Y-Ye-Yerick Glads-s-s-stone, bardic sch-ch-ch—" Frustrated, Yerick stops. His face has started to grow flush with embarrassment and disappointment.

Everyone in the room adopts similar looks and postures of confusion at Yerick's seemingly new stutter. It is the King who first deciphered situation. He begins badgering the dwarf. "Come now, old man, what's the matter? You've done all this work, risked everything to bring me some all-important information, and now you're going to blow your chance? Spit it out!"

Yerick's expression slowly shifts from shame to anger, but when he tries to speak again, the stutter continues. "S-s-s-sir, I d-d-di-"

Alexander interrupts him, pulling out his pocket watch, "Tick tick, Y-Y-Yerick." The scholarly dwarf starts to turn red as he begins to scowl. King Alexander tucks the watch back into his chest pocket. "As I suspected. A dwarf who spends his time reading old stories and playing with his copper whistle. Hmph," Alexander scoffs condescendingly. "I ought to have the elf over there show you what real fortitude looks like. Or maybe my gnome friend could teach you the proper ways to use that dim dwarven brain rattling around inside your bulbous head. Enough of this. Guards." The king waves his hand dismissively.

Yerick snaps around at the guards, "WAIT!"

Alexander holds up his hand and the guards stop in their places.

Turning back the the king, his face red as a beet, sweat beading on his forehead and cheeks, steam practically coming out of his ears, the old dwarf points a short, bony finger at the King. When he speaks, his dwarvish accent is thick. "Now ye list'n 'ere, y' soft-skinned pip. I came up 'ere t' tell ye an' yer friends that I just finish'd translatin' an ol' epic poem what shed new light on th' legendary Dorothir. I found a bit o' punctuation what 'ad been left out o' early copies, changin' th' meanin'. 'Dorothir the dragon slayer' shoulda been 'Dorothir, dragon, the slayer.'

He slams his fist into his palm. [b]"I cross'd it with two other epics what'd been dismissed on account of swaths not makin' any sense with th' bulk o' material on Dorothir. But, read in this new light, they tell of Ahnnahl-Phizuur, a dragon swearin' t' avenge th' murder of his father, Dorothir the dragon by recoverin' his horn an' usin' it to raise him back t' life.

Our legendary Dorothir kills Ahnnahl-Phizuur an' tells him that as punishment he'll take Dorothir's name as a means o' blottin' him out o' hist'ry altogether. Before Dorothir—our Dorothir—killed the dragon, Ahnnahl'd collected a piece o' his pap's horn an' taken it t' his lair in th' Spires, th' ruins off th' coast from Noonick, in th' buildin' from which he could survey th' whole o' his empire."


The old dwarf straightens his back and crosses his arms across his chest over his long beard. "'Course, if none o' that infermation is useful t' ye, fine. Arrest me. If it is, I'll be on m' way just as soon as ye give me th' apology I'm owed."

King Alexander bows deeply. My sincere and humblest apologies, Yerick Gladstone. You clearly are a dedicated and fastidious scholar, worthy of adulation. And, I hope that you can forgive my rudeness. I can assure you it was not heartfelt, but only intended to rile you up enough to help you get your message across more quickly, as we are indeed in something of a hurry." The elderly dwarf's demeanor softens slightly, but he says nothing.

Alexander moves to a table along a wall adorned with parchment and ink and hastily scribbles a not, then slowly approaches Yerick. "Thank you for bringing this information at great personal risk. I will see that you are rewarded." The king hands the paper to Yerick. "And, after you take this to the head archivist over in the library, you should never receive any harassment gaining access to any archive in my domain, including my personal library."

"Th-th-th-thank you, your J-Justice." Yerick's disposition has completely changed, as he stares at the note in shock, then back up at the king. Alexander gently leads him toward the door, as two guards begin to escort him out. King Alexander calls out, just as Yerick is leaving the room, "Let's share a meal soon!" Yerick looks back over his shoulder, beaming, then disappears through the doorway.

Alexander turns back to the table. "Well, it seems the gods—Adonai, Ka'alanos, or someone else entirely—have smiled on us this day. What do the lot of you think about this new information? Is there any reason any of you know that we shouldn't follow this lead, post haste?"
Apr 24, 2017 9:33 pm
Well I'll be.... What oddly fortuitous timing. It's hard to argue with a second point that leads to one of our two remaining options. If we cannot directly go after the Dwarf wizard we would literally have been tossing a pence to decide between Noonik or traipsing west to Welkinburg-Lowerton. "No, m'lord. I see know reason not to head there directly. Noonik is built upon ancient ruins so it makes sense to search there first. I would like to find out more from Yerick about these 'Spires'. I would assume that the "buildin' from which he could survey th' whole o' his empire." was actually some notable mountain... or else he may have had a pretty paltry empire. Though I know that time is of the essence, as none of us have ever been to Yuhroon the more we can figure out before we head out the better. In the spirit of sharing, we also have this." Though I may be wrong, a peace has settled over my heart about being open with the King and his party. Though he definitely made his mistake we are in the same boat at the moment. And the Adonai will lead us regardless... I pull open my pack and dump out the dwarven papers and powders on the table. "Maybe Yerick or one of you would be able to find a use for these. None of us can read them but we did spot the name of our joint enemy within them. Immediately after that discovery we were attacked by the Dwarf and had to escape. The powders are used in his teleportion magic. When one was thrown in the midst of some runic circle they transported us here into Redwall. We have no idea where the others are used to reach or how they work. Is there anything in there that would be useful? Secondly, you mentioned not letting us go empty handed. Though the support of one of your chief advisers is immeasurable, any other support--even in terms of contacts or food--would of course be highly desired."
Last edited April 24, 2017 9:37 pm
May 1, 2017 7:58 pm
Alexander begins picking through the pile Rhiv poured onto the table, stroking his beard in thought. "Yes... interesting. Thank you for these, Master Daardendrian. We will explore them more thoroughly at another time. I'll pass along whatever information we discover." He beckons the guard captain over to collect the pile.

"The Spires," he looks to the group, moving on from the contents of Rhiv's bag, "are a collection of ancient and unexplored ruins in the sea some distance off the shore near Noonk. They stretch toward the sky like bony fingers reaching out to grasp the heavens. Most scholars believe that the earth has changed its shape over some time, and that the Spires were previously on dry land, but no one understands how, beyond magic, a structure of that shape could even support its own weight.
And, one would think the Spires would be even more unstable given that some unknown portion of them are beneath the water's surface with all the movement and force that comes along.

Yet there they stand, defiantly unexplored. Every attempt to scale the heights and delve the depths of the ruins have ended in disaster. There's only so much one can glean by looking at a thing from distance..."
The king trails off. He clearly has some personal curiosity about the ruins, but also recognizes that putting forth the effort of discovery is not within the set of tasks before him, nor will it be. Alexander snaps back to the present and clears his throat, "Ahem. One would assume the building in question is the tallest of the ruins. It currently rises nearly a thousand feet above the water. Accounting for probably changes in landscape, there's no telling how tall it might have been at the time of its use."

"But, I'm sure you'll be able to find someone in Noonik better suited to tell you more about the Spires. As you'd expect, any scholar interested in studying them has migrated there. Now, before we get to some parting gifts, the lot of you have a decision to make: teleportation or dwarves."
King Alexander moves over to a tall wardrobe-like piece of furniture in the far corner of the room. When he opens the door, you can see hundreds of scrolls stacked and arranged just so. He retrieves on and brings it back to you, unfurls it on an open part of the table, and begins marking on it.

https://www.dropbox.com/s/opmqm3j3gm87c81/From%20Redwall%20to%20Noonik.jpg?raw=1

"Obviously, we're here," he points to Redwall. "In order to get to Noonik, here, one would normally travel by road to Riverlake, then, by boat to the southeastern shore of Barrow Lake, then along the road to Noonik over the course of about a month. Longer if you can't afford to hire a boat.

However,"
he circles Hanover, "There's a permaport in Hanover. You can jump there, and follow the river the whole way. You could be in Noonik in 7-10 days. Alternatively," he draws a line north from Redwall, then east to Noonik, "If you want to try your luck with the dwarves, you could reach the river here in just about a day, and the upper part of the river flows faster, so you could make Noonik in 5 days. Of course, that route depends on gaining access to the dwarven system of travel,
whatever that may be."


King Alexander leans over the map, hands on the table. "Once you tell me how you'll go, we'll begin our preparations, starting with a few trinkets that I hope will help you along your journey."
May 2, 2017 3:12 pm
"M'Lord, thank you for the clear explanation of our options. Do we, as of now, have any reason to believe that we have a specific timeline to recover this artifact other than 'sooner rather than later?' As much as I would like to shave off some precious time, I think that the Dwarven route has too many potential complications. It would require being smuggled in, and then discovering whatever transportation routes they use and either smuggling ourselves through them somehow convincing them to let us use them. None of us know these particular dwarves or have any extensive understanding of dwarven culture, and the relations with Blackwall are far from the best at the moment. All in all, we are starting off with some distinct disadvantages in getting through or even getting back if we fail. I am often accused of being too brash but when it comes to logistics I lean toward a high probability approach."
May 8, 2017 8:33 pm
I am surprised to hear myself say "I'm for the transport. The magic kind." I sit back in my chair, staring at my hands. What is going on? I take another swig of ale.
May 10, 2017 6:19 pm
The king thinks for a moment, "There doesn't seem to be any 'date' by which the artifact needs to be recovered. I only suspect you're racing Thalnoth. But, you are correct. Going through dwarven territory has more unknowns. Unless anyone has any objections, we will reach out to our contacts in Hanover."

The King grabs some parchment and begins writing. "Ms. Brighthill can guide you to the permaport and has the knowledge..." pausing to finish his script, the king drips some wax onto the paper and presses his ring into it. He continues, "and now the authority to initiate a transfer from our end. Talisan will make sure those on the other side are ready and willing to answer the call."

On hearing his name, the guard captain straightens to attention. He makes eye contact with the king, who beckons him near. The king speaks to Talisan in barely more than a whisper. "I'm going to clear the room. Speak to Olaf. Have him message Malakai and make clearance for these five." Then, for a moment, you see the Alexander's venerable facade sag, as he says, "I'm tired, Tal. I'd like to meditate in here for an hour once everyone is gone. Make sure the gang here can get to the permaport, but I'd like for you to personally see to it that I have some privacy. I need my wits if I'm to deal with Wellington later today."

Instantly, King Alexander returns to his royal stature. He straightens himself and addresses the whole room. "Thank you to all of you for joining me for a rather significant breakfast. I appreciate your presence, your willingness," he gestures to his four friends at the table, three of whom won't be joining you, "and most of all, your discretion. Now if you'll excuse us, I'd like to have a private word with our heroes," he turns and gives you all a smirk and a wink, "before they head off to save us all or die trying."

The crowd all bow, and file out of the room, the guard captain bringing up the rear. Samantha stands and addresses the king. "I have a few things to gather around the castle before we leave. I'll be back in twenty minutes, and," turning to the four of you, "I'll wait for you around the corner at the end of the hall. We'll go from there." She gives the king a deep bow, hoists her pack, and leaves the dining room.

With the room eerily quiet, Alexander turns to the four of you and says softly, "Now that we're alone, is there anything you'd like to ask or say before I bestow upon you some treasures for the journey ahead?"
May 15, 2017 6:24 pm
"Only I have never known a king until thee. Sir." A pause. "And I've not cared much for the fates of others. But you should know I will give my life for this thing..." I draw my sword and the morning light glints blue across my arms, and I lay it on the table. The guards around the room reach for their hilts, but I continue unmoved "because you ask it. Sir."

This is a-typical. What is happening to me? I would have never volunteered words like this unbidden. But something been torn away, inside of me. Like a barnacle scrubbed off.
May 19, 2017 1:12 pm
I give Harper a double take as he vows his sword to the mission...or more accurately, to the King. There's always a first for everything. Though obviously revitalized after our brief separation, Harp hasn't spoken of what occurred and I haven't had time to dig in. It must have been something major...

The King nods slightly as acknowledgement but otherwise reveals little. I don't know if he expected such an overture or if it merely matters little but he seems to be waiting for us to ask him for more information.

"Sir, before we depart I have three questions for you: first, a general one. Is there anything specific about our enemy, the curse, or the artifact that would be helpful for us that has not already been revealed? Secondly, a logistical one. Sebastian, the Duke's retainer promised to reward the group with a small piece of property--either a boat or a piece of land in the Kingdom. I pull out the referenced paperwork. "Obviously our banishment and the arc of our mission makes land unrealistic and unhelpful but potentially a facilitation could be made to sell this property for money that could be used for a boat in Hanover to ease the burden of the trip to Noonik. This may be especially important if we need to go back upriver to Welkinburg-Lowerton. Third, we referenced these fiendish physically immune automatons. Have you or your warriors encountered any such beasts and know of anything particularly helpful in defeating them? Finally, and potentially most difficult, you mentioned to Therrien and me that you might tell the whole story another time but that--as soon as your evil deeds had been done--you regretted their doing and have worked tirelessly to find a way to undo them. What brought about your repentance and have you discovered anything else that will aid in our quest?" My words seem to hang in the air suspended by the King's intense stare as he weighs his answers.
May 26, 2017 1:21 am
Yogurt says:
"Sir, before we depart I have three questions for you: first, a general one. Is there anything specific about our enemy, the curse, or the artifact that would be helpful for us that has not already been revealed?

Secondly, a logistical one. Sebastian, the Duke's retainer promised to reward the group with a small piece of property--either a boat or a piece of land in the Kingdom.
I pull out the referenced paperwork. "Obviously our banishment and the arc of our mission makes land unrealistic and unhelpful but potentially a facilitation could be made to sell this property for money that could be used for a boat in Hanover to ease the burden of the trip to Noonik. This may be especially important if we need to go back upriver to Welkinburg-Lowerton.

Third, we referenced these fiendish physically immune automatons. Have you or your warriors encountered any such beasts and know of anything particularly helpful in defeating them?

Finally, and potentially most difficult, you mentioned to Therrien and me that you might tell the whole story another time but that--as soon as your evil deeds had been done--you regretted their doing and have worked tirelessly to find a way to undo them. What brought about your repentance and have you discovered anything else that will aid in our quest?"
My words seem to hang in the air suspended by the King's intense stare as he weighs his answers.
The King takes a deep breath. "Unfortunately, I have no additional knowledge to pass along, not of our enemy, the curse he placed on my brother, the artifact you seek, nor of the automated magical machines. We will certainly do some investigation into them, but so long as they stay within the property bounds of their creator, there's no real violation to pursue.

As for these papers...
the King leafs through the hastily scribbled contract, "Yes, I think something can be done. If the four of you are willing to legally release, uh..." he finds the name on the paper, "Master Starsoul from the bond here, I will see to it that you have a boat in Hanover that you will own, free and clear. It will, of course, be much smaller than the one Master Starsoul was granting you, but, as I'm sure you know, his boat is too large to go up the river anyhow."

"In response to your last question, I'm afraid we don't have adequate time for us to go into the full story." He looks down at his hands. "It will have to suffice to say that I was foolish, and ambitious, and immature. I thought that the world owed me something.
I realized shortly after my deed was carried out that I had made a terrible mistake, that the hypothetical universe or fate or the gods in fact owed me nothing, and that the good and evil in the world was our responsibility. I had made an evil choice, and in doing so, made the world we all live in a more evil place. That principle has guided me every since. I can only hope that, once I'm dead, whoever or whatever it is that judges me will determine that I've added more good than evil to our world over all."


Alexander smiles gently. "But, if you succeed, and we all survive, I'll come to wherever you all are and tell you the whole story. Oh, and I'll get you a bigger boat."

The king clears his throat and sits up straight. "Well, what do the lot of you say? Will you give up the ship outlined here in this contract?
As a result, I will arrange for you all to receive ownership of a river navigating boat in Hanover...?"
May 27, 2017 8:39 pm
"Thank you m'Lord. If we survive and succeed we will have plenty of good stories to swap with you I am sure!" I look at my companions and see and hear no dissent; what good is a piece of paper for a boat we may never see? "That makes sense to us. a shallow berthed ship that is hopefully not too ostentatious," I pause and smile at the King, "would be best of course. We will sign the necessaries." Looking again at my companions, it seems the they are ready. All are serious. Even Harp's standard smirk is nowhere to be seen and a new resolution seems to have taken over our group. "I think we are ready."
Jun 5, 2017 5:48 pm
The ship! I'd forgotten about the ship. In all the excitement I'd forgotten about the prospect of the sea. I quickly looked back on my pirating days with fondness. With all the salt spray and wind, my hair had really never looked better.

But a new, greater horizon is before me. And maybe, if we survive, I will get to swing from the jib again. Until then, this river skiff will have to scratch the itch. I set my eyes resolutely, if only for Rhiv's sake.
Jun 7, 2017 7:57 pm
"I will sign whatever is needed. I have no need for a boat, and no desire to "own" a plot of land, even if we come out on the other side of this."
Jun 11, 2017 2:50 pm
The King nods, acknowledging the group's assent to the plan to deal with the practicalities of the boat. He motions for the group to follow him towards the chest that was brought in earlier. Once you're gathered around the large wooden chest, the king bends down and opens the lid, revealing several bundles wrapped in velvet and tied with golden cords.

The first item Alexander pulls from the chest is a large flat bundle wrapped in a dark red velvet. He unties the cord, and the cloth falls to the ground revealing a large bronze-colored shield. In the middle of the shield sits a large round turquoise gemstone that shimmers in the torchlight. Turning to Rhiv, the King begins, "I know you already have a shield, one that bears the mark of your god. I'm not sure exactly how you might best make use of this, but I want you to have it." After handing Rhiv the shield, he continues, "While holding the shield, speak the word command word "dur-gelm" and the shield will leap into the air in front of you, protecting you from attack as though you were wielding it yourself, freeing you to use both hands in battle."

King Alexander returns to the chest and retrieves a small velvet pouch. Opening the pouch, he dumps the contents into his hand: a single piece of chalk. He walks to Harper and places it in his hand. "This chalk will help you and your group stay in communication even when you're apart. Draw a simple geometric shape on some object worn by each person. As long as the mark remains, you can speak to each other as though you were in the same room. Take care, though. If the stick of chalk is broken, the magic will be as well. The king also gives you the small velvet bag.

The next bundle is a foot long and tightly bound. Alexander approaches To'ot as he carefully unwraps a dagger. "When I was consider what gifts to give to whom, this immediately jumped to mind for you, To'ot. It's called Brien Mieva, the Restorer of Balance." The dagger is made of hardened bluewood. Its handle is a deep black, and its ivory blade is covered with a shiny iridescent lacquer that reflects light with a prismatic effect, changing color depending on light and angle. "If you plunge this into a creature and speak the command, 'ammat noc,' the dagger will unleash a powerful destructive force. It's not guaranteed to kill every creature, but it will, well, help shift the balance of power. Use it wisely."

Lastly, the king grabs a lumpy bundle from the chest and closes the lid. He walks toward Therrien with a smile on his face. "This is my favorite. I had forgotten I had this until I began looking through the vault's registry." He gives the elf the wrapped bundle, and as Therrien gently opens the gift, Alexander recounts, "Many decades ago, I made a diplomatic journey through the Bluewood. The most memorable moment came in a parley with Chief De'Laeris of the SkyDweller tribe, quite possibly the shrewdest negotiator I've ever encountered. We finally reached a tentative accord, sealed by the exchange of symbols of authority. I gave him my morningstar, and he this meteor flail." Therrien hands the velvet to King Alexander, and cradles two perfect spheres of smooth onyx, one on each end of a 10-foot length of braided Jimson Creeper vine. "I expect you know how to wield one of these," the King smiles. "One word of slight caution: my best mages were not able to determine the exact magic contained within the meteor flail. I know it isn't evil or cursed, but I'm not certain what it is. You might consider asking some of the more experienced shamans of your people, provided the opportunity."

The king collects the cloths and cords and turns his back to you all, kneeling by the chest as he folds and replaces them, leaving each of you to your new items.
Jun 13, 2017 3:41 am
I bow deeply to the King as he hands me the beautiful shield. Though simple, the burnished copper's hue seems to have a glow that belied some internal energy. The inlaid design was of an armored man lifting the bright turquoise stone above his head as if by levitation.
http://media.wizards.com/2014/images/cardart/cardart_shieldoftheavatar.jpg

My ears had piqued when the King mentioned items that would help us along our way. Visions of Harper's grandmother's sword slicing through the previously invulnerable armor plating of the automatons made me jealously hope for a magically imbued war hammer like the one I had seen my father make for one of the wealthy lords of Port Charlotte. But a dancing shield? I had never in my wildest dreams heard of something like that. "M'Lord, these gift are fantastic. I pray we use them with the skill they deserve." I heft the shield up and test the balance and coverage..... "dur-gelm!" It literally leaps forth from my grasp and hovers protectively several feet in front of me, drifting towards whichever of my companions came closest. This will be interesting to test in battle. "M'Lord, I hate to trouble you further but, as you noted, the symbol of the Adonai that has been attached to my old shield is what allows me to channel His power into action. Could one of your smiths or armor workers quickly help me detach it? I know we need to move quickly but doing this with the proper equipment will definitely speed up the process."
Last edited June 13, 2017 3:48 pm
Jun 15, 2017 5:34 am
The dagger in my hands, I am overcome with the vision... I am shaking, sweating... my feeble mind reels at the thought of what I must do. I cannot fathom why the earth mother would ask this, but it is not for me to understand her works.... My friends will never forgive this, and I cannot explain it... I will suffer for what I am about to do, as will they.

This man is guilty of a crime that has shifted the lives of all his subjects - whether they know it or not. And what has he done, in all these years, to reverse the wrong that he himself set in motion? All these petty questions or concerns are of no matter, i will not and can not understand this...

But why did my master not help me understand? It seems too simple... could this be a trick from Thalnoth? No, that seems impossible, as I had spoken with Master in my dream before I was of any interest to Thalnoth, the King, or anyone else.

Master could be harsh but was never cruel, and never lied to me. And yet following my master's request would not restore the natural order and balance, undo the aboninable curse and make the Duke whole...at least not in any way I can see. I have little regard for political positioning, changing leadership, and shifting borders - my master taught me that - a changing of the guard is just a different image on a breastplate. All that matters here is that the dark magic that was set in motion so many years ago must be stopped. Who wears the crown and pulls the strings on the other side of all this is of no concern to me, even if he is guilty. And even if he is sending us all into exile.


I turn to Therrien, and make him take the dagger from my shaking hands... I feel great relief when I am no longer touching it. I turn toward the king, who looks up as I stare into his eyes.

"Any of us - King or not - may die before this is all over with, and it may happen swiftly and in a place where you think we are safe. Our lives are nothing but a few turns of the moon, and those turns can light our way for a time only to leave us in darkness. Until our time comes, may the five of us restore balance by righting wrongs - both recent and decades in the past."
Last edited June 15, 2017 2:04 pm
Jun 19, 2017 7:47 pm
whipstache sent a note to bahoust
Jun 19, 2017 8:32 pm
It cannot be.

I am as a bell rung - I have no say in the matter but to resonate at my frequency.
I have been struck.
I toll for my tribe.
I toll for my pack.
I toll for To'ot.


I look at To'ot. A single tear falls down my face.

I know I am fast enough. I have always been quick enough. Except for once.

The King faces away from me listening to To'ot. To'ot looks over the King's shoulder at me. Fast now. Fast and true. It must be the Filos Telium

I slide the dagger into the back of the King's neck, nearly straight downward, severing the spinal cord without cutting a single blood vessel. Just between the 3rd and 4th vertebrae. There is no resistance; it is like cutting through water. I know his diaphragm and heart stop before he can feel the pain of the blade. With my free arm, I hold his body up from behind so it doesn't fall. I feel the last beat of his heart.

It is the truest I have ever struck the Filos Telium blow. And the falsest.

ammat noc I sob.
Jun 21, 2017 2:37 am
In an instant I am over the table, like it's a roiling deck. Moon on the water. Wine is spilled and the liquid lashes my face and burns my eyes. Two hares leaping. The blade that was on the table is in my hand- Rain in the high wind. and against the back of Therrien's neck before I think.

Why did you do this!? Why did you take him from - us? EXPLAIN YOURSELF! Or you will find you're not the only one who can dispense justice. I spit out the last word, like a curse, but my anger is just covering my shocked hurt.
Jun 21, 2017 2:50 am
I barely have time to grasp that anything has happened before Harper reacts. I reach out and call upon the Adonai for both his Weapon and his Wisdom. My hammer immediately surges with power and I wait pleadingly for His voice.
Last edited June 21, 2017 1:58 pm
Jun 21, 2017 1:50 pm
Therrien speaks the daggers command words ammat noc as he feels the king's life slip from his body. The dagger begins to shimmer as tendrils of green energy creep around the blade. In an instant, the writing magical energy coalesces and shoots sharply into the wound created by the dagger... by Therrien. A moment later, with a soft bvvfft—the sound of flour escaping the corners of a sack when it hits the ground—Alexander is turned to a fine gray dust.

Through his tear-blurred eyes, Therrien notices that the only thing remaining of the king is an amulet with a large purple charoite gemstone. He must have worn it around his neck under his high collar, because it now swings from the dagger in Therrien's white-knuckled hand.

Harper's course isn't changed when he sees Alexander disintegrated while he is closing the short distance between himself and the elf. Impossible to comprehend, the past few moments only add to the chaos of the raging sea in his mind and heart that has brought a ringing to his ears.

Rhiv, hammer in hand, rapidly looks around the room, trying to make sense of a senseless scene.
whipstache sent a note to Yogurt
OOC:
Let's give To'ot a chance to react before anyone else posts.
Jun 23, 2017 8:33 pm
My heart pounds through my chest..skin..clothes..

What have I done? By the Moon, I want to think that this was not what I intended. That if I had happened to hand the dagger to Rhiv instead, or dug it into the table, that the King would still breathe. When I referred to the five of us, that included the King, not our erstwhile new companion. But...

But I know this is not the truth. I see it so clearly now.
I did know.. in the deep of my conscience that the king would be reduced to a pile of dust.
I did, in my rage, try to kill that guard at Lord Wellington's manor.

I am waves crashing on the shore, full of fearsome noise and salty spit. But I see now, that I am controlled by the pull of the moon.
I believe that it was my master speaking to me and moving me. And I will do as he wishes.


"Brother Harper release him and point the knife at me. Brother Therrien acted this way only because I gave him a burden that should have been mine. I was haunted, then in my weakness passed on my ghost to Therrien, who has been haunted since the night he lost his kin. You know how it feels to see ghosts in the waking hours. I don't have any explanation that will satisfy you; I myself don't understand the effects this will have. But by the moon this was the only path forward... if far from the easiest path."

I raise my quarterstaff and loop my whip from my belt, brushing past the dagger that swings on the opposite side. The color fades from my eyes so they are a soft glowing white. I approach Harper slowly but persistently.

"Point the blade at my neck and release him my Brother. I cannot let you harm him. Please trust me, for we do not have much time."

I am a coiled spring. My hands tighten their grips on wood and leather.
Jun 25, 2017 8:13 pm
chrisdaly says:
But by the moon this was the only path forward... if far from the easiest path....Please trust me, for we do not have much time."
The words of Adonai bring a peace to my soul. Though I do not know that this was the only path, I know enough to keep walking. I am reminded of the scriptures; King Alexander had earned his fate, as we all had. Those who seek to glorify their own righteousness will be humbled in the end. "How you are fallen from heaven, O Day Star, son of Dawn! How you are cut down to the ground, you who laid the nations low! You said in your heart, 'I will ascend to heaven; above the stars of God I will set my throne on high; I will sit on the mount of assembly in the far reaches of the north; I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will make myself like the Most High.'


As To' ot advances toward Harp I can see the tension visibly rise as a critical decision point nears. Harp's blade remains on point despite his hesitantacy. I know Harp better than most, but the last 48 hours have confused me greatly. From the depths of despair to slightly hazed normalcy to completely out of the ordinary fealty swearing to a King he had just met and--until hours before--had assumed was potentially part of the evil plot. I don't know what will be necessary to follow Adonai's guidance, but we must either convince Harp to join us or incapacitate him for long enough that we can meet the halfling and get to the portal.

"Harp, you are my friend--and I don't use that lightly. The mission must move forward but my desire is that it is with your consent and not without it but what must be done will be done. The King's desire was to do anything necessary to make up for his mistake that set these evil cycles in motion; you dedicated your sword to his request. Honor his memory."

I ready myself to command him with Adonai's power if he moves threaten lyrics or seeks to alert the guards.
Last edited June 25, 2017 9:29 pm
Jun 25, 2017 8:52 pm
I brush past To'ot as if in a dream and duck under Harps blade as I turn to face him. I slip the gemstone into my belt pouch. In the same motion, I reverse the dagger. I hold the blade in my hands, the point aimed at my chest. The hilt is offered to Harp. Am I offering him the hilt to take, or showing him where to drive the blade?

Take it.

The blade?...My life?
Jun 26, 2017 2:18 am
My eyes are rimmed with red and confusion; they nervously bounce between two other pairs, like a cornered animal. My chest is heaving in and out, my sword still balancing on Therrien's shoulder, every muscle pent, but mostly my stomach is in knots. If they wanted me dead, they would have revealed themselves before this moment. Maybe they are agents of this dark wizard now? Controlled in the mind by some dark magic? But I know what that's like to a small degree, and there is no darkness in the bluff face nor the angry one, only sorrow and concern in both.

After what feels like a day, but I'm certain is but half-a-minute, the tension leaves my back and my sword clatters to the ground as I release a defeated, ragged breath. I stand up straight. "Burn you both to the seven hells." I tear the knife out of Therrien's hand and drive it into the table. A small spatter of blood is on the tablecloth.

I pace to a window, gathering my wits and brushing my hair from my face, tying it back and buttoning my sleeves. Every buckle is checked and I recoup my sword. My tone is raw and brooks no argument.

"Ms. Brighthill will meet us in four minutes. I imagine we have less time than that to be through the permaport before we are hanged or beheaded or worse. To'ot, if you wouldn't mind, animalize yourself into something useful and ensure the hallways between here and Ms. Brighthill are clear. Therrien, bandage yourself and collect the remains of the king into a container that suits. Rhiv, hold your tongue."

After a momentary pause.

"Leave the knife."
Jun 26, 2017 2:19 am
joshuaberman sent a note to whipstache
Jun 26, 2017 2:33 am
whipstache sent a note to joshuaberman
Jun 26, 2017 12:31 pm
And he's back... I clench my jaw as a bit of fury rises at his arrogant tone but I must remember that he is still adrift. I would certainly be in his exact place if I hadn't been granted a boon. I will guard my tongue to avoid moving backward. "Excellent thoughts on all counts." I flash a grim smile as I carefully pull the dagger from the table. "But as usual I have a potential tweak to the plan. Ms. Brighthill said she would meet us around the corner at the end of the hall so we have time. No one should enter this room for nearly another 40 minutes and we are expected to walk out of here exactly as we are going to so we should be as normal as possible. Regarding this room, we should either take the knife--which would suit Thalnoth well--and all remains with us, or we leave it all--including the amulet, Therrien. No in-betweens. Even a bit of extra time looking for a missing King or one that has released himself from this mortal coil could make a difference."
Jun 26, 2017 3:06 pm
I quickly turn around at Rhiv's words, his voice grating on me. But I am more comfortable with him holding the knife than the other two. So after flashing an angry grimace, I give a quick nod of assent and search myself for a cigarette, only to remember I have none. I say nothing, but plop into a chair with my boots on the table, and take another draught from the decanter. I occasionally eye the pile of ash where the king once stood.
Jun 26, 2017 4:17 pm
whipstache says:
"I'm going to clear the room. Speak to Olaf. Have him message Malakai and make clearance for these five." Then, for a moment, you see the Alexander's venerable facade sag, as he says, "I'm tired, Tal. I'd like to meditate in here for an hour once everyone is gone. Make sure the gang here can get to the permaport, but I'd like for you to personally see to it that I have some privacy. I need my wits if I'm to deal with Wellington later today."
I turn to the pile of ash, as all of us are silent for a few moments. I cannot help but consider the King's words - and the look on his face - as he sent his guard out... He said he was tired, and wanted to be absolutely alone for an hour. Did he know, before any of us, what his fate would be?? Did he build in a window for us to escape?

A wise man to be sure. And one whose debt to the past is paid in full.
Jun 26, 2017 8:23 pm
My emotions roil. I am adrift - what have I done? Why? Did the dagger dispossess me of any reason? Did it possess me of....what? It seemed to reach inside and pull invisible levers I didn't know existed.

I am desperately despondent at my action. Is there nothing I will not do? Is there no line I will not cross to annihilate my enemy? Is no one safe...? Am I?

I am furious at having again to be the one to have to act - to have the foul deed thrust upon me. To do what had to be done? [did it? Why am I sure?]How to explain? I was hoping the dagger might ... speak ... to one of the others. Though if it did, Harp has not ears to hear and Rhiv probably overspoke it. Yet, I can see that To'ot heard. He knows.

There is no time to explain. It was....the only way. I point at the dagger. Alexander knew what that thing was when he gave it.

I bend and start scraping the ash into a leather pouch.

Take everything. The dagger may yet have ... a point to make.
Last edited June 26, 2017 8:24 pm
Jun 27, 2017 5:40 am
Dagger?

Having seen its work I know its power but the dagger seems to exude nothing overtly as I sheath and stow it carefully. As much as Harp is annoyingly irritated at me, I think he--and I--will feel more comfortable with me holding it for the moment. At least until everyone is more stable. I bow my head slightly and say a quick prayer for King Alexander the Just. Adonai, you said that "Those who walk uprightly enter into peace; they find rest as they lie in death. I pray that the King is able to enter your peace." Almost immediately I hear that same quiet voice say, "He will rest from his labor and his deeds will follow him." My heart can rest a little more. After all, for most that live, 'a good name is better than fine perfume, and the day of death better than the day of birth.'

"I guess we can load up as well. You never know when we'll have bacon and wine again." I reach down and gently touch Therrien's shoulder and watch the wound close and disappear. It is always amazing to see the healing power of the Adonai. In many ways His power is imperceptible. I feel nothing moving from me, and yet see the immediate impact on the outer world. I guess He does it that way as a reminder that it is not me doing the work. I must ponder that.....later. I quickly cinch my hammer and grab my new shield--still dancing carefully a few feet from me--and strap it to my back. I guess I will need to handle the adjustment to my holy focus on my own. I look around the room and grab the packable food items that are close at hand, including an a mostly untouched bottle of His Majesty's finest. I then move to stand by the door, ready to exit as soon as we are ready. "Therrien, I would expect you would be best to handle any conversations that are to be had with the halfling to make sure we get through the portal. I can only speak for myself but--though I know we must go forward--I will struggle with subterfuge if we are pressed for any explanations."

As Therrien carefully seals his leather pouch and tucks it into his bag, he nods towards us all and he and To'ot join me at the door. I put my hand on the handle and look expectantly toward Harp. After a moment of awkward silence, he kicks the table forward slightly with a grunt, stands, and joins us with a grim shake of his head. I open the door and wait as the three file out into the hall and down toward where we were told to meet Ms. Brighthill; Therrien in the lead. I send one last look to the empty chair where the King had sat for most of the morning. Without his forceful presence the room looked forlorn and cold. The dark shadows cast around the narrow high windows magnified by the low embers of burn-down fire. What will fill the void here in Blackwall? What have Therrien and To'ot put into motion? When...if....we return what will be left? I close the door and follow the three; my stomach knotted but my step resolute.
OOC:
If there was actually any damage done to Therrien it is healed via Lay on Hands. Additionally, I am looking actively for anything out of the ordinary on the way to meet Ms. Brighthill
Last edited June 28, 2017 7:41 pm

Rolls

perception - (1d20)

(10) = 10

Jul 1, 2017 10:47 am
OOC:
that dagger looks pretty spot on to what I was imagining.
Group skill check time! Everyone roll Perception.
Jul 1, 2017 11:23 am
Perception

Rolls

Perception - (1d20+3)

(4) + 3 = 7

Jul 1, 2017 4:53 pm
I lazily perceive.

Rolls

Perception - (1d20+5)

(8) + 5 = 13

Jul 1, 2017 7:45 pm
Perception

Rolls

Perception - (1d20+2)

(8) + 2 = 10

Jul 3, 2017 6:35 pm
The four men do their best to cover their tracks, but it's a tall ask given the circumstances. Therrien leads the group down the long dark hallway, flickering torchlight casting dancing silhouettes onto the wall. He turns the corner, and continues until he reaches the cleric, laden with her belongings, standing at a hallway intersection. Noting the serious and far-away looks on the faces of the companions, she simply nods and takes the hallway to the left.

After a series of twists and turns, three flights of stairs interspersed, she pauses at a corner. "We're about to pass out of restricted access. Try to act normal." Turning the corner, she leads the group down a short final hall to a small wooden door flanked by two royal guards. The guards open the door and the group moves through in silence, passing by four more guards.

The five adventurers snake their way through kitchens, cellars, and other storage areas and empty rooms, obviously intending to avoid the most public spaces of the castle. They finally stop in a small room that looks like an office or records room where the Captain is waiting. He looks the group over. "Why the sour faces?" he asks with a smile. "Oh, right! Listen, you don't have to be afraid of porting. It's perfectly safe, if a little disorienting." After a brief pause, he remarks, "Well, you seem ready. Let's go." He moves around to behind the desk and unlocks a drawer with a key. Then he removed a false back from the drawer, reaches his hands in and pressed a button on the underside of the desktop. A panel of the rock wall behind to scrape open, revealing a passage that none of the party noticed before as sconces alight themselves . Captain ________________ starts down the musty stairwell before pausing and turning back to the group. "I hope none of you are afraid of tight quarters," he quips wryly. He turns and heads down the stairs.

The journey through the passage takes another 15 or 20 minutes, and when the group reaches the end of the corridor, the captain halts the group. He unsheathes a small wooden dagger and with the handle raps an intricate pattern on the door. bop-bop——bop-bop-bop———bop—bop-bop. He waits a full 60 seconds, his open hand extended towards the group to request silence and his attention focused on the door. He quietly repeats the pattern. bop-bop——bop-bop-bop———bop—bop-bop. This time after about 15 seconds the door creaks open, just a few inches.

Captain ________________ turns back to the group. His smile has been replaced with a set jaw and intensity in his eyes. [b]"Through the door to the right are a dozen barrels of King's Leaf Tobacco. Five have been mostly emptied. Do your best to stay low and quiet. When you're set, be sure to tuck as much of the leaf around you as possible, otherwise you'll be bounce around in there like an angry hornet trapped in a jar. I'll come by in five minutes and seal you up. Someone should be by less than an hour after you've stopped moving for good to let you out."
He puts two fingers to his chin in the traditional manner of farewell blessing. "The favor of the gods rest on your journey. Good luck." Then, he slides out the door, leaving it open just enough for the group to follow.

The halfling, elf, half-orc, half-elf, and dragonborn find their way to the barrels and are struck by their size. On end, Rhiv or To'ot could stand to his full height with space to spare. With the group snug in their barrels, Captain ___________ returns and quickly seals each party member in, shutting out light completely and nearly snuffing out all sound as well. It's not unlike being in a womb, one would imagine.

After a short while, the barrels begin moving. They're rolled several hundred yards across the massive warehouse, where they wait another several minutes before their inhabitants hear a dull BVVFF, followed by the knocking sounds of wagons being hitched to the barrels. The wagons travel a half-mile or so before coming to a stop, and the barrels are unhitched. The party member are dizzy and nauseated, those susceptible to sea sickness suffering worse.

Time passes differently when one is trapped in total darkness, unable to move. But, some time later, the ends of the barrels are pulled out and their contents spilled out onto the dirt floor.

The adventurers look up to see two armed elves, and a young gnomish woman with short green hair and purple eyes standing on a platform smiling, arms crossed. "Welcome to Hanover," she offers in a high pitched voice. Then she bubbles into laughter at the site of the five characters sprawled out on the ground covered in tobacco.
Jul 3, 2017 9:00 pm
As we passed by each of the sets guards I feel a rising anger at having to move forward with our mission under such deceptive terms. Seeing Ms. Brighthill made it worse. I still wonder how I will move forward when she discovers what Therrien....what we....have done. Luckily she seemed to have miss attributed our somber visages in the relatively dark hallways. Giving the Captain barely a second glance and not a word, I climb into the barrel, carefully fill in the leaf as tightly around me, and wait as I get sealed in, thinking more about what just occurred and what I could--or would--have done differently. Why did I not know that To'ot would manage to attract such negative attention at the Library? That I should have known... but should I have expected Therrien's aggressive and, to be honest completely justified, angry response to Wellington to lead to such chain of events? How could I have known that a simple library attendant would be a Duke! Why did we separate following that attack in the library? Should I have let To'ot meet his fate at Wellington's?

As I sit in the barrels waiting for whatever is to come, musing about our circumstances and rolling around a little blame and plenty of bitterness, I am actually surprised when we start rolling. I hadn't even thought about what I should be expecting through this 'portal'. Luckily, my sea-legs help a bit with the jostling ride but I wasn't quite there last time and hadn't really had time to process the magic of it all... should I be worried? Suddenly, the tops are popped and I pour out onto the floor. We're here already? When did that happen? I clamber to my feet and begin to brush myself off and look around at my companions. Looking hesitantly to the halfling, I look back to the young gnome I extend my hand and bow slightly. "Well met indeed, Ms....?"
Jul 4, 2017 7:43 pm
I sneer subtly at the mention of King's Leaf. Kingly indeed. I think to myself. This weed has nothing on the robust, bold flavor of the tabac back south. Still, the aroma is pleasant, as is the cushion. I stuff a few leaves into my inside pockets for rolling later.
Jul 15, 2017 6:31 pm
Session 10

After a relatively straight-forward, trip from the portal to the docks of Hanover the party arrived at the location of the ship they were set to be deeded following coordination with the King's guard captain. Upon arrival the human that had agreed to sell the ship "for three times its value" met them at his office near the docks. After a roundabout story of woe, the man apologetically extorted the group into helping his cousin with a problem. After Therrien and Rhiv unsuccessfully try to intimidate him into going with the original deal, Harp and Rhiv try--and fail--to persuade him into promising to take care of the problem after they complete their mission. Grumpily the group agrees to take on the quest in exchange for the pilot meeting them at a point down river and taking them the rest of the way down the river.

After trying to invent a new-person to person horse sharing model, the company decides to just walk. After a 6 hour hike they arrive at ________, a small village _________ of Hanover. As grudgingly as they offer help, the receipt is just as grudgingly accepted. The pilot's cousin, the barber cum sheriff cum mayor of the town, walks them to a nearby field where they see crops that have seemingly been turned to some tarry rock from the roots down. After a short discussion and some investigatory digging the party makes their way to a small nearby cave--at which point the sheriff excuses himself and returns to town. After several minutes of spelunking their way through the caves the party encounters an inky darkness that slowly deepens to the point of overwhelming all of their light sources, both magical and non-magical. Even Brighthill's divine light was overwhelmed by the overwhelming gloom. Despite their fear and concern rising in their hearts, they press on. Suddenly both Brighthill and Therrien are attacked by some unknown creature that latched onto their faces. The party quickly dispatches two of the three monsters through some powerful--and lucky--strikes.

http://yunuskocatepe.deviantart.com/art/78-Darkmantle-79-Griffon-296211619

Seconds after the darkness was lifted with the departures of darkmantles, a growing rumble began around the party, growing quickly louder and louder. As the rumbling was too indistinct to know its origin, the party chose to hunker down and prepare rather than flee. Within seconds a powerful monster bore a hole through one of the walls merely feet from the group.

http://christopherburdett.deviantart.com/art/Umber-Hulk-Drawing-205762240

Despite their preparation, Harp, Therrien, and To'ot were struck dumb by the monser's gaze. Before the stones and dust had a moment to settle or the umber hulk had time to strike out on its own, Rhiv was able to overcome the affects of fear and rushed forward bringing down his hammer with ringing forth with the power of Adonai shattering the jaw of the wicked beast. Despite this strike the monster was able to quickly return the favor and with his powerful claws and jaws it brought Rhiv almost to his knees. Brighthill managed to keep everyone relatively hearty and only To'ot was actually knocked out of the fight for a short period. After several rounds of failure each member of the group gradually realized the importance of avoiding looking at the eyes of the enemy . Once this technique was used the beast was quickly subdued with the final killing blow being delivered by a raging Therrien leaping down a tunnel after the fast fleeing enemy.

https://wallpaperscraft.com/download/the_witcher_monster_jump_sword_strike_21330/1440x2560

As the group gathered their breath and examined the corpse of the enemy they heard the unexpected sound of voices speaking. Harp quickly ascertained the origin of the noises and crawled to the edge, seeing an odd gathering of _________________ circling a bubbling pool of the same tarry substance they had seen in the fields above them. Unfortunately, while crawling to the edge Harp managed to disturb some pebbles that clatter loudly into the yawning cavern............
Jul 15, 2017 8:23 pm
I watch Harp's moderately stealth approach and see him flinch unnaturally as he dislodges a few pebbles from the edge of the opening. Blazes.... I had hoped to have a few moments to recover after those last fights. As much as the power of the Adonai and the sheer adrenaline of combat allowed me to ignore the blood caking my armor and the pain in my right arm from the healed but still sore scars from the hulk's mandibles. Signaling silence to the party I wave for Harp to give us guidance on whether to join him or wait.
Jul 20, 2017 6:57 pm
As I approach the edge of the newly created hole, I smell earth and the acidic musk of what I assume is insect monster. The thought of more giant insects must unnerve me, as I flinch near the edge and knock a some rocks into the room below. I hold my breath and remain as still as possible, while keeping my eyes just barely above the edge of the crack, hoping that the general darkness will keep me hidden...

Rolls

Second stealth attempt? - (1d20+8)

(16) + 8 = 24

Jul 20, 2017 7:21 pm
A few rocks tumble into the cavernous, uh, cavern, clattering down the face of the wall some 25 feet to the floor below. Hoping that the crackle of the small fire, the bubbling of the oozing darkness, and the hum of the ritual performers would drown out the sound, Harp lets the darkness surround him.

Keeping his gaze in the open space below, Harp sees one of the robed figures look in his general direction. He touches his nearest companion on the shoulder and gestures toward the area where the sound originated. The second figure motions to two of the group who break off from the circle. One comes toward the wall that the party are inside, and the other heads to Harp's right. Both disappear from sight in only a few steps.

The rest of the group returns to their humming and chanting.

That's when Harp notices that the black goop seems to be responding in some way to the ritual, pulsing in time with the rhythm of the chant like a heartbeat.
Jul 20, 2017 7:34 pm
I back away from the wall quickly, to relay the information to the group.

I'll wager a fair pot this is the source of the unnatural plant death, as something remarkably unnatural is growing in there. Only a few robed figures were in the room, and If we launch through the breach now, I imagine we can still take them without their full preparation.

I nod at Rhiv, knowing he's keen to get this over with, and also tends to enjoy the head-first approach, if not always the heady approach.

Rolls

Persuasion on Rhiv - (1d20+5)

(8) + 5 = 13

Jul 20, 2017 10:48 pm
Harp's suggestion plays to my instincts and I almost agree straightout. Rushing in has usually led to good results. This time however I am hesitant, not out of fear of course, but out of a sense of opportunity. "Two of them seem to be coming to investigate the sound? This may be an opportunity to turn the ambush on them. If things like the beasts we just fought are prevalent down here, they are more likely to be worried about their like than the likes of us. Maybe To'ot can throw out that misty shroud he threw about us when we exited the teleport in Redwall and we can take one or even two of them down without a sound? Or perhaps even better, To'ot, can you become--or call up? One of those darkmasses we just fought and inflict the darkness upon them our enemies? In the worst case scenario they end up not making it all the way to our ambush and we have time to gather our breathe. I personally could do with a short rest to meditate and pray. I will be far more useful in such a fight. Best case scenario we spring an ambush, take out a few of these men, interrogate them, and know more about our enemy. Who knows they may send out a second round of investigators we can also swoop up.
OOC:
Rhiv wants to assess the room / area for routes of access from which enemies could come, assess the hulk's body to determine whether it should be moved to better spring such a trap, and best places to hide from. Perception?

Rolls

Perception or Investigation (same score) to prepare an ambush - (1d20)

(20) = 20

Jul 21, 2017 12:39 am
Rhiv takes a look around and realizes that there's not any reason anyone would follow down this burrow hole made by the insect beast, and leads the group back out of the tunnel and into the room where the battle(s) took place. After a few moments of pacing around the room, Rhiv looks back at the piles of rubble created by the ant-man's ingress and egress, and realizes it creates the perfect choke point for an ambush.

https://www.dropbox.com/s/8w5zfxlzu0cvk8c/Ant-man%20Cave%20Room.jpg?raw=1
Jul 24, 2017 2:06 am
Quietly relying my plan to the others, and we assess viable hiding locations for each of us. Therrien and myself in the closest positions towards the front of the choke-point, To'ot and Brighthill behind, and Harp in the shadows off to the side. I do my best to make sure we haven't left any obvious marks of our presence and take up my position behind some of the strewn rubble and kneel low waiting and watching; hammer and shield poised but in a state of comfort. If To'ot wants to cover our presence then he can, but I feel relatively comfortable with our defensive situation.
Last edited July 24, 2017 2:09 am
Jul 26, 2017 12:45 pm
OOC:
Where are you all positioning yourselves?

Roll Stealth.
Jul 26, 2017 1:14 pm
I am squatting behind the largest boulder closest to the opening, with my back to the opening. I'm trusting to Rhiv or one of the other players to give me a signal, at which point I plan to spin around and surprise attack. My sabre is sheathed to hide the dull light.
OOC:
Do we get a surprise round if we succeed in an "ambush?"
OOC:
Bwaha
Last edited July 26, 2017 1:14 pm

Rolls

Stealth - (1d20+8)

(4) + 8 = 12

Jul 26, 2017 2:39 pm
OOC:
so i think Harp is by the "ingress" hole, and the other 4 of us are by the "egress" hole. So he would be the first that their eyes would scan across as they turn to the left around the rubble

Rolls

stealth - (1d20)

(14) = 14

Jul 26, 2017 3:56 pm
stealth

Rolls

stealth - (1d20+0)

(13) = 13

Jul 27, 2017 12:12 am
Stealth

Rolls

Stealth - (1d20+3)

(11) + 3 = 14

Aug 2, 2017 7:53 pm
Each adventurer takes up a spot behind some rubble or in a tunnel and waits quietly.

After about 10 minutes of waiting in the dark, the faint flickering glow of the reflected light of a torch appears down the tunnel. It seems to be growing slowly but steadily brighter.

The torch bearer turns the corner, and the flame and it's wielder are in full view. A single figure wearing a dark robe and hood approaches the rubble behind which Harp is hiding.
OOC:
The cultist has just entered the map in the top left corner.
Aug 2, 2017 10:53 pm
Rhiv casts divine sense.
OOC:
fiends, undead, etc.
Aug 2, 2017 11:18 pm
OOC:
you don't sense anything
Aug 3, 2017 1:25 am
I await the signal from my companions, at which point I will jump out with the intent of surprise, attempting to knock him out before he can shout for reinforcements.
OOC:
which means I want to use the hilt of my sword for bludgeoning damage (I think?)
OOC:
I think if I surprise this dude I get an additional round before he can react.

Rolls

Surprise Attack! - Ecuilageth (non-lethal) - (1d20+7)

(10) + 7 = 17

Damage - (1d8+4)

(8) + 4 = 12

Sneak Damage - (2d6)

(26) = 8

Aug 3, 2017 7:50 pm
Harper deftly sneaks up behind the figure and brings his sword up, preparing to deal a blow with its hilt.

As Harp brings the sword down, the figure hears something and turns, and Harp sees that she's a middle-aged human woman, maybe 35 years old. Her big brown eyes look only at the sword, and she prepares to scream, when the blow connects with her temple. She slumps to the ground unconscious.
Aug 4, 2017 12:43 am
I curse under my breath before she hits the ground. This was unexpected. Although, I am not entirely sure what I was expecting.

"Well - let's tie her up." I say with a resigned sigh, but quietly. "To'ot, watch the entrance to make sure we aren't ambushed."

I gag her as well, make sure her wound isn't bleeding, and then attempt to wake her with a splash of water to the face.
Aug 4, 2017 12:55 am
The water wakes her with and start and she inhales sharply. As soon as she gains her bearings she begins struggling against the bindings and trying to yell out, but the ropes and gag both hold.

Harp notices her eyes again. This time, there isn't fear or surprise, but rage.
Aug 4, 2017 1:51 am
Now that's a bit more like it. I crouch in front of her to ensure visibility of the hulking figures behind me. I engage my most disarming smile.

"There now - you might have a bit of a headache, so I wouldn't strain too much. I can offer you some water, if you promise not to cry out. But you see, my friends and I are in a bit of a bind. A blackening blight afflicts the farm of a friend of ours, and it is up to me to root out the source. Might you know anything about that?"

I pause a beat.

"Just so you know, we're in a dreadful hurry, having already endured quite a bit, so we're not in the cheeriest of moods if you can believe it. An untimely shout might just send this big fella over the edge, and he's a reputation for unspeakable things to get some peace and quiet."

I brandish a dagger, letting it drop, point-first, repeatedly from my hand into the soil below. After a moment, and quietly... "so - would you like some water?"

Rolls

Persuasion - (1d20+4)

(4) + 4 = 8

Persuasion Part Deux - (1d20+4)

(6) + 4 = 10

Aug 4, 2017 2:27 am
You see her face soften a bit, and she slowly stops struggling. Before long, she nods slowly.
Aug 4, 2017 2:43 am
I smile again, and use the dagger to cut loose her gag. I give her the water, and await her answer. While remaining ready to knock her out again if need be.

Rolls

Perception - to see how honest she is / her emotional state - (1d20+6)

(15) + 6 = 21

Aug 4, 2017 4:05 pm
OOC:
that'd be insight, but we'll keep the roll.

You do not think she has been persuaded by you.
The woman takes the cup in her bound hands and takes a long draught. Then, she sprays all the water in her mouth into Harp's face, and the fiery fury returns to her eyes.
Aug 4, 2017 6:42 pm
Ah, a return to form. I attempted to look at her unfazed as the water and spit slowly drips off my chin. Removing a finger or two crosses my mind, but she doesn't appear to care about our weapons.

"I say we knock her out again, and leave her. Maybe the ant-thing will find her. We must move, and be back to the river soon. Any objections?"
Aug 4, 2017 7:19 pm
"Yah," she speaks up in a thick northern accent, "you should run away like scared little shits of chickens. We are verging on the corner of a breakthrough that you will not desire to be around to witness." She cracks a threatening grin.

Just then, you hear a loud boom coming from the tunnel that leads down to the ant-creature's body.

The woman bursts into gleeful laughter.
Aug 4, 2017 11:19 pm
I step in quickly and roughly reinsert the gag, focusing more on speed than on delicacy.
OOC:
If Harp would have 'beat me to it' then I would have obviously not have minded. I would also be at the ready to "assist" with a quick knockout blow as well if needed.
I was actually quite hopeful when I saw Harp's usual suaveness was being combined with a bit of kindness... but evidently this little piece of work is already the prisoner of some other terrible power. I quickly search the cultist for anything of value.
OOC:
If i find nothing of value (from an information standpoint that might change our plan) then the following....
I whisper quietly. "I'm with you, Harp. Let's move. If you saw rightly there will probably be at least two more searching." Signaling to Harp to lead the way, I draw my hammer and Durgelm and advance as stealthily as I can in the direction the cultist came from.

Rolls

stealth - (1d20)

(5) = 5

Aug 5, 2017 1:42 am
I roll my eyes a bit at Rhiv tripping over our prisoner's splayed legs, loudly rattling every bit of his armor. I sheathe the dagger, and the dull blue of Ecuilageth glimmers in the dim light. After ensuring her bonds are safe, and that she cannot run or writhe away, I slip right in behind Rhiv.

Rolls

Stealth - (1d20+7)

(18) + 7 = 25

Aug 15, 2017 7:17 pm
The party leave the woman bound and gagged and move down the dark tunnel, a silent Harp followed by a much less silent Rhiv, then To'ot and Sam, with Therrien bringing up the rear. At one point, the group comes to a junction, but Harper's keen hearing picks up some slight gurgles over the clatter of Rhiv's tile armor and leads on toward the cavernous room where the cultists were performing their ritual.

Harper slows the group's movement as he rounds a bend in the tunnel and sees a soft glowing light reflecting around the corner. His best guess puts them at a lower entrance to the cavern, but the glow of the light seems too dim to be coming from the campfire he witnessed from above just 20 minutes earlier. He hears the shuffle of movement coming from somewhere beyond the turn.
Aug 16, 2017 1:42 am
I signal to the others to keep low, and wait. Crossbow and dagger drawn, but sabre sheathed, I approach and peek around the turn, continually moving forward until I see any figures or persons of interest. What the woman said may have unsettled me more if I wasn't a bit pissed at this taking so long. We've got to get out of here and back to the boat. Let's get this over with...

Rolls

Detecting traps - (1d20+5)

(19) + 5 = 24

Aug 16, 2017 12:58 pm
OOC:
no traps
Harp peeks around the corner and see that there's still another 15 feet of hallway before the structure begins to gradually open into the much larger room.

However, he does catch a glimpse of two of the robbed figures carrying the limp body of a third before he has to slip back behind the corner when one glances in his direction.

https://www.dropbox.com/s/njh7tver0y4sc4c/Cultist%20Cavern.png?raw=1
Aug 16, 2017 1:22 pm
At Harp's signal I stop and take shallow in-take of breathe and strain to see...no, to sense...around the corner. "Lord, you have given to us the ability to distinguish between spirits, to test them to see whether they are from you, for many false powers have gone out into the world...."
Aug 16, 2017 3:42 pm
Rhiv shudders as his spirit is overwhelmed by the stench of several undead creatures nearby, like a supernatural inhalation of the scent of rotten eggs and mold.

whipstache sent a note to Yogurt
Aug 16, 2017 4:19 pm
I cast Pass Without Trace.
OOC:
Hopefully not too late...
Aug 16, 2017 4:45 pm
OOC:
Since nothing's happened yet, I can retcon it.
Aug 16, 2017 6:30 pm
I come close to gagging as the foul odor of death hits me like a hammer. Close to a breakthrough huh....these evil things disquiet the very earth they rise from. Tapping my chalked leather halbard softly to get Harp's attention, I pantomime praying hands, show three fingers and point beyond him, and then pantomime an ungainly dead-like shuffle with my arms outstretched. Who knows what kind of undead lie beyond but that should at least give the hint. To'ot, seeing my struggle, closes his eyes momentarily and scatters some ash from his pocket in a wide arc around us. Suddenly the same shadow we saw in Redwall seems to envelope us in a muffled haze. Smiling at my previously ridiculous attempts to communicate I--still quietly--whisper to the others the locations of the three undead creatures.
Aug 19, 2017 3:06 pm
Not convinced the three undead are alone, I signal to the others that I'm moving in. All reflective blades and boltheads sheathed, I slink into the room with the fire, attempting to dance with the flameshadow around the edges of the space. A lone dagger is out, darkened by ash to prevent reflection. My goal is the opposite side; I want these fiends to feel surrounded from the jump. My eyes are darting, looking for whoever appears to be in charge of this unwelcome brood.
OOC:
So, I'm going to describe here what I want to do on my turn, and you can let me know how it shakes out. I want to get to the opposite side of the room from the entrance where my friends are, identify the big baddie in the room if there is one, and when I've done so, throw my dagger (bonus action) back towards whichever undead is closest to the entrance, hopefully drawing the attention of everyone in the room towards my target, and the beefy dudes entering the room. At that moment I'll use the sabre to make a melee attack on the big baddie. Assuming they are surprised, this hopefully counts as a surprise round, and my crew should get a surprise round, too.

Rolls

Stealth - (1d20+7)

(15) + 7 = 22

Aug 20, 2017 10:14 pm
Harp follows the wall around to the right towards the embers of the dying fire, slithering from shadow to shadow. In addition to the three undead creatures, now identifiable as zombies, Harp sees the cult leader on top of a small raised platform, and two live cultists dumping the corpse of a third into the bubbling black goop.

As soon as he gets close enough to the nearest zombie to feel comfortable throwing a dagger, he lets one fly on the unsuspecting undead. Without even waiting to see if it strikes its target, he turns and sprints over the remains of the campfire, slashing at a second zombie as he makes his way toward the cult leader on the 10-foot-high raised platform.

https://www.dropbox.com/s/05qjtha8cldp5h8/Cultist%20Cavern%20Map.1.jpg?raw=1
OOC:
Harp, roll the attacks and damage. Everybody roll initiative.
Aug 20, 2017 10:43 pm
Stealthy attack!

Rolls

Initiative - (1d20)

(17) = 17

Stealth - (1d20+10)

(3) + 10 = 13

Aug 20, 2017 11:13 pm
Attacks!

Rolls

Ecuilageth Slash! - (1d20+7)

(16) + 7 = 23

Dagger Throw! - (1d20+6)

(5) + 6 = 11

Surprise Dagger - (1d20+6)

(1) + 6 = 7

Ecuilageth Damage - (1d8+4)

(1) + 4 = 5

Ecuilageth Sneak Damage - (2d6)

(51) = 6

Dagger Damage - (1d4)

(2) = 2

Dagger Sneak Damage - (2d6)

(12) = 3

FINE. Initiative. - (1d20+5)

(1) + 5 = 6

Aug 21, 2017 6:12 pm
Initiatives.

Rolls

To'ot Initiative - (1d20)

(1) = 1

Therrien Initiative - (1d20+3)

(6) + 3 = 9

Enemy Initiative - (1d20+1)

(10) + 1 = 11

Brighthill Initiative - (1d20+1)

(20) + 1 = 21

Aug 22, 2017 2:57 am
Yelling 'Durgelm!' I initiate my shield defense and charge into the fray with ax and hammer drawn. Following Harp's lead I angle toward the cultist leader but throw my hand-ax at the zombie hit my Harp's slash and then immediately draw my second hand ax.
Last edited August 25, 2017 2:43 pm

Rolls

attack (ithink i only get proficiency bonus + dex rather than strength?) - (1d20+2)

(4) + 2 = 6

damage - (1d6)

(4) = 4

Aug 22, 2017 7:34 pm
Before the action commences, Samantha nods in agreement with Rhiv's quick breakdown of undead, adding, "If you've got anything that can bring the power of diving light, it will likely end this battle more quickly."

Upon hearing the thunk of a dagger and seeing Rhiv sprint around the corner into the room, Samantha follows suit and quickly assesses the situation. Seeing Harper bearing down on the cult leader, she puts her hand on the engraved symbol on her chestplate. She points her sword at the cult leader and from it shoots a bright ray of light, striking her target in the left thigh and searing a hole through their robe.
OOC:
Casting Guiding Bolt

Rolls

Guiding Bolt - (1d20+6)

(13) + 6 = 19

Radiant Damage - (4d6)

(1652) = 14

Aug 22, 2017 7:55 pm
The zombie who just received a vicious slash across its chest responds by trying to protect its master. It reaches out and grasps at Harper's arms as he tries to run by, but the half-elf is too nimble.

The third zombie moves more quickly than expected and cuts Harper off, swinging a large decaying fist.

One cultist responds by rushing to the base of the pillar and unsheathing a gnarly scimitar. She puts her hand behind her back and prepares for the approaching attackers. The second arms himself with a short bow and unleashes an arrow at Harper who seems to be leading the charge. The bolt goes whizzing between Harp and the zombie nearest him and clatters on the ground across the cavern. He curses, and nocks another arrow.

The cult leader's face is darkened by their cowl, but you see their eyes begin to glow. They quickly snatch a dagger from their belt and fling it at Harper. Then, they make a grotesque motion and five small 3-inch-long ethereal blades appear floating directly in Harp's path making blindingly fast jabbing motions.

Rolls

Grapple - (1d20+2)

(12) + 2 = 14

Zombie Slam! - (1d20+3)

(19) + 3 = 22

Zombie Slam! damage - (1d6+1)

(6) + 1 = 7

Short bow attack - (1d20+3)

(11) + 3 = 14

Dagger - (1d20+4)

(20) + 4 = 24

Ethereal blades - (1d20+3)

(16) + 3 = 19

Dagger crit damage - (2d4+2)

(33) + 2 = 8

Ethereal blades damage - (1d8+3)

(1) + 3 = 4

Aug 23, 2017 4:09 pm
I am blindsided by the magical attacks, and attempt to steady myself as the blood begins to dampen my shirt, and advance towards the cultist who is now in my way.
OOC:
I am down to 13 hp
Aug 24, 2017 5:33 pm
I go into a rage. The undead in particular draw my ire. I make a reckless attack

I launch a javelin at the south-most Undead. After throwing the javelin, I pull out my meteor flail and, setting it whirling, start running toward the fracas before my javelin even strikes. My face is a snarling mask of joy.
Last edited August 24, 2017 5:33 pm

Rolls

Javelin Attack - (1d20)

(2) = 2

Javelin Attack - (1d20+6)

(18) + 6 = 24

Damage - (1d6+5)

(2) + 5 = 7

Aug 24, 2017 10:25 pm
I follow a raging Therrien across the entrance. He has the soul of the wolf, growling and howling as if in a pack, closing in on the kill. I kneel down, touch a wolf's tooth in my pocket, and my eyes glow white. Then I see them all around me, eight wolves snarling with gray fur raised around their necks.

I cast Conjure Animals - 8 wolves
OOC:
Not sure how this works - I think I roll initiative for them as a pack? Do I do separate attack rolls? Do I need to wait for another turn to attack with them?
Aug 25, 2017 7:13 pm
Wisdom check with advantage:

Rolls

Wisdom check with advantage 1 - (1d20+2)

(11) + 2 = 13

Wisdom check with advantage 2 - (1d20+2)

(18) + 2 = 20

Aug 25, 2017 7:24 pm
Wolfpack Initiative

Rolls

Wolfpack Initiative - (1d20+2)

(10) + 2 = 12

Aug 25, 2017 9:49 pm
Initiative order

Brighthill - 21
Rhiv - 17
To'ot's Wolves - 12
Enemies - 11
Therrien - 9
Harper - 6
To'ot - 1
Aug 27, 2017 8:55 pm
As we push into the middle of the river, I hold a loose line with my right hand, and run the fingers of my left over the surface of the water, my body nearly horizontal off the port bow. The cool breeze off the river fills my lungs. When I open my eyes, I catch my reflection in the still water, and grimace.

Blood spatters my shirt, from collar to cuffs, and cakes my vest through on the left side. Aside from the filth, my favorite (only) jacket is in tatters below the waist, burned and slashed and stained with more things than blood. I resolve to cut it off below the waist and use the salvageable material to patch the trousers. Beyond that, I haven't bathed since the innkeepers' kindness, and nearly died twice since. My own blood and that of others stains my neck and wrists and hands, and the black ichor seems to have given me a black eye and split eyebrow. I look like hell.

"You look like shit."


I can hear the smile in Rhiv's voice. He's on a quest, one he knows to be just, and may have never known such happiness as he does today. For once, I know the same truth as him. But the taste is bitter for me now.

I pull myself onto the deck, and go to my satchel, taking out a pinch of soapsand and a palm-sized tin, containing my own mix of duck fat, tobacco oil, and vanilla. I strip down to nothing, leave the tin on my pile of clothes, and jump into the river with a rope tied around my ankle. The cool water shocks my senses, but I keep my breath and dive down to the bottom, using my hands to find some sand, or sandy mud, and a stone. I mix the soapsand with the mud, and rub rigorously all over before returning to the surface. Rhiv is nervously watching the spot where I entered the water, and I call out through the mud on my face:

"Now how do I look?"
"Like you're covered in shit."

"Shit's a natural exfoliant."
"Shit's a natural excrement."


I give him a wan smile and return underwater a few more times, scouring with the stone, swimming strongly from the back of the boat to the front each time, stretching the muscles that stiffened overnight. The cool water eases the burn of pumice on my bruises and wounds. Two taught tugs on the line, and Rhiv hauls me out like a codfish. I shake the water from my hair onto him, gratefully. He rolls his eyes, and walks back to Moses, presumably to use this sequence as a thin segue into his tale of how he once saved my life.

At that thought, the brightened spirit brought on by the river leaves. I have just the energy to pull on my trousers and sit on the prow, the tin of oils untouched.

I should have died that day. Saved him the trouble.
Last edited August 28, 2017 2:09 pm
Aug 28, 2017 4:41 pm
Session 11 - They All Rush In

In a demonstration that aggression is sometimes the best part of valor the party rushed into the cultist's cave and dispatched their foes with relative ease. Harp, Rhiv, and Brighthill took out the shambling walkers while Therrien and To'ot--with the power of the wolves--finish off the cultist apprentices. Harp, as he is not wont to do, ended up being the only one to take any harm as his assertive charge led him into the spotlight of zombie body slams, dark ethereal blades, and necromantic paralysis. Most tragically, his attempt to bring the combat to a climatic close with an acrobatic finishing move for the ages was thwarted by said paralysis, and Rhiv had to steal his glory by moderately bumbling his clamber over a wounded cultist before powerbombing the cultist leader from his elevated perch. The group then proceeded to find a few coppers and some sweet daggers, kill their interogatee, allow their previously captured prisoner to escape, get punched in the face by an animated ichor, and then call it a day. They contemplating taking additional steps to destroy or at least more deeply examine the ichor itself but were only successful in identifying that it was animated by a dark force, and that it could be weakly affected by physical weapons. Returning to the surface they got their certificate of completion signed by a mildly disappointed sheriff and finally sleep. Continuing on early they next day they headed west without any further issues to meet their boat on the river south of Hanover and shoved off around noon.
Last edited August 29, 2017 1:15 pm
Aug 29, 2017 5:38 pm
Despite my unease at being on a boat for the first time since my near death experience 4 years ago, it feels good to be back on track; flowing towards our goal. After providing overwatch for Harp's cleansing exercises, I take a moment to assess our new crew. Harp, Therrien, and To'ot all look a little worse for the wear after our weeks of travelling, but I feel like I am increasingly sure of what they bring to the table. Our two new party members--Moses Shorxt and Samantha Brighthill--are the ones I am most interested in. Moses, a simply dressed seaman with weathered hands and sad eyes. After engaging him in some relaxed conversation telling him about how Harp and I knew each other from the old days as mariners (studiously avoiding Harp's time with the pirates) I press a bit into who he was and what he brought to the table. He seemed competent but humble. A captain who is used to being in charge, but who knows his limits. If it came to a fight I'd rather have him at the tiller than swing a sword but he would be a useful hand for anything needed.

Advancing to the front of the boat where Brighthill sat looking forward seemingly lost in meditative prayer, I assess her silently. Our in the dark halfling, whose master the King Therrien recently killed. Has her God given her insight into the truth? I need to be ready for that eventuality and seek Adonai's guidance on what to do now before it is time... Her pint-sized frame belied the fearless confidence of her demeanor. And that divine bolt was undeniably effective.... maybe the High Priest was on to something about Adonai speaking through--or being in--all of the other lesser gods....

As quickly as I start to confuse myself in digging into what that could look like, the voice of the Adonai begins to compel me to speak his words. With only a momentary hesitation I open my mouth and loudly speak the words I am given with a voice that is not my own. The entire party immediately stops and turns even over the rushing murmur of the river.

"See each other and know, I have called each of you by name for this mission. No matter what rock is in the way, no matter what storm is on the way, you--like this river--will ultimately meet the sea. Therrien Se'Berron, remnant of your tribe, I have filled you with a spirit of vitality and fearlessness, with rage and drive. To'ot Singleton, convergence of many worlds, I have filled you with a spirit wisdom and intensity, with depth and power. Clark Harper, seeker of vengeance, I have filled you with a spirit of finesse and charisma, of passion and justice. You are each the last of your name; children of tribulation and loss that have and will overcome. Samantha Brighthill, upholder of truth and knowledge, you have been filled with a spirit of intelligence and righteousness, of faith and courage. You are a warrior for more than you know."
OOC:
Vou can spend 10 minutes inspiring your companions,
shoring up their resolve to fight. When you do so, choose
up to six friendly creatures (which can include yourself)
within 30 feet of you who can see or hear you and who
can understand you. Each creature can gain temporary
hit points equal to your levei + your Charisma modifier.
A creature can't gain temporary hit points from this feat
again until it has finished a short or long rest. -------- I choose all 6 of us on the boat.... Moses is just inspired by witnessing :)
The Adonai leaves my mind as quickly as he entered it. I awkwardly clear my throat and kneel next to my pack to start working on my shield. That was unexpected....
Last edited September 15, 2017 4:00 pm
Aug 30, 2017 7:24 pm
Although annoying when he bloviates like that, the hot air does blow me off my branch of despair to find my hair is dry. I dip my head back in the river, and let it dry just enough to apply the oils from the tin. I sit crosslegged on top of the prow, with the sun on my face and bare feet and bare shoulders, and slice away the damaged jacket portion with a dagger. I keep a needle and some marine-grade thread in an inside pocket, and wield it now to repair the worn and torn knees of my trousers with the jacket leather. I stretch out each leg over the water as I perform the procedure, stretching my tight calves, feeling the burn in my quadriceps. Although deft, I am patient with the needlework, and stitch it twice. I do not know when I'll have such an easy time again, so I make full use of it.

A few splashes off the starboard side. I spot a school of sunfish followed by two fat red river drum. I am familiar with the sea drum, a not-too-salty fish that is excellent raw, and I'm hoping his inland cousin is just as tasty. I quickly tie off the marine thread to the end of a crossbow bolt. I aim for the closest drum.

Rolls

Fishin' - (1d20+6)

(6) + 6 = 12

Aug 30, 2017 7:48 pm
Harp's bolt strikes the fish, and the disturbance in the water causes the rest of the school to scatter. He reels the line in to find that drum was gut shot, making most of meat foul and inedible. With a bit of work, he could cut out enough clean meat for a few tasty morsels, but nothing nearing the delicious meal the whole fish would have been.
Sep 4, 2017 2:03 am
Harp--usually vocally dismissive of anything to do with my 'ridiculous' devotion to an unseen god--doesn't verbally respond but does seem to get a bit of pep in his step. I continue to rummage around in my oversized pack until I find my tools, which I take to the bow of the boat and settle myself in next to To'ot and Therrien and begin prying off my holy focus -- a triangle of steel with the inlay of the resh -- from my shield. Ever since I began my training I have always been a hammer and board fighter. The ability to focus my striking on my right arm and defense to my left has made me a better than average while using only one sword but the gift of Dur'gelm has opened up some strategic opportunities that I need to explore. My plan is to add the focus to a leather amulet that I can wear on my wrist it completely frees my left hand for action. Therrien and To'ot have both been more quiet than normal since the death of the King. We obviously can't speak openly about the reality we all saw with Moses and Brighthill on board but I do wonder how they are processing the last day.

"To'ot... Therrien... are you ready for what lies ahead? How are you feeling?"
Last edited September 15, 2017 4:03 pm
Sep 10, 2017 8:57 pm
Somewhat hushed, within earshot of Rhiv and Therrien only: "Brother Rhiv, I cannot deny that I am shaken by recent events. We have lost our greatest ally, and we may soon have other forces after us than just the dark wizard. We are travelling under false pretenses with one who knows not our deeds. She is perceptive enough should any clue drop. Meditation brings me no peace, and I cannot sleep."
Sep 15, 2017 3:59 pm
I nod in agreement: "And you, Therrien?" I ask the elf as he stares darkly across the water into the shadows of the tree-lined banks. Though it was not To'ot actually murdered the King, this makes sense. To'ot had handed Therrien the blade afterall. I don't know whether they had an agreement to do so and the presentation of the dagger was an opportunity they couldn't ignore or whether it was entirely Therrien on own. Either way it is good to know that To'ot at least understands the weight of his action.

Before the silence of Therrien's non-response could become to awkward, Ms. Brighthill looks up from her large leather-bound tome and noticing the three of us. Probably realizing she's spent most of our day and a half together in silence, with most of that time with her nose stuck in a book, she closes the volume and places it back in her pack. Coming toward us she breaks the silence. "So. Despite the fact that we've already been in a few scrapes together, if we're to trust each other completely--with our lives--we should probably know each other better than we do presently. " She sits on a nearby crate, pulls out a handkerchief from her cuirass an begins cleaning some mud from her shin plate. "Tell me something interesting about yourselves, yeah?"

Seeing the awkwardness of To'ot and Therrien, I jump in quickly, loudly enough for Harp and Moses to hear of course: "It has been quite a whirlwind over the last 24 hours hasn't it? Something interesting about us?... I'm just a humble Paladin with too many stories that I have already bored these two with. I guess an interesting bit would be that I died the last time I was on a boat. I'm only here because the Adonai raised me from the depths and gave my life back." Brighthill raises an eyebrow. "Did you serve your god," she takes a glance at my holy symbol, "Adonai, before or after this second life?" "Oh after. I followed the same god most of us follow before. Myself. I probably called it the God of Adventure or some such nonsense, but my life was about being something greater than my brothers and my father who were slaving away with these." I wave my tools dismissively. "It took a bit to get through this thick skull but that definitely did the trick... How about you and your.... celestial patron? Rihanna, is it?"
Last edited September 15, 2017 7:59 pm
Sep 25, 2017 3:19 pm
The cleric laughs heartily, "I never would have pegged you as having a fantastic sense of humor. Of course I haven't dedicated my life to worship and service of a famous bard, however catchy and exciting her poems might be." Samantha laughs again at the ridiculous thought. "I serve Ismemnay. I have from before my birth. I will continue to after my death."

"There could definitely be worse patrons." Most people think dragonborn don't have any humor because our smiles often look more menancing than joyful. "From before your birth? What does that mean?"

"My mother is a scholar who researches at the King's college. My father is a wandering priest of Melora. I suppose it was only natural that I be dedicated to the temple of Ismemnay while I was still in my mother's womb." Rhiv and Samantha continue to discuss their faiths, as the others listen with varying degrees of interest. Therrien, however, is removed from the situation, with a far-off look in his eyes.
OOC:
Someone is free to paste everything if they want...
"I still believe it depends on the god that does the choosing. There might not be much use in resistance but should Tiamat or La'el request my hammer I pray I would be strong enough to die fighting." Rhiv turns to the rest of us, interested to hear our thoughts. "What do you think, friends?"

He waves his hand inches from Therrien's motionless face. "Therrien? Have you been practicing Harp's paralysis pose?" Rhiv flicks Therrien's nose lightly, leaving the warm glowing sensation of the divine energy of Lay on Hands.

My nose - the flick on my nose... .just like.... my mother? Yes, my mother used to do. She used to flick my nose just so. "My little terror" she called me with a smile. Where have I been? What have I done? It is almost like - someone else (something?) has been controlling me since I lay hands on that dagger. Oh Gods. The dagger. I remember now.

Therrien turns to face Rhiv, tears running down his face. They embrace. "Thank you" he whispers.

Sailing, or a least being on the water, is an escape. But few things are worse than sailing with a traitor, as there is nowhere to escape to. Rhiv's blind trust is crippling his judgement again. I snap the backbone of the fish I've been worrying, and throw it into the water. The words that come out of me I do not remember, but suffice it to say they were short and angry. My sword is in my hand now, and I'm seeing red. I want blood from that bastard who took him from me. But he won't even fight me. "It wasn't me in control." he says. What the hell am I supposed to do with that? I slam the sword into the prow and sit back down.
Last edited September 25, 2017 3:19 pm
Sep 25, 2017 6:00 pm
Session 12
After the aggressive verbal explosion between Harp and Therrien, Samantha begrudgingly asks about the elephant in the room and gets a little more than she was bargaining for. Making no attempt to hide anything--but not going too far into the details--Therrien and To'ot explain what happened in the last minutes alone with the King. Staring dumbstruck in disbelief Samantha and Moses soak in the information. Brighthill seems as if she has been hit with a hammer and Moses as if he was about to lose his lunch at the realization that the stakes in this 'mission' just increased dramatically for him. In the end both decide--at least for the moment--to stay with the party. Samantha, likely because she still feels the weight of the King's directive for her to help with the cause, while Moses is chewing on a double-edged promise from Rhiv to protect him if he stays and destroy him if he tries to run.

The first three days of the trek go smoothly with little in the way of conversation as most of the party fulminates about their various tangled emotions about the entire situation. Harp and Rhiv fish, the smoke from their tobacco providing enough of a balm for them to pass the hours in mostly silence. Therrien helps Rhiv create a net from the Bluewood forest vines in the way of his people. Though not the greatest first effort, after two days Rhiv completed a tolerable tool that would be strong enough to tangle and potentially immobilize a foe.

As the party nears the fork in the river the river becomes more treacherous and constant vigilance is required to keep the shallow craft from being capsized in the rapids or being smashed on the rocks. The crew does tolerably well until the confront a narrow point in the river where a tree has seemingly fallen across the boat. With only seconds to devise a plan To'ot, Rhiv, and Therrien focus on destroying the tree with fire and hammer while Harp and Samantha try to slow down the boat. The boat successfully breaks through the tree blockage but Therrien and Brighthill (still in her armor) are both tossed into the roiling rapids and the boat sustains some minimal damage. Harp immediately makes the brave and heroic decision to try to save both Brighthill and Therrien at the same time but before they can be brought back into the boat the party is ambushed by a hail of lightning and crossbow fire.

With much cinematic swinging and slicing, many failed attempts by Moses to do anything of value, and an unlikely wrestling match between dragonborn and crocodile, the companions beach their boat and assess the damage. After the fire and wreckage settle, one of the brigands lays dead on the deck of the charred boat while a second has washed up on the river bank nearby. A third escaped by swimming across the river while a fourth--a wizened gnome--lays unconscious near the stern, firmly in the grip of Therrien. The boat still seems seaworthy but it wouldn't take much more damage to put that in serious doubt.
Sep 25, 2017 6:14 pm
"Dovahkiin.........." I growl as I stare off at where I last saw the bobbing head of the escaping bandit, wishing my last attempt had been more successful. I immediately wheel to To'ot, who seemed to have taken the worst of the damage and lay my hands on his gaping wounds. The warmth of the Adonai's healing power still evokes a grimace and a wince from him as the scars seal and heal beneath my hand. "To'ot, can you turn into something that can track him down? Maybe a crocodile of your own or bat to shadow him? We don't need to kill him but he may lead us to the rest of his crew or to whatever hideout they operate from. If he's not alone then we will know what we are still up against. Regardless they may have supplies we will need to repair the boat."

OOC:
I heal To'ot 25 hp or his max. If he needs less than that let me know.
As To'ot momentarily hesitates, thinking about his next action I stoop down to the slashed brigand still at his feet. Turning her over I look for any equipment, tools, or documents. Were they part of the Left for Red bandits we had previously met? Were they set on us on purpose or were we just the unlucky recipients of their attention? Such powerful enemies seem unusual even this far away from the more secure parts of Yurhoone, but attacking a small vessel that was unlikely to be carrying much valuable cargo and that was obviously manned by well armed (and at least partly armored) passengers seems surprising.
Last edited September 26, 2017 6:35 pm
Sep 28, 2017 1:24 pm
Harp, ice cold with river water and bleeding from almost everywhere, blows phlegm and blood from his nose as he begins to tie the gnome to the mast. His shivering fingers fumble, and he's grateful the small prisoner is unconscious, or he might not have the facility to finish the task. He remembers an especially uncomfortable trick from Vampa, and is in bad enough a mood to actually try it. The little bit of line fishing line that is recovered he ties a slipknot into the middle of the line and slips it around the gnome's tongue. The rest of the line is tied around the back. Upon waking, the prisoner will be less inclined to speak, preventing perhaps some magical phrase that would doom us all.

Therrien inspects the lingual knot. "Excellent" he murmurs with grudging respect. "But not enough perhaps." Louder: "We could use the net - jimson creeper is strong as chain when treated right. But what's to stop him from turning to a flea, slipping the bonds and then changing into a direwolf and eating us for lunch. Is there any spell to keep him from shifting? If not, and we do keep him here, we had better be ready to fight another monster... Or quickly squish a flea."

Sam, who hasn't spoken since the conversation where she learned of Alexander's murder, chimes in. "Shall I petition Ismemnay for guidance before we... dispatch justice?"


Rhiv rolls the corpse over and stand up quickly. No identifying marks, no papers. There she goes, getting all holy on me. 'Shall I petition my demigod to tell us what we should do?' She's probably going to start rubbing her pre-sunrise prayer sessions in my face too. Normally, I would advise to give him a chance to repent and provide him to whatever local authority would be most appropriate but there is no time for that. This little git has clearly earned his fate and the Adonai--and nothing else--will let me know if he decides to dispense extraordinary mercy. Otherwise he gets only the mercy of a quick death. "Unless Ismemnay can show you how to keep him captive without having a round the clock guard then the justice he has earned cannot wait. He is too dangerous for every honest boatman in Yurhoone for us to let him free."

The usually calculating halfling erupts with an explosion of pent up emotion. She lets out a guttural growl that quickly grows in a full on roar and kicks a large chunk of still smoldering wreckage. Sparks fly as the debris—probably the former corner of a crate—soars 100 feet through air before kerplumping into the river with a loud hiss.

She turns to Rhiv, her cheeks nearly the same color as her fiery hair. "You ignorant fool. You would slay this man rather than use resources readily available to you to learn! My god can reveal to me how we might best proceed, and, given that the stakes are the life of a soulful creature, I fully expect she will. Or doesn't Adonai care whether people live or die? No, if you are even a halfway decent representative of your god's values—and I suspect you are, given the displays of divine power you've channeled just in the past few days—Adonai is a wrathful, petty being interested more in vanquishing evil than creating anything of value." Spittle flies from her mouth as she levels the accusation.

Addressing the whole group, she continues, "Why do you all think I am still here, traveling with the group who—" she swallows had and pushes the thought from her mind. "It certainly isn't because I enjoy the company of the pouty half-elf or the brooding, tough guy act of the tribesman or having all my books and tools of holy rituals torched by conjured lightning." Her eyes begin to glisten, but she continues with ferocity. "I'm here because my king asked me to join your little team of rabble-rousers. But at this moment that request is in conflict with my holy duty to honor Ismemnay."

Continuing her momentum, she points a tense finger at Rhiv, "You assume his band attacked us because we happened to be the next boat to come by after their trap was set, but you have no idea if that's true. You don't have any reason whatsoever to think that. It seems equally likely—moreso, given the current circumstances —that we were targeted, meaning he could in fact be no danger at all to any 'honest boatman.'" Samantha opens back up to the party, speaking to everyone on the boat, "You want to execute this brigand without even trying to learn about his group or reasons for ambushing us? That's your call. But I cannot direct Ismemnay's aid toward assisting anyone who would choose that path."

The armored cleric takes a deep breath and tries to regain a bit of her calm. [color="purple"][b]"You can either swallow your pride and accept me as a member of this idiotic squad, taking seriously what I have to offer, or you can find another way to close your wounds and restore your vitality in the midst of an ill-advised clash, started no doubt by your recklessness and blood-lust."


"Oh, and just so we're clear, dragonborn," the halfling adds, turning her attention back towards Rhiv, "None of this is an invitation for theological debate. I don't give two goblin shits what you think of me or Ismemnay, nor of what you might like to say to defend your deity." She crosses her arms across her chest and awaits a response, clearly expecting you to decide right now, before she offers any assistance with the gnome.
Oct 1, 2017 2:13 am
Ignorant fool of a wrathful and petty being? I spend the first half of her diatribe carefully packing the items I did find on the brigands body; a pouch with 25 gold, a potion of healing, a spell scroll (for the spell Chill Touch), and the fragments of a used spell scroll. Once she gets into full swing I pull myself up to my full height and maintain direct eye contact as I let the halfling vent her anger at my belt. I feel the anger rise in my throat and I clench my fists tightly to avoid responding in kind. My Lord is great enough to defend himself if he desires; humility is what is needed here… as hard as that will be.

"A theologian I am not, but the calling of the Adonai is to both delight in good and abhor what is evil. He will have mercy on whom he chooses to have mercy, and compassion on whom he will have compassion. Ms. Brighthill, you are absolutely a vital member of this group. We need you. That being said, I don’t need to reiterate the elf’s very real concerns about trying to control someone who can just as easily turn into a fly as an 18 foot crocodile. I assume nothing here except that someone with the willingness to attack a group like ours—for pay or for loot—means that few others would stand a chance. You are absolutely right that these brigands could easily have been set on us. We are not a normal looking group and would be easy to identify if known. Even if there was a traitor in the inner circle, knowing that we would be travelling this way at this time would be difficult but not impossible. If Ismemnay shows you how to keep him captive then I am very much in favor of it. We can obviously use the time to find out everything he knows."

Turning to To’ot, I reiterate my previous question. "Can you track down the escapee? Every second is likely to make the effort more difficult."
OOC:
Obviously trying to persuade her that we're on the same team here.
Last edited October 6, 2017 4:11 pm
Oct 2, 2017 6:14 pm
My mouth creates a sly grin, as I revel in Rhiv getting a good tongue-lashing, and appreciate the visual comedy of a dressing-down from someone not a third his size. She is right, of course, that he is generally not circumspect enough. But she doesn't seem to appreciate the quality of immediate, life-threatening danger. Either that or she doesn't care, same as many "holy warriors" I've met. Mostly they all die. Rhiv is one of the few who doesn't appear to actively court death, though he's not often cautious with his life, even though it's the only one he's got.

I wring my hair out over the side of the boat, keeping an eye on the top of the cliffs, and down the river for any sign of further ambush.

Just as I am about to speak to her about her lack of regard for true, mortal danger, Rhiv handles the matter succinctly enough. I keep my eyes peeled for danger, ambush or otherwise, and light up the last of my barrel tobacco. I observe that my cards are soaking wet, and will take a while to dry in this cold air, the paint obviously faded and near-ruined, but my last cigarette is preserved in the small metal case.
OOC:
COME ON
Last edited October 2, 2017 6:14 pm

Rolls

Watchful Eye (Perception) - (1d20+8)

(1) + 8 = 9

Oct 4, 2017 12:49 am
Samantha clinches her jaw and glares at Rhiv before begrudgingly closing her eyes in mediation. After a few seconds—much quicker than anyone expected—she opens her eyes and says flatly, "Prepare your questions. Ismemnay says that the best way to get the information we want AND spare this gnome's life is not to imprison him against his will, but to alter his will that he does not wish to leave."

She raises her hands and mutters an incantation.

"Now wake him up. Let's meet our new friend."
Oct 4, 2017 4:56 am
As the group looks over toward the captive, I decide to waste no more time. "I will track down our friend; he can't be far." I fill my lungs with air and dive over the edge of the boat, letting myself go deeper than necessary as the change happens. I am still nervous about changing form around others - friend or foe - for fear that I might someone, or myself. This task is necessary but will allow me some solitude should I slip out of balance.

As I change form, the water becomes repellant to me - I feel trapped, slow, heavy, swallowed. My claws extend and slash at the water as the transformation is complete. I frantically arc back up from the depths of the river toward the surface near the shore.

Anyone still watching the half-orc that dove in sees a very wet panther stumble awkwardly out onto the shore, fur shining. I get my feet under me and shake off the water. I look back toward the group on the boat for a second, then bound soundlessly up the ridge and into the forest. My nose is in the air, searching for the scent.
Oct 4, 2017 11:32 am
OOC:
To'ot, roll nature or perception, whichever you prefer.
Oct 4, 2017 4:33 pm
Perception check

Rolls

Perception - (1d20+2)

(20) + 2 = 22

Oct 4, 2017 6:22 pm
My senses are foggy, and I can't see or hear for deuces. Maybe it's all this blood I'm still actively loosing.
OOC:
Subtle hint to the healers. I'm at 10 hp.
After ensuring we're not coasting toward anymore logs, I walk back to our adversary and position myself behind him, so as to not immediately scare him with my clearly-bad mood.
Oct 5, 2017 9:40 pm
Looking at Therrien and Harp, I quickly assess their state. Therrien looks a bit worse for wear but still seems fit for combat. Harp, much less so. Covered in dark blood that has not yet coagulated he seems to be moving and reacting slowly as he walks behind the still unconscious gnome. Though neither of our wounds appear immediately life threatening, he and I would be best served by not immediately engaging another crocodile. Again Samantha's anger seems to be getting in the way of her judgement. Though her healing during the most recent combat was absolutely timely, it has consistently been dished out sparingly and often only after my own has been exhausted. Maybe she just waits until the Adonai cuts off his power so that she can 'save the day' or some such nonsense. But maybe I am just being silly, we have all had a rough few days and it would be ridiculous to expect any grace from her. Regardless, something must be done. Turning back to my slightly scorched pack I rummage until I find my only two healing potions. Handing one to Harp, I look at the halfling--doing my best to be as genial as possible despite my frustration, "Samantha, does this incantation have a distinct timeline? Can it wait until we have a moment to get prepared?"
Dec 27, 2017 5:21 pm
"I've already cast it, but it lasts an hour. If one of us harms it or otherwise acts hostile, the spell will end early. Either way, once the spell ends, the gnome here will know it's been charmed. I suggest we part ways while still amicable," Brighthill replies.

Therrien assesses the party. A fuming dragonman. A bloody, sullen, sharp-tongued half-elf itching for a fight. Me. "Ah, Ms. Brighthill - we are not the best at ...diplomacy. Perhaps you should lead conversation once we awaken our new friend." He can't meet her eye. "We...I...have a way of sticking sharp things into anyone we talk to for too long." I'm more chagrined, embarrassed, and emotional now than he ever have been about the King. Perhaps it's my aching leg...

I shoot Therrien an angry glare. I know he got us into all of this but the last thing we need to do now is keep bringing up the King,. Looking back to the halfling, I congratulate her sincerely: "Well done Samantha. Thank you. I guess we shouldn't waste too much time, but we're not exactly in a pinch. Let's make sure we have a good understanding of who this gnome is before we start our conversation." I chug my potion and--as its effects slowly winds through his veins I kneel down to the gnome and investigate him closely. His hands still partially clenched from where he had gripped Dur'gelm before Therrien incapacitated him, he looks closer to a kindly wrinkled grandfather than someone to be feared. As does most evil.... I look carefully for papers, items, or anything else of interest, value or danger but find nothing of value: a small handful of acorns, a used handkerchief, and a large purple leaf. With To'ot not being here to explain the potential value or use of any of the odd collection of items I return the handkerchief but put the leaf and acorns in a small pouch and set it aside on the ground. Who knows if the leaf is some sort of focus for his magic. I stand back up and walk to Harp, who is gazing sternly at the shores, looking for danger. Though not my strong suit I can at least manually bind up some of our major wounds in a small way and let the body help with the rest.

Samantha sees me working on binding wounds and follows my lead, casting Cure Wounds on anyone who needs the healing.
After things are settled a bit she speaks to Rhiv, still with an edge to her voice despite a softened tone. She begins, loudly enough for the rest of the boat to hear... "I do not think that I should be the one to question our captive. There are, apparently, many components of your journey to which I am not privy. It makes more sense to have someone with full knowledge of your experiences to lead the interrogation. Also, I'm better with books than I am with people. I suggest Rhiv do the questioning."

I meet Samantha's gaze and nod deferentially, I want to ensure she knows she has my respect and can trust me. "Understood." It feels good to be acknowledged, even with her obviously still seething somewhat about the entire situation. Though it would be easier with some sort of medical kit and smelling salts, I crouch next to the old gnome and prop his legs above his heart level to restore blood flow to the brain. After waiting a few seconds, I rub my knuckles roughly on his sternum to attempt to jolt him awake. Not seeing a reaction, I stride to the back of the boat. Grabbing our small bucket I fill it and unceremoniously douse the gnome with water. The gnome wakes with a start, sputtering water. He wipes dripping wet hair from his eyes. "What's th' meanin' of all this?" he shouts looking around a bit frantically, clearly trying to locate himself.

Crouching down next to him in a supportive stance, "Woah, woah, be still friend." I steady his shoulder with my hand. "You're safe. We managed to pluck you from the rapids hopefully before you drank too much of it!" "Oh, well, thanks then." He calms a bit. "I have this vague memory of y'all bonkin' me on the noggin'. But, that can't be right. Hope the cobwebs clear out 'fore too long."

Harp stands behind the gnome, making obnoxious, violent or obscene faces, attempting to throw Rhiv off his game.

Ignoring Harp, I turn to Moses and I gesture toward the previously identified area to slow down the boat: "Captain! Take us back to shore!" Looking back to the gnome, and his head with what I hoped to be true concern: "Whoever it was got you pretty solidly. I wish we had some way to heal you up, but we're a bit bloodied ourselves. Who was responsible for this? Are they still close by?" The gnome looks at Rhiv a bit confused, "Well... I'm rememberin' a bit more, now. Y'all are responsible for knockin' me 'round. But, I can see that y'all didn't deserve us ambushin' you like that. So'm sorry 'bout all that. Friends?" He shrugs and looks around the group apologetically.

I guess he remembers more than I'd hoped. Truth--properly packaged--always seems to work better anyway. "We'd love to be." I pull out my pipe box and proffer the contents. "Smoke?" As he deftly begins to pack the pipe I assess him carefully. "So why did you think we deserved ambushing in the first place? Despite your evident talents, it can't be because we looked like an easy target!"

Eventually Harp sees that his distractions aren't working and joins in the smoking while maintaining a look of indifference to the actual conversation and looking at the clifftops and down the river. The gnome puffs on his pipe until the bowl gets a nice ember, then stands, brushes of his pants, and extends his hand. "Name's Wilburton, by the way." After introductions, he returns to his seat and folds his arms, holding his pipe in one hand and occasionally taking big puffs. "'Tweren't so much that you deserved ambushin'. We just heard y'all had some money and possibly some valuable items. Thought we might just relieve you of such a heavy burden. We knew y'all'd be capable defenders. But, usually, those'ns have the best loot."

"Undeniable logic to be sure! Well...we live and learn." I return the wide grin with which he delivered his last comment. "Is this your stretch of the water that your little birds regularly report into, or was this an external information provider? If it's the former then I guess it's a good reminder for us to keep our shinys more underwraps, but if it's the latter then I'd be worried he or she was looking to bring you to harm by giving you a bad mark." I lean over to Harp, and try to bring him into the conversation. Birds of feather as they say..... "Something like that happened to one of your old friends, didn't it?"

Harp is still evaluating the new guest, and remains cooly detached. "Once or twice." He wracks is brain trying to fit the druid and the brigand band into any of the various networks he has worked with in the past. Is he just a general hijacker? There were some legends from the underground about a rogue cell operating within one of the organized crime families in one of the major cities in Arazi that utilized druids, especially gnome druids, as enforcers but which family? Or even which city? Could it have been Noonik?

After taking an extended draw the gnome responds. "Nah, we're a professional crew. Sometimes we're hired to do jobs, but, for the most part Skids, our leader as such, hears 'bout stuff what needs liberatin' and we free it from the bonds of ownership," he says with a slight smile. "S'far as I can see, this job didn't look any differ'nt'n any other. I don' think Skids'd be tryin' to set us up, but I s'pose it's possible whoever fed him the info about y'all mighta been. He's usually quite careful."

Holding back my reactions to his dignified claim to being a 'professional' group of bandits, I hold a look of pondering. "It's good to be able to trust your direct source of info, but why aren't you the boss? I would think someone with your talent would be running his own show. Who is this Skids bloke?"
Last edited December 27, 2017 5:23 pm
Dec 27, 2017 9:16 pm
The crew flails mightily in their efforts to take advantage of having captured the crocodilic druid gnome. Samantha, for all of her divine ability to charm, had little charismatic ability or willingness to follow it up with convincing language. Harp and Rhiv's attempts to 'befriend' the bandit to get more information about who had tagged the group for attack merely led him to reject their offers to join the crew, thank them heartily for letting him live, and then ask to leave. The group decided to let him go, abandon the ship, and have To'ot attempt to track him to his horses, at which point he could be dispatched. They did discover that the bandit leader 'Skids' had been the only escapee during the battle.

Seemingly knowing what the plan was, he gave them the slip by disappearing into the air as a giant eagle. To'ot valiantly tracked him to down, but the speed advantage he had gained as a bird allowed him to reach his horses well in advance and completely escape. He did, however, kindly leave two of the horses of his dead comrades for the group as a fulfillment of the old adage from Rowling's Fables: "When one saves another's life, it creates a certain bond..."

The crew journeyed on with no encounters until they reached a small town at the turn of the river still several days journey by boat from Noonik. To'ot finally remembered to tell the rest of the group about his tracking and loss of Skids and the small dragon he had seen flying above. The group is barely surprised by such an incredible sight after the events of the last few weeks; they just have to hope it doesn't come looking for them. The next day, Harp, Moses, and Sam venture into town to procure (Harp's operating term) a boat. The group manages to fool Rhiv into thinking they had actually managed to complete a simple task without unnecessarily breaking the law but--in the end--their overcomplicated plan ends up collapsing like a flan in a cupboard and they are spotted and likely identified stealing a boat in broad daylight. Therrien and Rhiv, who was bubbling with anger and frustration over the theft of the boat and his inability to even save a woman's coin purse from a young street urchin, manage to avoid association with their friends and rejoin the group by riding several miles downstream at the agreed meeting point. Sending the horses back to the dock as some semblance of payment for the boats, the group sets of again in the conveniently named Ship of Fools.
Dec 28, 2017 8:34 pm
The party journeys for four more days, carefully trying to avoid interaction with any other vessels. After several close calls, including one where they only just hid the Ship of Fools in a small alcove as a boat carrying several royal guards came zipping by, the crew finally entered the river delta the leads to the bustling port city of Noonik.

With the first few buildings of the city still some miles off, the party pulls their skiff onto a sandbank to regroup.

Rolls

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Secret Roll

Dec 29, 2017 7:52 pm
As we near the town in the later morning of the fourth day my anticipation rises. After days of sitting and often sleeping on our skiff (which, despite its tolerable overall size, was impossible for a being of my size to truly get comfortable on) I am ready to have my feet back on the ground. Moses is still finishing tying up the boat and Samantha is trying to finish the last pages of a chapter in her one remaining book that she seems to hold as tightly as if it were a relic handed to her from the hands of a god. Using it as a bit of an excuse to chat away from Moses and Samantha, I wave to To'ot, Therrien and Harp as they disembark and we wander a few paces over to the trees to answer the call of nature. We are definitely an odd group but--regardless of race, species, religion or language--there is little that is more quickly equalizing and unifying to a group of males than urinating on some bushes. "What's the plan? We need to make it several miles out to the coast to the spires but as we will be effectively passing through the city one major decision points seems to be what do we do with Moses? Though perfectly terrible at putting out fires he has a been a good man for the journey thus far but I promised to ensure his safety and freedom if he took us this far. I would suggest we hire him on to come with us to help with the boat and keep him from becoming a loose--and potentially dangerous or dead--end. Thoughts?" Though the others likely had fewer qualms about dispensing with a loose end themselves, they nodded in agreement about offering to hire Moses. I personally can't think of a less appetizing adventure than heading out to see with just three landlubbers, Harp and myself. I don't know how I would fare... "Secondly, should we go into town first? I say we head straight to the spires, but we could also try to sneak in to get supplies and maybe information either the ruins or on who set the brigands on us."
Last edited January 2, 2018 9:30 pm
Jan 2, 2018 6:29 pm
The gray sky hangs over the party as they discuss how to proceed.

Brighthill closes her book and places it in her pack. She pulls her cloak tight around her armor and begins heading toward the group as a light snow begins to fall.
Jan 4, 2018 4:19 pm
Hitching up my trousers as the group mulled over various scenarios I see Brighthill heading our way. "I'm fine with either option regarding the town," I throw out, and head back to the boat. Nodding deferentially as I pass Samantha, I smile and say: "Make sure they actually come to some sort of decision before we all freeze out here!" I wonder if she'll have some sort of divine insight about what our next steps are. With no definitive timeline, no description of the artifact, and only a 50/50 chance of actually even being in the right place we need the help. Speaking of which this would actually be a good time to ask for that help...maybe even with this conversation with Moses....

Hesitating briefly on the shoreline as Moses is wrapping his last work on the boat, I send up a silent prayer to the Adonai. Lord, please speak to this man and show him that you have heard how cruelly your people have been treated in this world, and you have seen the darkness that is threatening to engulf even more of us. That you have heard all of the cries of his own heart--a heart that beats for others and was willing to risk his own life for the security of his cousin. Let him know that you have sent us to answer the cry of your people even before it is made. Make him a leader that can carry your message and the story of your glory back to Hanover following this mission. Amen.

Climbing back on board I wait until he looks up and makes eye contact. "Moses, I made you a promise back at the beginning of this voyage and you have held up your end of the bargain. Hopefully it was more exciting than terrifying. I have a second proposition to make. You know about our history, and the heavy weight this group carries. The good and evil in the world is our responsibility and--though it sounds odd to say--we are trying to save the world as we know it. The King called us and charged us to take on this mission and so far it has been an incredible story of the many becoming one, uniting to preserve the light of light, uniting to save the world from unspeakable darkness. Would you be willing to join us that story? As a skilled captain, I understand your services are worth more than a song so we can discuss what makes sense in that regard but I am more directly asking whether your heart is willing to help us on our mission. If so, I echo the promise I made earlier to put my own life on the line for yours, no matter the cost. What say ye?"
Last edited February 26, 2018 8:28 pm
Jan 10, 2018 3:50 pm
Moses looks at Rhiv for a few moments, blinks, and turns his attention back to the knots he's tying. "Which part of the King's charge, and your 'uniting to preserve the light,' involved killing him?" He has a point... "That may or may not have been the only way forward, but he--by his own admission--had earned the punishment meted out. He made an evil choice, and in doing so, made the world we all live in a more evil place. I did not want him to die but I failed to stop it. Moving forward the best that I can do to honor the memory of the good that he had also done is to and bear the same judgement that he will and fulfill the mission he tasked us with: to add more good than evil to our world."

Moses furrows his brow. "You dun' make any sense. 'He's evil; he's good. He earned his sentence; He commissioned us.' I'm not convinced y' really believe what y'r shilling. It's not so tricky, really. Either he atoned f'r his sins and so y'r killing him was unjest murder, or he didn't and he's still rotten and so y'r following his orders is likely collusion in some grand evil. He sets his rope down and after a moment looks back at Rhiv. "Look, it doesn't really matter t' me. I figure, giv'n what I know 'n' what I've seen, th' safest place f'r me's with you lot. I'll work f'r y'. But, giv'n the dangers, 'twon't be cheap. Jest soon as I claim m' ship." He flashes a quick smile, then returns to his somber expression. "I jest don' want y' talking out both sides o' y'r snout. T'ain't good f'r y'r soul, nor mine."
Jan 20, 2018 3:29 am
I am actually quite offended by his words and don't bother to hide the fact. I was hoping for a more trusting and emphatic 'thank you for your honesty, I'd be honored to join' than an accusatory acceptance seemingly based on nothing more than his own self interest. We are surely putting together the most self-conflicted party that ever tried to save the world.... I'm quite tempted to throw Therrien under the horse as the true murderer among us, but would that do any good? Do I really want this man responsible for manning a boat that could be our only hope of making it back from whatever mysteries these spires hold? If he truly thinks we are either lying murderers or something worse then that could be the worst of all options. "Let's just be clear on one thing. I did not kill him, but I wouldn't have hesitated a moment to do so I the Adonai had called me to. And do you honestly think Samantha would still be with us as part of some grand collusion? You are witness to the fact that we were honest with her when it was not required and yet she stayed with us not out of any fondness but to stop a greater evil for the King she served." I pause to emphasize my final offer. "Ask me anything and judge for yourself whether I speak true. I can't rely on a man to my windward who thinks me his greatest enemy and coin his only friend."

Moses shrugs dismissively, "Then don't rely on me. I've no need to ask y' an'thing t' know that following y' and y'r band of crazies t' whatever end y'r t' meet will likely be at th' end of a sword... 'r worse. I've got no sense of obligation t' ye, and no delusions of heroism. We made a deal, an' I'm a man o' my word. So now we're 'ere 'n Noonick, an'... what?" Moses turns and faces Rhiv full on, not backing down from the dragonborn. "What d'ye want from me, eh? Last we talked about th' future, y' said if I didn't come along y'd kill me. So, y'll forgive me if I dun' leap at y'r offer with excitement. Presently, I've no better prospects 'n ye, 'n' I suspect y'd rather sail with someone y' already know, like m'self. Seems like we're a good match. If I'm wrong on that count, fine. I'll be on my way."

"Fair enough." I smile ruefully. This was the only thing I have loved about the man since he refused to be cowed at our first meeting. He was trying to extort us then to save his cousin, but he is merely being honest now. The wisest thing would be to just keep making it worth his while to stay a man of his word. "What is your rate?" Without hesitation he responds: "Let's call it 125 gold per month. Plus, y' pay f'r any upkeep 'r upgrades t' th' ship." I hesitate and consider for a moment. [b]"You drive a hard bargain, but it is understandable for the situation. If it also includes your word to also not speak to anyone about the party, our past, or the mission at hand then it is agreed." I extend my right hand to confirm the deal. Moses reaches out and takes the dragonborn's hand and smiles. "Let's get that ship o' mine, then, aye?" "Aye. What bank--or I guess more importantly--what island will you need to visit to finalize that? We know little about Noonik but we can use the time to resupply." "'M not quite sure, m'self." Moses scratches his head. "I may head t' th' boatyard and see what's available. I could sign o'er the cheque, and it'd save me from having t' move all that coin."

Moses stops and looks around. "'M assuming y' plan to ditch this boat 'fore heading into the city? We've been passed on th' water by law folk... can't imagine staying with this boat'll be any good for too much longer." "And it's not exactly an oceangoing rig to begin with so I think selling out is the best approach. As you, Therrien, and I were not involved in the theft of the boat in the first place I think we should go to the boatyard. You handle what you need and we'll handle the sell off but we won't associate as it were. The others can handle whatever other tasks are needed at the same time, but will keep a lower profile until we ditch the boat."

"Oh..." he wrinkles his nose, "'M afraid taking the boat into the city at all will bring unwanted attention. 'T's y'r call, of course, but I expect th' authorities 'll apprehend anyone using it. Might be better t' head in on foot 'n' hire a boat from th' landed district...?" Honestly puzzled, I bite my lip as I try to think of how best to unload the boat. "I guess you are right that they likely would have sent messenger birds or some other sort of alarm. How efficient is the law enforcement along the river and in the city? I have little to compare against except Redwall where it seems the spies and eyes were everywhere and Port Charlotte where the city guard was far more apt to let the city police itself than loose the hounds for something on the level of a missing river boat."

At this point Harp ambles over while buttoning up. "The man is right - let's leave the boat here and carry our few provisions. Rhiv would appreciate a night in a feather bed, or two." Moses doesn't look like he knows whether Harp is referring to two nights or two beds. "We can hire a boat in the morning - or next week. Let's see what the city has for us." I counter quickly: "won't leaving it here assure it ends up with those authorities? Harp, why don't you manage to have it 'disappear'? Do you know anyone in the city?" "What difference does 't make f'r the guards t' pick 't up. They'd likely return it t' its owners. S'long as we dun' leave anythin' 'at tells 'm who took it, aye?"
"Fair question. Someone knows we were coming down river. They will likely know that our boat was destroyed when the bandits get back...which probably already happened... Putting two and two together the stolen boat will likely be linked to us. If it is found abandoned here then they will know we are here. I may be overestimating our enemy but if we aren't going to try to sell it for some resources to be properly prepared to mount an expedition on the spire then I think we should scuttle it. Harp?"

HARP: It is frustrating when Rhiv has a good point. I was probably underestimated these river folk. My head is not as quick as usual, it still feels like I'm swimming in the bottom of that murk - just dark, with barely a reference point for the surface. But still, he's probably right. If we've underestimated them so far, they might have a messenger into town soon after us. This gives me an idea.
"Moses, there's no quicker way to deliver a message from the small town in which we procured this vessel, to this city, than the river, correct? Is it possible they got a message to the city before us?" Moses rejoins, "Sure there is. Magic. Messenger birds. Hells, y' saw some boats overtake 's. We weren't the fastest boat on the river f'r th' past week, by a long shot. Some'ne 'n Noonik certainly knows about th' stolen boat b' now. The matter of who, whether they care, 'n' if they can do anythin' about it... impossible t' know." Rhiv jumps back in: "I say we leave the boat outside of town, as disguised as possible, and we can potentially use its location as part of an information trade to someone who can make it disappear. Moses, is there a good place to hide it away in the area?" Rhiv and Moses are both speaking sense but I hate to be back afoot any sooner than needed. "If someone has sent a message forward to the city, the city will be looking for the boat to pass on the river. When the boat does not pass, they will come looking for it and find it, even if it's well-hidden, or scuttled. The boat needs to pass the city." I pause for dramatic effect "I'll drop you all off here, and take the boat as fast as I can past the city. I'll scuttle it on the far side, as the They are certain to pursue. I'll lead them away, and leave the boat on the far side, and find you back in the city. Give me a day.

Rhiv: He's right about the boat but, squinting my eyes at Harp, I battle the swell of doubts arising in my stomach. He's always been a man I could trust when it comes to the heat of the moment. When you are back to back, you know he will be there through thick and thin. When out of sight, it's risky to bet on ever seeing him again. "It's a smart move. I'm absolutely in favor and I think Samantha should go with you. We can meet at the Three Bears in Southport tomorrow. We should probably depart here and walk the last stretch into town. I'll tell the others." Grabbing my gear I ease myself down from the shore and trundle over to the others to pass on the plan and see what they had come up with in terms of next steps in town. Walking back to To'ot, Therrien, and Samantha I relay the plan. "What have you three come up with for next steps in the city?"
Last edited January 22, 2018 5:03 pm
Jan 23, 2018 5:53 pm
Making their way into Noonik, Moses, Therrien, To'ot, and Rhiv did their best to remain low-profile. Hoods pulled down and walking seperetely to avoid being identified as a group, they enter the city without any issues. As they do their stomachs remind them of their relatively poor fare over the preceding weeks and To'ot quickly becomes enthralled by the tastes of the city. For the next hour he can barely stop thinking about the vegetarian soup that changed his life. Therrien made the most of his time by practicing being friendly and getting information (at which he did well) and at haggling (at which he did poorly) to buy appropriate 'adventuring gear' without breaking the bank. He did however make the acquaintance of [Bill the Werewolf], a big jolly pawn shop owner in district one who could be useful in the future. While Moses headed to the boatyard, the rest of the party eventually made their way to Southport and their target, the Three Bears Inn. While getting lodging for the night they were offered an unexpected business opportunity to get their room and board comped and 5 gold each for their trouble if they manage to convince Sweet Danny to leave the three bears innkeeper Martin alone. They acquired his flyer and know who to look for; a flamboyant bard half-elf who hangs outside the tavern in the evening scaring away customers.

The group decided to adjust their plans and head to the Gravediggers League (a MeetUp for adventurers) in order to resupply and to try to either recruit someone who had experience with the Spires or--at the worst--get some information about them. Unfortunately, as they were about to enter the gates of the League they hear a woman scream: "He's stealing my baby!" and their justice senses immediately tingle when they see a cloaked man running away with what looked like a baby clutched in his arms. Never the ones to spend too much time planning, all three immediately dash in pursuit. Therrien, with the speed of a hare, quickly takes the lead and slowly cuts the gap despite a series of improbable misfortunes such as collapsing barrels and mobile mirrors. He did his best to replicate the man's seemingly effortless ability to run up walls and spent most of his time on the roofs of Thivlico, jumping building to building effortlessly. Rhiv, on the other hand, failed at almost every challenge as they all seemed to require the lumbering dragonborn to rely entirely on grace rather than brawn. To'ot decided to take matters onto his own back by transforming into a racehorse and giving Rhiv free passage and kept getting within feet of Rhiv being able to command the man to stop before yet another random accident would set them back again or knock Rhiv to the ground. Therrien momentarily sacrifices his own pursuit to enable to most cinematic moment of the chase by dousing a mob of jackals with his newly purchased oil bomb. As To'ot powerfully launches himself over the snapping jaws Rhiv incinerates them with a burst of fire from his draconic lungs. To'ot and Rhiv finally were able to cut off the man's ability to continue running while Therrien cuts of retreat from the rear.

Once the man seems effectively cornered To'ot reverts to his half-orc form and attempts to break down the door to advance up the stairs of the house. Unfortunately he has about as much affect as a light breeze on a mountain. Rhiv, seeing the attempt, decides to take an alternative approach and makes up for all of his previous embarrassments by scaling the side of the building as if he had taken To'ots guidance and turned into a squirrel. Barely out of breath, he launches himself over the western ledge of the roof and draws his hammer and shield as he lands. As he raises his eyes to see his opponent he realizes that it is not the man they had been chasing but a lion-woman surrounded by seven huge Jackmen bristling with intensity. "Welcome." The woman huskily intones.

Rhiv is on western edge of the flat 30 by 30 foot roof. Therrien, is on the neighboring southern roof, 10 foot down but without a separating gap. To'ot is at the foot of the building 30 foot down. The Lion-lady surrounded by 7 huge 'jackmans' in the center of the roof. To'ot, Rhiv, and Therrien had been "blessed" immediately preceding Rhiv's climb and have 7 temp hp from inspiration (minus anything they lost).
Feb 26, 2018 7:56 pm
After seeing Rhiv, the other large lumbering member of the party go up the drainpipe with barely a hint of effort, To'ot sighs petulantly and grabs hold of the creaky structure. It feels pretty wobbly after Rhiv's clambering but he puts his dagger in his mouth and begins to scale his way up the side of the building.

No sooner was Rhiv able to count the figures on the roof and connect the -- "It's a trap!" -- dots in his head than he began to feel woozy and tired... almost losing his balance but managing to steady himself for a moment. Therrien, in a swift and seemingly effortless bound joined the party on the roof. Heart still pounding from the intensity of the chase and enraged by the unnatural presence of the lycanthropic monstrosities he immediately entered an uncontrollable rage. The meteor hammer makes a soft whistle as it spins through the air. The jackalwere tries to dodge Therrien's misdirected attack, but it catches him in the shoulder, knocking him off balance. The weighted end of the weapon comes around and connects solidly with the back of the ribcage of the spun creature with a sickening crunch. He goes limp and falls to the ground, slowly transforming into a simple jackal.
Suddenly, the scene springs into action, enveloping the roof in chaos. The two jackalweres furthest from Therrien were the first to see him scaling the lip and charge towards him, slashing and biting. The first jackalwere attacks Therrien with a vicious bite, just as Therrien finishes off the first casualty of the battle. His attention turns to see a second enemy, and he deftly deflects the wild sword swings with the cord of his meteor hammer. Rhiv's eyes follow the two monsters that dash across the roof in front of him, and as he turns back to the group, his gaze meets that of one of the jackalweres across the roof and he is again hit by the inexplicable feeling of lethargy and crumples loudly to the floor. The large dog-like monster bares his teeth at Rhiv, who is unable to stave off the magical slumber. His terra cotta armor clatters as he collapses to the floor in a deep sleep. The jackalwere licks his chops.

To'ot, still about half-way to the roof, plants his foot on a support bar that gives way when he puts his weight on it. He maintains his grip on the pipe, but his climb stalls for a moment.

The lioness-woman waves her hand and paw simultaneously, and where she was standing there are now four of her. "You will make excellent slaves. This ought to be quite enjoyable." She smiles wryly, one corner of her mouth curling seductively. The four of her then stride towards Therrien. Some of her minions join her in surrounding Therrien, ineffectually attempting to neutralize him in the same manner they had successfully knocked out Rhiv, but with no such effect, while the others surround Rhiv and begin to bind him. Despite the rough wrapping of ropes around his legs and arms Rhiv begins snoring, a little drool begins pooling around the corner of his snout, blissfully unaware of the ongoing combat.

Surrounded by foes and oblivious to his own personal safety, Therrien swings the meteor hammer around his head, doing a tribal ballet, spinning himself through the air. He releases the weighted orb towards the lady lioness, whose image flickers and dissipates as the ball passes through it. Then the second sphere hurtles through the air, sending another duplicate back to the ether.
The two remaining lion-women grin and purr. "Unlucky, I guess." She bares her teeth at the wood elf.

As the Lion-woman and her henchmen continue to strike at Therrien, To'ot finally reaches the roof. Seeing the whirlwind of activity he instinctively transforms into the animal he has connected to most deeply: the giant spider with which he helped defeat the minotaur in the library. The lion-woman's face, which had previously been held constant in a entrancingly beautiful smile, wavered for a moment as she beheld the transformation. To'ot leaps down protectively over Rhiv's unconscious body, scattering the two jackalweres that had been busy tying his limbs and shaking Rhiv roughly awake. Rhiv, unable to untie himself, but finally back in his senses prayed for a blessing: Adonai, make us strong and courageous. Do not let us be afraid or terrified because of them. Let us feel that you are with us and will never forsake us!

Taking advantage of the brief shift in the battle and the distractions of his enemies, Therrien struck again. With the blessing of the Adonai guiding his strike, in a blur that seemed almost supernatural in its speed and accuracy he delivered the closest jackalwere a thundering blows from his meteor flail. The power of the strike was enough to lift the humanoid figure of the ground high enough into the air that the second strike metastisized his body into a bloody mass.

Despite the loss of two of their companions the jackalweres fought doggedly, striking several hits against both Therrien and To'ot. The Lion-woman in particular managed to get under Therrien's defenses and lightly brush his cheek: surprisingly he felt no pain but a wave of doubt and confusion swept him quickly. Two of the jackalweres rushed in to take the still bound Rhiv from under To'ot's fangs, despite taking heavy wounds. Dragging him away despite his struggles, the two jackalweres managed to hustle him off of the roof and partially down a set up stairs into the building.

On the roof the fight had taken a significant turn for the worse. Far from being a failed attack, the lion-woman's brush significantly affected his focus on the fight. A voice, seemingly inside his own head, began to echo: "Defend the pack. This brigand and his monster are trying to kill us all. Defend me!" As he readied his next attack his vision shimmered his mind blurred. The Lion-woman was no longer his enemy but his beautiful pack-leader; To'ot was no longer To'ot, but rather an evil spider trying to kill her. Turning to his former friend, he raises his meteor flail and rushes to the attack. To'ot heart sinks quickly with the turn of events. Seeing Rhiv gone, his friend turning from the fray to attack him instead of the jackalweres, and already feeling the effects of loss of blood; he decides to call upon his connection to the earth. Fight the unnatural with nature itself. Sinking deep within his psyche he calls on his brethren: eight lithe black panthers shimmer into existence surrounding the jackalweres and Therrien, ready to attack.

Unfortunately, almost before they were able to tense their muscles to carry out To'ot's command, the Lion-women charges into combat herself. Killing one of the panthers with an easy swipe of her claws, she threw aside one of her own jackalweres with ease to strike To'ot with an equally light touch on one of his outstretched legs. Just like Therrien, he is surprised by the lack of pain. Expecting a bloody strike he is instead pushed into a dark and warm tunnel; his vision and judgement blurring. The jackalwere's surrounding him focus their gaze on the trembling spider and--before he truly understands what is going on--his legs flex and collapse from a loss of control as he falls unconscious.

Realizing that his efforts to slow down his capture by thrashing were ineffectual, Rhiv decided to take matters in his own hands and focuses all of his power on bursting his bonds. The Spirit of the Adonai came powerfully upon him and the ropes on his arms became like charred flax, and the bindings dropped from his hands like ash. The jackalweres, stunned by his suddenly freed limbs, dropped him down the stairs and pulled their scimitars to defend themselves. Rhiv, unarmed and slightly surprised by his success, tried to shove the lower of the two jackals off of the stairs but--with incredible dexterity--the small humanoid managed to dodge his attack. Deflecting the attacks from the two jackalweres on the stairs, Rhiv turns to the higher of the two, hoping to regain the roof and his comrades. As he does so, the door at the top of the stairs opens and the newfound silence of the roof and an accompanying flood of jackalweres begin to flood down the stairs.
Feb 26, 2018 8:03 pm
The battle is lost; I must flee to save my companions. Flee. The word felt bitter in my mind. A coward flees...but a fool accomplishes nothing with his death. I am weaponless and surrounded. I know little of the powers of these enemies but I have heard of the jackals that roam the uninhabitated wilds and can put men to sleep with merely their gaze. I have already been made useless once by their eyes and know of no way to avoid it happening again. Looking quickly around the room I see no options, the door is barred, no available weapons lie within reach, and the room below me mills with growling jackals looking up at me as if awaiting a meal. Glancing left I see two large windows, 15 to 20 feet off the ground. The Lord let me walk into this lurch but has already answered me once, maybe he will do so again. I had heard from Rynfir and some of the older priests of what they called the Misty Step, a prayer through which--when answered--the Adonai moved your body and soul in the blink of an eye and a whisk of mist. Though I had never done it before, I know it is our only hope. If this is from wisdom and not fear then the Lord will answer my call. As the jackalwere's scimitar descended toward my skull I stand firm, making the sign of the Resh with my hand and looking longingly out of the window.

The next thing I knew everything went silver. I was pressed very hard from all directions and could not breathe; there were iron bands tightening around his chest; my eyeballs were being forced back into my head; my ear-drums were being pushed deeper into my skull. I am suddenly in free-fall. Landing with a crunch and a snap, I steady myself begin to run. My direction means nothing. The pain is nothing. Adonai knows I am not a coward.
Last edited February 27, 2018 2:29 am
Mar 14, 2018 1:52 pm
I sprint through the alleys and streets, at first trying only to get away from any possible pursuers, then trying to make his way back to the ferry then to the tavern where the party are staying. It starts to rain, lightly at first, then heavier. Without really knowing why, after a half hour of jogging, my feet eventually take him to the docks district.

The downpour eventually makes it too difficult to keep moving, and I ducks under an awning. When it rains it pours, as they say... Pulling back my hood, and shaking out the water, I am surprised when a door nearby opens and a lantern sticks out, attached to the end of an arm, followed by a head. "Oi, don't stand there getting soaked! Come inside!" a man's voice calls out. It's too stormy to see the face, but I can see his outline beckoning me into the shop. He ducks back inside, but leaves the door open.

I am not used to storms of this magnitude when not on the sea itself. I was barely able to find my way around the crowded streets of the island in fair weather and now with the squall I'm effectively useless. I can tell I am near the docks now, but I could just as easily end up back where I started as make it on the right boat... and I doubt there will be any ferries until there's at least a slight break in the weather. I hesitate only a moment and then trundle myself into the open door. Hopefully it's a place with a fire; it is surprisingly cold for an early spring day.

I duck into the small shop and I am indeed greeted by a warm glowing fire. I shivers as my body tries to shake off the cold dampness. "Welcome, traveler. Welcome! Come. Dry your boots and close by the fire. I'll make some tea." The slender old man hobbles towards a doorway leading out of the main room. As he disappears around a corner, he calls out, "nasty storm out there tonight!"

"It is indeed!" I respond. I'm taking a bit off back by the hospitality but it's the first I've received from anyone since leaving Port Charlotte so it's hard to keep my hackles up to long...I move to the fire and begin to warm myself but don't take off more than my outer layer. I can't stay long.... Who does this man remind me of? Something seems indeterminately familiar. The old man returns with a tray, tea cups rattling as he walks. He places the tray on a small table near the fire and pulls over two chairs. As he pours the tea, the aroma of mint and orange peel fills the air, nearly overpowering the scent of the wood burning in the hearth. He offers me a cup, then pours his own, and takes a seat. "So, servant of Adonai, what brings you 'round here in the midst of this torrent?" My eyes go wide and the muscles in my cheeks flex as I clinch my jaw. How could he...?
After the momentary fear I catch a sparkle in his eye and a slight rise at the edge of his mouth. He seems to have gotten the reaction he was hoping for, as he holds up his fist and taps the top of his wrist, mimicking the spot on my arm where the Resh symbol is attached to his cuff.

The old man laughs, his deep red-brown cheeks creasing along lines formed by years of smiles. "Don't worry about me, traveler. You have nothing to fear from me. You are safe here." I instinctively knows that the man is telling the truth. My defenses melt. I have essentially been on high alert since the moment we met that witch in the cave and I had no idea how much the stress of the last three weeks. A paladin of the Adonai has no room for weakness... no margin for error... and no excuse for either. My lot is to lay down my life in defense of others no matter what the personal cost. I must constantly discipline my body, my heart, and my mind to keep them under control, lest after preaching to others I myself should be disqualified. I have been blessed with powers beyond measure and I cannot fail in the task laid before me or else He fails. And yet I failed. Here I am, having failed to defend and then having fled the fate of my companions. Having split the party and blindly rushed into danger; bringing them with me. At the last of my reserves, lost in a rainstorm... And yet He still sends me a light. I don't deserve this help but I can't do this on my own. I begin to weep. Silently and inwardly at first, but then in deep body wracking sobs. The tears mix with the droplets still dripping from my crest.

I feel a hand on my shoulder. "There, there," the old man whispers in an attempt to comfort me. "Let it out. No shame in shedding a few tears." He pauses for some time, letting Rhiv cry. After a few moments he quietly speaks, his voice soft and melodic: "Now, why don't you tell me what's going on?"

This loss of control is a bit of a shock to my system and it takes me a period to regain composure. I don't remember ever having cried and I know that nothing to this extent has ever happened to me. As a dragonborn, crying--even from things such as simple pain--is less of a biological requirement than for some of my fleshier fellow travelers and I was even more of a stoic than even most of my brethren. Feeling shame was one thing but losing control to it is another entirely.

"It's a long story and I am still in a hurry..." I pause, my heart still racing a little and my throat constricted and hot. My instinct is to thank this man for the tea, gather my things and head back into the storm. All I truly need is a weapon and directions and this is likely just going to slow me down in heading back to save my companions and redeem myself. Even though he is a brother of the Adonai and safe, the likelihood is low that I will be able to rely on him for any tangible help. Even if he could, I would probably just be dragging him, and the Church as a whole deeper, into danger. After all, even before the murder of the King I was going to be a banished criminal and the Church was going to suffer from its association with me... Who knows what assassins were now hot on my heels from either the Lion-woman or the Redwall itself? But no. That is my arrogance speaking again. The Adonai has brought me this help for a reason and I must let go of my own bootstraps and take hold of the outstretched arm.

"I ran into them at a cave outside of Port Charlotte..." I proceed to tell the vital parts of our journey. Leaving out only the superfluous, but changing nothing and not skipping over my own failings. It feels like slowly loosening bags of ballast from my half-submerged ship and I gain speed and energy as I go along. Getting to the events of the last hour, I end with a plea: "I'm sorry to drag you into this, but I need a weapon and a way to save my friends. Can you help?"

The old man listens intently as I spin our tale, slowly sipping his tea. When I finishes, the man sets his tea down and clears his throat. "My dear boy, that is quite a story. Thank you for sharing it with me." He stands up, and again puts his hand on my shoulder. I feels an intense comfort from the weight of the hand resting on me.

"I can help you. But I'll ask you to do something for me, something beyond what you've already done for me in baring your soul." He moves again towards the back of the shop, around the corner. He returns bearing a small bag. He sits and opens the bag, pulling out three parcels. The opens the first, revealing a cloth cap of deep purple with intricate stitching designed to be worn under a helmet. The second, a small green velvet pouch, contains a silver ring inset with a sparkling emerald. "While wearing this cap, you will be protected from attacks on your mind, and this ring will help you maintain control of your person."
He also hands you a small coin purse. "It's not a terribly large sum, but it should allow you to purchase a serviceable weapon." Before I can protest, he waves his hand and smiles. "They're certainly not doing me any good here."
He continues, "Now, for my payment. You must promise me that once you have freed your friends, you will bring them here before you attempt the next step of your journey. Have we a deal?"

When it rains it pours. All I thought I needed was directions to the docks and the nearest weapon shop and the Adonai gives armor perfectly designed for the task at hand. I stand from my chair and kneel before him, looking earnestly into his eyes. "I will. That and anything else you ask! M'lord...this is more than I could possibly have hoped for and I don't even know your name. It is a reminder to me that Adonai is not limited to the smallness of my prayers. The Lord's grace and blessing is surely upon you and your house!" I stand quickly, energized by the clearness of my God. He hears me and loves me even in my weakness... Though the cap fits awkwardly on my larger than human sized head and the ring only fits on my pinky, I immediately feel an anchored stillness in my mind. Like when a candle is lit in a dark room and you are able to gain your bearings. Now I am ready. "M'Lord, I have one last, and slightly more embarrassing question to ask. Is there a way to pass messages without them being public knowledge? I must alert my friends who are staying at the XYZ Tavern. I can go to them directly once the storm relents, but I fear that any delay will make the recovery of Therrien and To'ot that much more difficult."
Last edited March 14, 2018 1:54 pm
Apr 21, 2018 3:35 am
"I'm afraid I don't have magic like that at my disposal," the old fellow smiles apologetically. "But, I suppose I could draw you a map to keep you from getting lost on your way back to your friends..." He removes a small scrap of parchment from a drawer and scrawls a crude map of the city, marking their current location and a few relevant landmarks. "You're welcome to stay as long as you like, but, I sense you'll be wanting to leave straightaway. If that's the case, keep your hood--and your eyes--up." He hands you the map and reaches up to pat me on the shoulder.

I take the map readily, briefly familiarizing myself with his start and target point. "Brother, I am in your debt. Adonai willing, I will not fail to bring back my companions to this spot. You are right that I feel the need to tarry no longer than I must but I do have one more question. May I know your name so that I may best remember your kindness?" "Call me Aidec."

Making the sign of the resh, I bow low: "May you grow in the grace and knowledge of the Adonai!" Looking out of the window of the shop, I slip the map under his cloak, sets his shoulders, and flip my hood as he suggested. I head out into the rain. Closing the door carefully behind me I picture the rough map in my head as I try to make my way unobstrusively to the weapons shop Aidec had marked on the way to the ferry.

After a few minutes of marching against the driving rain, I duck into a doorway to get my bearings. Just behind the row of buildings across from me, I notice the tall smokestack I’ve been seeking. I duck through an alley. As I’m passing through, I hear against the din off the storm a short "Oi!" followed by the jingle of a few coppers in a tin cup. I look about for the source of the sound. Who would be out in a storm at this time of night? Only the foolish or needy.... I stop and look down to find a small, broad figure in a ratty cloak, soaked to the bone, holding out a small cup. "Spare some change?" asks a gruff voice. Trying to maintain a low profile but feeling a conviction to aid the crumpled figure, I dig out 5 gold pieces from the bag and drop them in the cup and immediately move on, saying nothing. Hearing the clink of the coins in the cup, the person grunts out a thanks.

Moving on through the still driving rain I regain sight of the smokestack and press on. I turn the corner and see a large, well-furnished smithy connected to a shop. The forge is a thing to behold. It's large enough that two smiths can work at the same time from opposite sides. No one is working in the outdoor work space at the moment, but a light shines through the window of the attached shop. I heads to the shop tries to open the door. "Hullo! Beautiful shop you have here!" I bellow as I walk in. I want to keep this short, but there's never a harm in a little proprietor flattery and--in this case--it is probably deserved.
I see a stout dwarven woman with long, frizzy black braids, wearing a dirty leather apron and magnifier spectacles with the second and third lenses flipped down, tools spread all over the counter and in hand, face buried in some small project. "We're closed," she barks angrily without looking up from whatever she's working on. She's one of 'those' smiths. More enraptured by either the artistry or the technique of the craft than the business. My father was that way. If he didn't have my mother to keep the coin-till turning he would have been the greatest of penniless artisans. Efficiency is often the key with these.
"Ah, my apologies for the rude interruption. At my family smithy there was always time for a sale...especially to a customer with more money than time!" I plunked my money bag on the counter. "It kept the kerosene in the lamp for more important tasks such as what you're obviously doing." I size up the shop to get a feel for the inventory. Though the smithy outside looked traditional (though impressive) the dwarf—with her magnifier spectacles—looked closer to the stereotypical gnome jeweler than hammer-swinging dwarven metal master. That being said, it is best not to underestimate or alienate anyone by limiting your expectations. "I'm not interested in wasting your time, but I need a weapon, desire a war-hammer, and prefer excellent quality. For this I am willing to pay well and quickly." She snatches the glasses off her face and glares at me with wild eyes and a dirt and sweat streaked face. "I'll extend ye th' kindness of presumin' y' didn't hear th' first time, but only once. We. Are. CLOSED." The woman stands from her stool, her gaze boring a hole into me despite being half my height. "Gwen, dear," she calls over her shoulder, her eyes unmoving, "y'd better come up 'ere 'fore I break someone!"

I hear a door close in the back of the shop and footsteps approaching the counter quickly. A slender half-elf woman with short red hair emerges through the opening behind the counter, wiping her hands with a towel. "S'okay, love. I'll take it from here." She smiles gently and kisses the dwarf on the forehead. The dwarf woman stares at me for another second or two before breaking her gaze and looking at Gwen. She huffs, and marches through the opening out of sight. Turning to me, Gwen smiles apologetically and says, "Sorry about that. Northa there gets in a state when she can't work at the forge, 'specially if it's due to weather." They both hear Northa call out from somewhere in the back, "Never had work get rained out in Rohgenheim!" Gwen laughs. "Now, what can I do for you?"

My forced smile from the interaction with Northa melts into a very real one at the elf's smiling apology. Retracting the awkward half-back pedal I had entered preparing to leave the shop, I self-consciously wipe up some of the water I had dripped on the counter between us. "I completely understand. It's hard to keep a sunny disposition when the sun itself seems to have fled the flood!" Shifting back to the topic at hand. "Your shop was recommended as a place I could find a good weapon. I usually use war-hammers, but I am flexible. What do you have in stock?" "Hmm... I know we sold two big hammers last week. I'll go check. What's your second choice, in case I'm out at the moment?" "Anything with versatility; warhammer, longsword, battleaxe...maybe even a trident or some javelins." Looking over Gwen's inventory list I quickly decide to merely replace my items. "I'll take the last warhammer and 5 javelins. Simple weapons for a simple need." Though I eye the top rack of finely honed and beautifully crafted weapons that would obviously be well beyond the sack of gold Aidec had given me. I will not use the group coin to fund replacing the weapons I had lost. Even if there were some jawdropping pieces on display that could make the job easier.... I don't try to haggle, time is more important than coin as I noted before. Handing over the 40 gold--which conveniently was exactly the amount in Aidec's purse--I stow my new weapons.

"Thanks for the time, Gwen. Hopefully, Northa can get back to the forge and I can visit again soon and look at some of your higher tier options!" "You're welcome anytime. If you want, you can sign the logbook. Repeat customers get discount." "I can't pass up a discount!" I quickly sign my name, with a bit of discretion, Dragonborn Zhee. Zhee was always my favorite nursery rhyme hero.... With a quick farewell wave I head out the door, recheck the map, and head to the docks.

**Star-Wars-style screen wipe**

You do not have permission to post in this thread.